Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • 2015-2019  (208)
  • 1935-1939
  • Edward Elgar Publishing  (208)
Datasource
Material
Language
Years
Year
  • 1
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788114363
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (192 pages)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Also issued as:
    Keywords: Special events Management ; Research ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction to a research agenda for event management / Erik Lundberg, Tommy D. Andersson and John Armbrecht -- Part I: Events in society -- 2. Re-thinking event sustainability / Judith Mair -- 3. The past, present and future of event safety research / Morten Thanning Vendelø -- 4. Event bidding: a research agenda for major and mega sport events / David McGillivray, Daniel Turner and John Lauermann -- 5. Event evaluation and impact assessment: five challenges / Donald Getz -- Part II: The event consumer -- 6. Re-thinking the value of events for event attendees: emerging themes from psychology / Eliza Kitchen and Sebastian Filep -- 7. Event experience research directions / Greg Richards -- 8. Managing extraordinary event experiences: understanding consumer immersion / Lena Mossberg -- 9. Participant events and the active event consumer / Tommy D. Andersson, John Armbrecht and Erik Lundberg -- Part III: The event organisation -- 10. Revisiting and advancing the research agenda for event volunteering / Karen A. Smith, Leonie Lockstone-Binney and Kirsten Holmes -- 11. Knowledge management in event and festival organisations: Challenges and future directions / Raphaela Stadler -- Index.
    Abstract: "Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Offering a unique collection of established and emerging perspectives on event management, this Research Agenda investigates contemporary themes and innovative methodologies. 10 chapters cover core topics in the current academic debate, exploring the development of event management from a management-oriented field into a multidisciplinary research area. Organised into three parts, the Research Agenda contains international contributions from academics across tourism, geography, management, psychology and sociology fields. Initially tackling events in society, the book moves on to look specifically at the consumer, and finally examines the event organization. Chapters recommend the integration of events in geographical and political contexts, suggesting research agendas for the future that focus on the spectator, the participant and, ultimately, the consumer. Critical reading for management and tourism scholars, this book offers key insights to developing topics in the field. Event practitioners and policy makers will also greatly benefit from reading this"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 1788111753 , 9781788111751
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 216 pages)
    Uniform Title: Elgaronline: Social and Political Science Collection 2019
    DDC: 306.2
    Keywords: Political culture ; Political sociology ; Sociologie politique ; Political culture ; Political sociology
    Abstract: "This insightful book develops a new theoretical account of governance as regimes of governing practices that shape the political ordering of social relations. This account develops insights from sociology, politics and political economy and is 'post'-poststructuralist in scope. Chapters explore and synthesise three key features of governing that are often treated as contradictory: the historical contingency of statehood, the structured and unequal distribution of power and authority in governing, and the transformative possibilities of political action. This book proposes an innovative approach to governance analysis as a critical mode of empirical enquiry that is systematic, contextualised and holistic. In doing so, it also provides a new analytical framework to facilitate empirical investigation. Featuring tools of situated critique and analytical contextualisation, and with case study chapters that apply this framework in a range of empirical settings, this book is vital reading for all researchers of public policy and governance. Furthermore, researchers applying state theories to empirical investigation, and postgraduate students scrutinising complex governance settings, will also benefit from this book's theoretical account, analytical framework and case examples".
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I: Ontology, theory, epistemology -- 1. Introduction to governance analysis: critical enquiry at the intersection of politics, policy and society / Emma Carmel -- 2. Regimes of governing practices, socio-political order and contestation / Emma Carmel -- 3. Governance analysis: epistemological orientations and analytical framework / Emma Carmel -- Part II: Governing practices, statehoods and social inequalities -- 4. Governing skills, governing workplaces: explaining the new labour skills strategy for England / Hannah Durrant -- 5. The political ordering of migrant workers through labour admission policies / Regine Paul -- 6. Understanding the complexity and implications of the English care policy system / Fiona Morgan -- 7. Understanding the state-third sector relationship in public services delivery / Jenny Harlock -- Part III: Governing practices, social politics and contestation -- 8. Participatory governing through co-production and co-design / Michelle Farr -- 9. Participatory governing at the margins of the state / Sarah Morgan-Trimmer -- 10. Governing, politics and policy contestation within European networks / Hester Kan -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788119788
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series 367
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of agglomeration
    Keywords: Agglomerationseffekt ; Ballungsraum ; Mikrofundierung ; Innovation ; Wissenstransfer ; Arbeitsmarkt ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Agglomerationseffekt ; Ballungsraum ; Mikrofundierung ; Innovation ; Wissenstransfer ; Arbeitsmarkt ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Urban economics ; Megacities Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Gilles Duranton and Henry G. Overman (2005), 'Testing for localization using micro-geographic data', Review of economic studies, 72 (4), December, 1077-106 -- 2. J. Vernon Henderson (2003), 'Marshall's scale economies', Journal of urban economics, 53 (1), January, 1-28 -- 3. Pierre-Philippe Combes, Gilles Duranton, and Laurent Gobillon (2008), 'Spatial wage disparities: sorting matters!', Journal of urban economics, 63 (2), March, 723-42 -- 4. Michael Greenstone, Richard Hornbeck and Enrico Moretti (2010), 'Identifying agglomeration spillovers: evidence from winners and losers of large plant openings', Journal of political economy, 118 (3), June, 536-98 -- 5. Pierre-Philippe Combes (2012), 'The productivity advantages of large cities: distinguishing agglomeration from firm selection', Econometrica, 80 (6), November, 2543-94 -- 6. Stuart S. Rosenthal and William C. Strange (2003), 'Geography, industrial organization, and agglomeration', Review of economics and statistics, 85 (2), May, 377-93 -- 7. Mohammad Arzaghi and J. Vernon Henderson (2008), 'Networking off Madison Avenue', Review of economic studies, 75 (4), October, 1011-38 -- 8. Gabriel M. Ahlfeldt, Stephen J. Redding, Daniel M. Strum and Nikolas Wolf (2015), 'The economics of density: evidence from the Berlin Wall', Econometrica, 86 (6), November, 2127-89 -- 9. Glenn Ellison, Edward L. Glaeser and William R. Kerr (2010), 'What causes industry agglomeration? Evidence from coagglomeration patterns', American economic review, 100 (3), June, 1195-213 -- 10. Stuart S. Rosenthal and William C. Strange (2001), 'The Determinants of Agglomeration', Journal of Urban Economics, 50 (2), September, 191-229 -- 11. Jordi Jofre-Monseny, Raquel Marín-López and Elisabet Viladecans-Marsal (2011), 'The mechanisms of agglomeration: evidence from the effect of inter-industry relations on the location of new firms', Journal of urban economics, 70 (2-3), September-November, 61-74 -- 12. Stephen B. Billings and Erik B. Johnson (2016), 'Agglomeration within an urban area', Journal of urban economics, 91, January, 13-25 -- 13. Giulia Faggio, Olmo Silva and William C. Strange (2017), 'Heterogeneous agglomeration', Review of economics and statistics, 99 (1), February, 80-94 -- 14. Gilles Duranton and Diego Puga (2001), 'Nursery cities: urban diversity, process innovation, and the life cycle of products', American economic review, 91 (5), December, 1454-77 -- 15. Jeffrey Lin (2011), 'Technological adaptation, cities, and new work', Review of economics and statistics, 93 (2), May, 554-74 -- 16. Donald R. Davis and David E. Weinstein (2002), 'Bones, bombs, and break points: the geography of economic activity', American economic review, 92 (5), December, 1269-89 -- 17. Ajay Agrawal, Devesh Kapur and John McHale (2008), 'How do spatial and social proximity influence knowledge flows? Evidence from patent data', Journal of urban economics, 64 (2), September, 258-69 -- 18. Edward L. Glaeser, Sari Pekkala Kerr and William R. Kerr (2015), 'Entrepreneurship and urban growth: an empirical assessment with historical mines', Review of economics and statistics, 97 (2), April, 498-520 -- 19. Bruce Fallick, Charles A. Fleischman and James B. Rebitzer (2006), 'Job-Hopping in Silicon Valley: some evidence concerning the microfoundations of a high-technology cluster', Review of economics and statistics, 88 (3), October, 472-81.
    Abstract: 20. Hoyt Bleakley and Jeffrey Lin (2012), 'Thick-market effects and churning in the labor market: evidence from US cities', Journal of urban economics, 72 (2-3), September-November, 87-103 -- 21. Jorge De La Roca and Diego Puga (2017), 'Learning by working in big cities', Review of economic studies, 84 (1), January, 106-42 -- 22. Nathaniel Baum-Snow and Ronni Pavan (2011), 'Understanding the city size wage gap', Review of economic studies, 79 (1), August, 88-127 -- 23. Rebecca Diamond (2016), 'The determinants and welfare implications of US workers' diverging location choices by skill: 1980-2000', American economic review, 106 (3), March, 479-524 -- 24. Marigee Bacolod, Bernardo S. Blum and William C. Strange (2016), 'Skills in the city', Journal of urban economics, 65 (2), March, 136-53 -- 25. Joseph Gyourko, Christopher Mayer, and Todd Sinai (2013), 'Superstar cities', American economic journal: economic policy, 5 (4), November, 167-99 -- 26. Gianmarco Ottaviano, Takatoshi Tabuchi and Jacques-François Thisse (2002), 'Agglomeration and trade revisited', International economic review, 43 (2), May, 409-35 -- 27. Treb Allen and Costas Arkolakis (2014), 'Trade and the topography of the spatial economy', Quarterly journal of economics, 129 (3), June, 1085-140 -- 28. Thomas J. Holmes (2011), 'The diffusion of Wal-Mart and economies of density', Econometrica, 79 (1), January, 253-302.
    Abstract: "This inspiring collection compiles the most essential papers encompassing agglomeration economies. Agglomeration economies are manifested in cities and industry clusters shaping the neighborhoods and the regions that contain them. The literature is unified around several themes: Improvements in econometric methods and data, geographic scales at which agglomeration economies operate, micro-neighborhoods and mega-regions. The volume also uncovers the forces driving the field including labor markets, input markets and dynamic phenomena such as innovation, technology change and growth. Prefaced by an original introduction from the editor, this collection promises to be a useful tool for scholars as well as a fascinating read to those interested in the subject area"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788116237
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 349 pages)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on intervention and statebuilding
    DDC: 327.1
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Intervention (International law) ; Nation-building ; Intervention ; Nationenbildung ; Intervention ; Konfliktregelung ; Internationaler Konflikt ; Internationale Politik ; Internationale Organisation ; Problemlösen ; Fähigkeit ; Failed State ; Begrenzte Staatlichkeit ; Institutionalisierung ; Handbuch ; Nation-building ; Intervention (International law) ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Intervention ; State building
    Abstract: "This innovative Handbook offers a new perspective on the cutting-edge conceptual advances that have shaped - and continue to shape - the field of intervention and statebuilding. Bringing together leading global scholars, the Handbook on Intervention and Statebuilding offers a cross-cutting perspective on a wide array of themes. Chapters cover democracy promotion, transitional justice and humanitarianism, as well as the involvement of drones and cyber technology in conflicts. Employing state-of-the-art perspectives on the most crucial themes, this Handbook explores issues at the heart of contemporary statebuilding. This Handbook will be critical reading for researchers at all levels in the broad field of international relations and peace and conflict studies. Upper-level students of political science will also benefit from the breadth of topics covered"--
    Abstract: 1. Introduction to the handbook on intervention and statebuilding: Moving beyond the current orthodoxy / Nicolas Lemay-Hébert -- 2. Intervention and statebuilding beyond the human / David Chandler -- 3. Knowledge, expertise and the politics of intervention and statebuilding / Berit Bliesemann de Guevara and Roland Kostić -- 4. Post-conflict reconstruction, the local, and the indigenous / Elisa Randazzo -- 5. Data in the context of intervention and statebuilding / Isabel Rocha de Siqueira -- 6. The ambiguity of statebuilding / Florian P. Kühn -- 7. International statebuilding interventions and the politics of scale / Shahar Hameiri and Fabio Scarpello -- 8. Intervening in a diverse world: Revisiting the 'problem' of difference in international statebuilding / Pol Bargués-Pedreny and Xavier Mathieu -- 9. Decolonial 'interventions'? Potentials and challenges of decolonial perspectives / Philipp Lottholz -- 10. Democracy promotion and statebuilding / Sonja Grimm -- 11. Post-conflict statebuilding as contentious politics / Outi Donovan -- 12. State formation in the context of hybrid political orders / Volker Boege -- 13. The everyday politics of international intervention / Janosch Neil Kullenberg -- 14. Non-state actors, service delivery and statebuilding / Claire Mcloughlin -- 15. Clear, hold, build ... A 'local' state: Counterinsurgency and territorial orders in somalia / Louise Wiuff Moe -- 16. International political sociology of interventions / Médéric Martin-Mazé -- 17. From international justice and statebuilding to international justice as statebuilding / Sara Dezalay -- 18. Mapping the nexus of transitional justice and peacebuilding / Catherine Baker and Jelena Obradovic-Wochnik -- 19. Civilian protection in the context of interventions / Cecilia Jacob -- 20. The spatial dimensions of statebuilding / Annika Björkdahl and Stefanie Kappler -- 21. The temporal dimension in the study of interventions / Róisín Read and Roger Mac Ginty -- 22. Statebuilding and narrative / Josefin Graef and Raquel da Silva -- 23. Myths and the international politics of intervention and statebuilding / Berit Bliesemann de Guevara and Catherine Goetze -- 24. Cyber security: States, development and intervention / Kristan Stoddart -- 25. The plain drone, the armed drone and human security / Astri Suhrke -- 26. New forms of intervention: The case of humanitarian refugee biometrics / Katja Lindskov Jacobsen -- 27. Transnational environmental crime: From securitization to intervention and statebuilding / Lorraine Elliott -- 28. The aid bunker: Security risk management in conflict zones / Florian Weigand -- 29. From gendered war to gendered peace? Feminist perspectives on international intervention in sites of conflict / Maria O'Reilly -- 30. Romanticising the locals and the externals? Identifying challenges to a gendered ssr / Nina Wilén -- 31. The political economy of gender and peacebuilding / Yasmin Chilmeran and Jacqui True -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    ISBN: 9781783479580
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Collaborative strategy
    DDC: 658/.044
    RVK:
    Keywords: Strategische Allianz ; Unternehmensnetzwerk ; Collaboration ; Strategic alliances (Business) ; Business networks ; Strategic planning ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Strategische Allianz
    Abstract: pt. I. Theoretical building blocks -- pt. II. Partner selection and alliance investment decisions -- pt. III. Contractual foundations of alliances -- pt. IV. Relational and behavioral aspects of alliances -- pt. V. Alliance networks and portfolios -- pt. VI. Novel collaborative relationships -- pt. VII. Consequences of inter-organizational collaboration.
    Abstract: This book provides approachable and insightful chapters that summarize state-of-the-art thinking and research on alliances and networks. Contributions by leading scholars cover foundations or fundamentals as well as frontier areas through a diverse range of perspectives. Topics include: - the theoretical foundations of collaborative strategy - firms' partner selection and investment decisions - contractual foundations of collaboration - relational and behavioral aspects of collaboration, networks and portfolios - novel collaborative relationships such as ecosystems and public-private partnerships, and the consequences of inter-organizational collaborations. For doctoral and masters students, as well as managers new to the area of collaborative strategy, this collection provides concise chapters and literature reviews that make it an invaluable resource. Business practitioners and consultants who want to learn about this area and the underlying theory will also find this book a useful reference
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: A. Ariño, B. Arslan, N. Asgari, R.P. Bremner, S.M. Bruhs, C. Butter, S. Cabral, L. Capron, T. Chi, J. Choi, F.J. Contractor, Y. Doz, P. Dussauge, J. Dyer, K.M. Eisenhardt, D.W. Elfenbein, A. Gambardella, F. Habasche, J. Hagedoorn, D.P. Hannah, K.R. Harrigan, W. Hesterly, M.A. Hitt, W.H. Hoffmann, P. Kale, A. Keller, I. Kivleniece, T. Kretschmer, D. Lavie, S. Lazzarini, D. Li, J. Li, R. Madhavan, X. Martin, O.J. Martinez, K.J. Mayer, T. Mellewigt, L. Mesquita, A. Milakhin, W. Mitchell, K. Neumann, T. Nguyen, J.E. Oxley, C. Panico, L. Poppo, J. Prescott, B. Quélin, R. Ragozzino, J.J. Reuer, M. Rivera-Santos, A. Seth, B.S. Silverman, H. Singh, K. Singh, I. Stern, M. Stienstra, M. Sytch, S. Tallman, B. Vanneste, F. Wohlgezogen, X. Zhe, M. Zollo
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785369018
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Jain, Subhash C., 1942 - Reshaping India in the new global context
    DDC: 338.954
    Keywords: Entwicklung ; Wachstumspolitik ; Indien ; India Economic conditions 1947- ; India Economic policy 1991- ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. India gains independence -- 3. Birth of the Republic of India -- 4. India's survival -- 5. Independent India -- 6. Contemplating the future -- 7. In search of a dream -- 8. Restarting India: job creation -- 9. Restarting India: enhancing agriculture, infrastructure, education and innovation -- 10. Restarting India: addressing other growth issues -- 11. Future: the strategic thrust -- 12. Future: the strategic levers -- 13. 100 years after independence -- Index.
    Abstract: This book traces the history of India's progress since its independence in 1947 and advances strategies for continuing economic growth. Insiders and outsiders that have criticized India for slow economic growth fail to recognize all it has achieved in the last seven decades, including handling the migration of over 8 million people from Pakistan, integrating over 600 princely states into the union, managing a multi-language population into one nation and resolving the food problem. The end result is a democratic country with a strong institutional foundation. Following the growth strategies outlined in the book and with a strong leadership, India has the potential to stand out as the third largest economy in the world in the next 25 to 30 years. Subhash Jain and Ben Kedia delve into India's development and emergence as an economic power, one of the three countries that can make its own supercomputers, one of the six countries that can launch satellites and that has the second largest small car market in the world. They discuss its need for innovative initiatives and top leadership to pursue an agenda of economic growth, and monitored policies to encourage entrepreneurship at all levels. With an emphasis on the new leadership of Prime Minister Modi, the book identifies policies that need to be adopted to make India's future bright and prosperous. This book is a critical resource for students and scholars interested in India and invested in its progress, as well as policymakers, government officials and corporations considering India as a place to expand and do business
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364969
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Sandwich generation ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction and context -- 1. The sandwich generation: individual, family, organizational and societal -- Challenges and opportunities / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. Challenges faced by sandwiched caregivers / Shelley I. White-Means -- 3. Intergenerational relations in later life families. / Nancy Mandell and Ann H. Kim -- Part II: Taking care of caregivers -- 4. Supporting the caregiver in dementia / Sheilla M. Loboprabhu and Victor A. Molinari -- 5. Resource effects in the caregiving process / Claire E. Greaves, Stacey L. Parker, Hannes Zacher and Nerina L Jmmieson -- Part III: The important role of organizations -- 6. Caregiving and organizational support. / Hannes Zacher, Cort W. Rudolph and Claudia Reinicke -- 7. The effect of work hours and workplace policies on sandwiched caregivers / Jennifer Reid Keene, Takashi Yamashita and Anastasia H. Prokos -- Part IV: Policy context -- 8. National context and employer-driven work-life policies / Ariane Ollier-Malterre -- 9. Residential segregation and heath of African Americans: challenges for the future / Aparna Mitra -- 10. Missing mature age women in Australia's aged care sector / Siobhan Austen, Rhonda Sharp, Therese Jefferson and Rachel Ong -- 11. Childcare and eldercare policies in Sweden / Petra Ulmanen -- 12. What to expect when the unexpected happens: becoming a caregiver / Lisa Calvano -- Index.
    Abstract: Rising life expectancy has led to the growth of the 'Sandwich Generation' - men and women who are caregivers to their children of varying ages as well as for one or both parents whilst still managing their own household and work responsibilities. This book considers both the strains and benefits of this position. Tackling a myriad of issues such as gender, parents and parents-in-law, ethnic differences, residential status, and developing changes in the caregiving relationship such as Alzheimer's or dementia, this book highlights the complexities of the caregiving relationship. Key chapters also address potential benefits including improved relationships, skill set development and generously giving to another. Expert contributors use examples to illustrate the need for organizations to address increases in caregiving among their employees and develop supportive policies and initiatives. They further show that there is a need at the country level to integrate employees, communities, employers, businesses and levels of government to deal with this increasing trend. This timely book will prove an indispensible reference for academics and students interested in the sandwich generation, caregiving and health. Its practical approach will also benefit human resource management professionals, managers dealing with sandwiched employees and health administrators at various levels of government
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: R. Attieh, S. Austen, R. Burke, L. Calvano, C.E. Greaves, T. Jefferson, N.L. Jimmieson, A.H. Kim, S. LoboPrabhu, N. Mandell, A. Mitra, V. Molinari, A. Ollier-Malterre, R. Ong, S.L. Parker, A.H. Prokos, J. Reid Keene, C. Reinicke, C.W. Rudolph, R. Sharp, P. Ulmanen, S.I. White Means, T. Yamashita, H. Zacher
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    ISBN: 9781781954188
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of international human resource development
    DDC: 658.3
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Personalentwicklung ; Manpower policy Evaluation ; Manpower planning ; Electronic books ; Personalentwicklung ; Internationales Management
    Abstract: Contents: 1. International HRD: context, processes and people - Introduction / Thomas Garavan, Alma McCarthy and Ronan Carbery -- Part 1: context -- 2. IHRD in MNCs / Yanqing Lai, Thomas Garavan and Ronan Carbery -- 3. IHRD in international non-governmental organisations, not-for-profits and public sector / Hussain Alhejji and Thomas Garavan -- 4. IHRD in small firms and internationalising SMEs / Ciara T. Nolan -- 5.IHRD: national cultural and cross-cultural perspectives / Yanqing Lai -- 6. IHRD: international perspectives on competence and competencies / Jonathan Winterton -- 7 IHRD: investment in human capital and performance / Maura Sheehan and Valerie Shanahan -- Part 2: processes -- 8. Green IHRD, sustainability and environmental issues / Claire Valentin -- 9. IHRD and managing knowledge / Alexandre Ardichvili -- 10. IHRD, offshoring and outsourcing / Valerie Anderson and Vijay Pereira -- 11. IHRD and lean management / Meera Alagaraja -- 12. IHRD and strategic learning capability / Hanna Moon and Wendy E.A. Ruona -- 13. IHRD and virtual HRD / Elisabeth Bennett and Rochell McWhorter -- 14. IHRD, social capital and networking / Claire Gubbins -- Part 3: People development practices -- 15. IHRD: developing expatriates and inpatriates / Gary N. McLean, Junhee Kim and Oranuch (Jued) Pruetipibultham -- 16 .IHRD and global careers / Michelle Hammond, Deirdre O'Shea and Jill Pearson -- 17. IHRD and leader development / Nicholas Clarke -- 18. IHRD and developing global teams / Gary N. McLean and Sewon Kim -- 19. IHRD, diversity and inclusion / Julie Gedro -- 20. IHRD and global talent development / Andrew Bratton, Thomas Garavan, Norma D'Annunzio Green and Kirsteen Grant -- Part 4: researching IHRD -- 21. Researching IHRD: context, processes and people / Anthony McDonnell -- Index.
    Abstract: This comprehensive Handbook sets out the nature and scope of International Human Resource Development (IHRD) to advance our understanding of research and practice in the field. Drawing on expertise from a global team representing some of the field's most distinguished researchers, the Handbook explores a range of contextual, process and people development practice issues impacting IHRD research and practice. Focusing on IHRD as a distinct field of research and practice, the authors offer comprehensive coverage of a number of critical contextual dimensions that shape the IHRD goals that organisations pursue; impact the IHRD systems, policies and practices that are implemented; and influence the types of IHRD research questions that are investigated. The Handbook examines the processes or actions taken by organisations to globalise IHRD practices and discusses important people development practices that come within the scope of IHRD. By bringing together a variety of research strands and engaging in key debates while also acknowledging the emergent, dynamic and constantly evolving nature of the field, the authors of this Handbook have created an invaluable resource for academics, students, professionals and practitioners in IHRD, HRD, HRM, international management, organisational behaviour and leadership
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785367281
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (480 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks of research methods in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of methods in leadership research
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Forschung ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Leadership Moral and ethical aspects ; Leadership Methodology ; Electronic books ; Führung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Chapter 1: Introduction and overview / Birgit Schyns, Pedro Neves and Rosalie Hall -- Measurement and design -- 2. Implicit measures for leadership research / SinHui Chong, Emilija Djurdjevic and Russell E. Johnson -- 3. Puppet masters in the lab: experimental methods in leadership research / Eric F. Rietzschel, Barbara Wisse and Diana Rus -- 4. Assessing leadership behavior with observational and sensor-based methods: a brief overview / Alexandra (Sasha) R. Cook and Bertolt Meyer -- 5. The contribution of sophisticated facial expression coding to leadership research / Savvas Trichas -- 6. Behavioral genetics and leadership research / Wen-Dong Li, Remus Ilies and Wei Wang -- 7. Biosensor approaches to studying leadership / Aurora J. Dixon, Jessica M. Webb and Chu-Hsiang (Daisy) Chang -- Quantitative analytic approaches -- 8. Mediation analysis in leadership studies: new developments and perspectives / Rex Kline -- 9. Person-oriented approaches to leadership: a roadmap forward / Roseanne J. Foti and Maureen E. McCusker -- 10. Multi-level issues and dyads in leadership research / Francis J. Yammarino and Janaki Gooty -- 11. A social network approach to examining leadership / Markku Jokisaari -- 12. Diary studies in leadership / Sandra Ohly and Viktoria Gochmann -- 13. Modeling leadership-related change with a growth curve approach / Rosalie J. Hall -- Qualitative methods and analytic approaches -- 14. Qualitative content analysis in leadership research: principles, process and application / Jan Schilling -- 15. Biographical methods in leadership research / Miguel Pina e Cunha, Marianne Lewis, Arménio Rego and Wendy K. Smith -- Summary -- 16. Leadership in the future, and the future of leadership research / Robert G. Lord -- 17. Authors' tips for doing top-quality research -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook brings together experts in the field of leadership to provide insights into methods for leadership research. It serves to motivate them to use new research methods to further our knowledge of the leadership field. Illustrating novel approaches to research with sample questions and applications to the field of leadership, this comprehensive and accessible Handbook covers key methodologies in leadership research today, as well as introducing methods that will be invaluable in the future. With chapters written by established leadership scholars, the Handbook of Methods in Leadership Research is arranged to cover three core areas of research: measurement and design, quantitative analytic approaches, and qualitative analytic approaches. The book provides an accessible overview and starting point to discover new methods. All chapters are well researched and provide references for those who want to delve deeper into the topics covered. The volume ends with a summary of tips for each method presented. This book will be an indispensable resource for leadership students, scholars, and practitioners alike, to inspire their future research but also to support their understanding of the quality of research carried out by others
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9780857937957
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of innovation and creativity for marketing management
    DDC: 658.8/02
    RVK:
    Keywords: Marketingmanagement ; Innovation ; Kreativität ; Marketing ; Creative ability in business ; Electronic books ; Marketingmanagement
    Abstract: Introduction / Eric Shiu -- 1. What is innovation? / Søren Harnow Klausen -- 2. Product design innovation - trade-off decisions on functionality, aesthetics and sustainability from the consumer perspective / Eric Shiu -- 3. Innovation performance in service industries - unlocking the intricate effects of strategic orientations and the business model / Colin Cheng -- 4. Organizing for creativity / Farida Rasulzada -- 5. Four decades of engaging customers in product innovation / Mai Khanh Tran -- 6. Developing a conceptual model of the impacts of electronic word-of-mouth on innovation adoption / Yingying Qian -- 7. Cultural influences on innovation resistance : a conceptual framework / Nasir Salari -- 8. The influence of personality on creativity / Eva Hoff and Ingegerd Carlsson -- 9. Chan/Zen of creativity management / Ai-Girl Tan -- 10. Creativity in advertisement : how advertisements strike people - a critical discussion of the role of original ideas and background music / Alessandro Antonietti and Barbara Colombo -- Concluding remarks / Eric Shiu.
    Abstract: This groundbreaking Handbook is a collection of the most recent research in innovation and creativity as it applies to marketing management. It uniquely combines the work of innovation and creativity scholars in the same book. Incorporating global research conducted by scholars based all over the world, this book covers various aspects of innovation and creativity, discussing the concepts themselves as well as adopting both a company and consumer perspective. Standout topics discussed in this Handbook include product and service innovation, organizing for innovation, co-innovation, and the impacts of culture on innovation as well as the impacts of personality, the impacts of zen, and the applications of creativity in management and marketing. Eric Shiu presents an integrated discussion of both disciplines, which will inevitably lead to early-stage frameworks of knowledge, new research ideas, and a more holistic understanding of innovation and creativity combined. This Handbook targets readers who are interested in innovation and creativity in general as well as those interested in how the topics apply to marketing management. Business and management students as well as scholars who are researching, teaching or studying a subject that relates to innovation or creativity will be of interest
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: A. Antonietti, I. Carlsson, C. Cheng, B. Colombo, S. Harnow Klausen, E. Hoff, Y. Qian, F. Rasulzada, N. Salari, E. Shiu, A-.G. Tan, M.K. Tran
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    ISBN: 9781783472666
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Exploring the entrepreneurial society
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Institutionenökonomik ; Gesellschaft ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftswachstum
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Entrepreneurship and formal and informal institutions -- 1. Understanding the drivers of an 'entrepreneurial' economy: Lessons from Japan and the Netherlands / Hiroyuki Okamuro, André van Stel and Ingrid Verheul -- 2. Hofstede's cultural dimensions and modes of entry into entrepreneurship / Joern H. Block and Sascha G. Walter -- 3. Entrepreneurs using regulation as a source of opportunity: a study combining quantitative and qualitative approaches / Amélie Jacquemin and Frank Janssen -- 4. Determinants of high-growth firms: why do some countries have more high-growth firms than others? / Mercedes Teruel and Gerrit de Wit -- 5. Institutions, entrepreneurship, and regional growth in Indonesia (1994-2010) / François Facchini and Subandono -- 6. Sub-national market-supporting institutions and export behaviors / Ngo Vi Dung and Frank Janssen -- Part II: Entrepreneurial choice, orientation and success -- 7. Are French industrial establishments equally sensitive to the local atmosphere? An analysis resting upon a panel of manufacturing plants over the period 2003-2010 / Nadine Levratto, Denis Carré and Luc Tessier -- 8. Labor market and successful entrepreneurship / Jean Bonnet and Nicolas Le Pape -- 9. The relationship between knowledge management and innovation level in Mexican SMEs: empirical evidence / Gonzalo Maldonado Guzman, Maria del Carmen Martinez Serna and Domingo García Perez de Lema -- Part III: Entrepreneurial behaviors -- 10. Entrepreneurial opportunity recognition and exploitation in academic spin-offs / Ugo Rizzo -- 11. Firm location choice in the new economy: exploring the role of entrepreneurial work-lifestyles of neighbourhood entrepreneurs in the business location decision / Anne Risselada and Veronique Schutjens -- 12. How to explain gender differences in self-employment ratios. Towards a socioeconomic approach / Dieter Bögenhold and Uwe Fachinger -- Part IV: Entrepreneurial finance, growth and economic crises -- 13. Entrepreneurship and Schumpeterian growth / Paolo E. Giordani -- 14. Venture capital contracts and the institutional theory: differences between public and private Spanish venture capital firms / Ma Camino Ramón-Llorens and Ginés Hernández-Cánovas -- 15. Exploring SME's strategic response to the financial and economic crisis: empirical evidence from Catalonia. / Eleni Papaoikonomou, Xiaoni Li and Pere Segarra -- 16. Does the financial crisis make SMEs reluctant to ask for finance in Luxembourg? / Serge Allegrezza, Leila Ben Aoun-Peltier, Anne Dubrocard and Solène Larue -- Part V: Entrepreneurship, social dimensions and outcomes -- 17. Self-employment and independent professionals: labour market transitions and myths of entrepreneurship / Dieter Bögenhold, Jarna Heinonen and Elisa Akola -- 18. How distinct social entrepreneurship is from commercial entrepreneurship? / Alicia Rubio Bañon, Antonio Aragón Sánchez and Nuria Esteban-Lloret -- 19. Self-employed people and pension. Is old age poverty the inevitable dark side of an entrepreneurial society? / Uwe Fachinger and Anna Frankus -- Index
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is the engine of economic development, which in turn impacts the challenges facing future entrepreneurs. Understanding the development of a vivid entrepreneurial society requires attention to several interacting factors, as well as expected transversal policies provided by ministries and administrations as a whole. This timely book explores institutional, behavioral and policy issues of primary importance to seizing the entrepreneurial society. Exploring the Entrepreneurial Society collects original work from renowned scholars involved in entrepreneurship research, with theoretical and empirical contributions anchored in economics, management and sociology. The chapters are structured in five distinct parts: entrepreneurship in relation to formal and informal institutions; entrepreneurial choice, orientation and success; entrepreneurial behaviors; entrepreneurial finance, growth and economic crises; and entrepreneurship, social dimensions and outcomes. By examining themes at the forefront of research interest, this book will appeal to scholars, as well as MA and PhD students, in entrepreneurship, business administration and economics. Policy makers will also be able to apply the results in a more practical context
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785362965
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for human resource management
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Personnel management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: The future research agenda for HRM / Paul Sparrow and Cary Cooper -- 2. HR Strategy, structure, and architecture / Dave Lepak, Kaifeng Jiang and Robert E. Ployhart -- 3. Talent management / David G. Collings, Anthony McDonnell and John McMackin -- 4. Using a risk-optimisation lens: Maximizing talent readiness for an uncertain future. / Wayne F. Cascio, John W. Boudreau and Allan H. Church -- 5. Managing the selection and retention of human capital resources / Robert E. Ployhart and Jason Kautz -- 6. Human resource management and employee engagement / Alan M. Saks and Jamie A. Gruman -- 7. Workplace well-being: responsibilities, challenges and future directions / Susan Cartwright -- 8. Leadership models: the future research agenda for HRM / Patrick C. Flood and Johan Coetsee -- 9. Architectures of value: moving leaders beyond analytics and big data / Anthony Hesketh -- 10. HRM and productivity / Paul Sparrow and Lilian Otaye-Ebede -- 11. 'We are not creative here!' -- Creativity and innovation for non-creatives through HRM / Helen Shipton, Veronica Lin, Karin Sanders and Huadong Yang -- 12. Globalisation and human resource management / Chris Brewster, Adam Smale and Wolfgang Mayrhofer -- Index.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. This state-of-the-art book takes a forward-looking perspective on the field of Human Resource Management (HRM). Each contribution takes a view, or position, on the likely development of the HR function, and identifies interesting areas and subjects of research that would help address this future positioning. The book's expert contributors provide short and succinct reviews of 12 key topics in strategic HRM, including HR strategy and structure, talent management, selection, assessment and retention, employee engagement, workplace well-being, leadership, HR analytics, productivity, innovation, and globalisation. Each chapter identifies the strengths and gaps in our knowledge, maps out the important intellectual boundaries for their field, and outlines current and future research agendas and how these should inform practice. In examining these strategic topics the authors point to the key interfaces between the field of HRM and cognate disciplines, enabling researchers and practitioners to understand the models and theories that help tie this agenda together. Offering a comprehensive guide to current research and pioneering perspectives for future avenues of inquiry, this Research Agenda will be essential reading for academics, practitioners and researchers in the field of HRM
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781788110150
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (176 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hatum, Andrés Mastering creativity in organizations
    Keywords: Kreativität ; Lernende Organisation ; Organizational effectiveness ; Créativité dans les affaires ; Organisation de l'entreprise ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. The role of talent for organizational creativity -- 3. New ways of organizing -- 4. Human resource management as facilitator of creativity -- 5. Creative leadership and a creative organizational culture: a conceptual approach -- 6. Challenges ahead for creative firms -- Index.
    Abstract: This book identifies best practices, leadership styles, and organizational structures for the stimulation of organizational creativity. Andrés Hatum first explains what creativity means in an organizational context. He then explores the ways in which an organization can foster it, with an aim to help any company - not just companies in creative fields or industries - become an organization in which new ideas flow, new processes are developed, and new products are brought to market. In doing so, he provides scholars with a solid framework for studying and understanding the deeper meaning of creativity. Andrés Hatum's new framework for understanding organizational creativity offers examples from a rich variety of companies and situations. The book balances theory and practice for a multifaceted approach that brings its analysis into the real world. In-depth case studies include FC Barcelona, elBulli, Almodovar, and Cirque du Soleil. Managers will find case studies describing exceptional organizational creativity and practical takeaways that can be applied in their own firms. Students will find concrete analytical frameworks for thinking about creativity in organizations, and academics will find a different approach to the study of creativity, one that is grounded in practice
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783476527
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Women in science ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: setting the scene -- 2. Positioning women in their place -- 3. Subtle masculinities at work -- 4. Secret careers -- 5. Creative genius in science -- 6. Motherhood -- 7. Concluding remarks and recommendations -- Index.
    Abstract: More women are studying science at university and they consistently outperform men. Yet, still, significantly fewer women than men hold prestigious jobs in science. Why should this occur? What prevents women from achieving as highly as men in science? And why are so few women positioned as 'creative genius' research scientists? Drawing upon the views of 47 (female and male) scientists, Bevan and Gatrell explore why women are less likely than men to become eminent in their profession. They observe three mechanisms which perpetuate women's lowered 'place' in science: subtle masculinities (whereby certain forms of masculinity are valued over womanhood); (m)otherhood (in which women's potential for maternity positions them as 'other'), and the image of creative genius which is associated with male bodies, excluding women from research roles
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786435781
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Climatic changes Law and legislation ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction / A. Averchenkova, S. Fankhauser and M. Nachmany -- Part I -- How climate change legislation comes about -- 2. The national and international drivers of climate change legislation / A. Clare, S. Fankhauser and C. Gennaioli -- 3. Climate change legislation and policy in China, the European Union and the United States / I. Neuweg and A. Averchenkova -- 4. Climate legislation in the least developing countries / M. Nachmany, A. Abeysinghe and S. Barakat -- Part II -- What climate change legislation should contain -- 5. The normative foundations of climate legislation / F. Green -- 6. Institutional aspects of climate legislation / A. Averchenkova and M. Nachmany -- 7. Good practice in low-carbon policy / A. Bowen and S. Fankhauser -- Part III -- Climate change legislation in the wider context -- 8. Climate policy at the sub-national level / I. Galarraga, E. Sainz de Murieta and Joan França -- 9. Regulating climate change in the courts / J. Setzer and M. Bangalore -- 10. Climate legislation and international commitments / A. Averchenkova and S. Matikainen -- Index.
    Abstract: A deepening understanding of the importance of climate change has caused a recent and rapid increase in the number of climate change or climate-related laws. Trends in Climate Change Legislation offers an astute analysis of the political, institutional and economic factors that have motivated this surge, placing it into context. By focusing the analysis on both developed and developing countries, the contributors offer an extensive exploration of climate change legislation, and how it has been enacted on a global scale. Vitally, they make the link between the international commitments under the Paris Agreement and their delivery at national level. Concluding that strong climate legislation is essential to give credibility to the pledges that countries made in Paris, this book identifies the key provisions that good climate laws should contain, and addresses factors that influence the passing of climate laws. This stimulating and informative book will be of particular interest to parliamentarians, policy makers and lawyers involved in areas of climate policy and environmental law. It will also appeal to students and researchers with an interest in climate change legislation
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784715465
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on leadership and creativity
    DDC: 303.3/4
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Kreativität ; Kreativitätstechnik ; Leadership Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Führungskraft ; Kreativität ; Innovation
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Leading for creativity: functions, models, and domains / Michael D. Mumford, Sven Hemlin, and Tyler J. Mulhearn -- Functions -- 2. Leader planning skills and creative performance: integrating past, present, and future / Michael D. Mumford, Logan M. Steele, Tyler J. Mulhearn, Tristan McIntosh, and Logan L. Watts -- 3. Creativity, complexity, and organizational learning: implications for leadership and governance / Robert K. Kazanjian -- 4. How can we advise Achilles? A rehabilitation of the concept of the champion for leadership / Steven E. Markham and Janice Witt Smith -- 5. Leader idea evaluation and follower creativity: challenges, constraints, and capabilities / Logan L. Watts, Tyler J. Mulhearn, E. Michelle Todd, and Michael D. Mumford / 6. Intrinsic motivation and creativity: opening up a black box / Logan M. Steele, Tristan McIntosh, and Cory Higgs -- 7. Leadership's role in creative climate creation / Scott G. Isaksen -- 8. Leading for creativity: how leaders manage creative teams / Roni Reiter-Palmon and Ryan P. Royston -- 9. The social footprint of champions and promoters as creative leaders in innovating and executing / Jan Kratzer and Ingo Michelfelder -- Models -- 10. Leader structure and consideration for innovation / Gina Scott Ligon and Douglas C. Derrick -- 11. Do leaders matter in the long run? A longitudinal study of the importance of LMX and LMX balance for followers' creative performance in research groups / Cajsa Lisa Katniss Olsson -- 12. Transformational leadership and follower creativity: a review of underlying mechanism and boundary conditions / Kathrin Rosing -- 13. Relational leadership and creativity: the effects of respectful engagement and caring on meaningfulness and creative work involvement / John Paul Stevens and Abraham Carmeli -- 14. Collective leadership as a facilitator of innovation / Tamara L. Friedrich and Mingdong (Pauline) Zhong -- 15. All roads lead to Rome: navigating the creative process using the CIP model of leadership / Jeffrey B. Lovelace, Brett H. Neely, Bradley S. Jayne, and Samuel T. Hunter -- 16. Creativity in organizations: the intersectionality of roles, levels of analysis, and types of creativity / Kimberly S. Jaussi -- Domains -- 17. Creative leadership among executives and managers / Gerard Puccio, Marie Mance, and Selcuk Acar -- 18. Leadership and creativity in business / Daan van Knippenberg -- 19. Leadership and creativity capacity in military contexts / Shane Connelly and Stephen J. Zaccaro -- 20. Academic leadership: embracing uncertainty and diversity by building communication and trust / Li Bennich-Björkman -- 21. Creative leadership in the marketing arena / Jeffrey B. Schmidt and Logan L. Watts -- 22. Aesthetic leadership in the arts / Arja Ropo, Donatella De Paoli and Ralph Bathurst -- 23. Creativity stimulating leadership in R&D groups / Sven Hemlin and Cajsa Lisa Katniss Olsson -- Index
    Abstract: The rapid pace of technological change and globalization of products, competition and services have conspired to place a new premium on innovation for firms across the world. Although many variables influence creativity and innovation, the effective leadership of creative teams has proved especially important. This timely Handbook presents the state of the art for what leaders must do to lead creative teams and how they should do it. Handbook of Research on Leadership and Creativity is divided into three major sections. The first section on leadership functions identifies key activities that must be executed by leaders if creative efforts are to prove successful. The next section explains creative leadership using available theoretical models, examining the effects of leader behaviors on follower creativity. The final section investigates specific domains where organizations seek creativity. It covers the creative domains of research and development as well as military and academia, which have not traditionally been viewed as domains where creative leadership is critical. This comprehensive Handbook makes a significant contribution to the literature on creativity and innovation and will be welcomed as an accessible yet authoritative text by students, teachers and researchers alike
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786436337
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (160 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Employees Abuse of ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. Emotion, its function and emancipation from social control -- 3. Emancipation from emotional repression through emotion regulation -- 4. Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: Emotion is often used by organizations to manipulate and repress workers. However, this repression can have adverse psychological and social consequences for them. This book articulates the pathways through which this repression occurs, and offers emotion regulation as a tool for workers to emancipate themselves from this repression and social control. Bringing together the largely unconnected literatures on critical theory and emotion regulation, this book articulates two pathways to social control currently underexplored in management: one where the social functions of emotion are exploited, and one where discussions about emotion override its social function. The author illustrates the processes through which workers can start to 'see through' the repression, and enlist emotion regulation strategies to emancipate themselves from it. These strategies may work in the short to medium term but, in the long term, workers may eventually change jobs. If staff turnover becomes unsustainable, the organization can seek to change the social structures causing the repression of workers in the first place. Combining fresh theoretical insights with practically informed vignettes, this book will appeal to academics and students across many social science disciplines, including business studies, organization studies, cognitive change, sociology and psychology. Both practising managers and disenchanted workers will also find this an enlightening read
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785367649
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Creating resilient economies
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Coping-Strategie ; Regionalentwicklung ; Industrie ; Welt ; Financial crises Prevention ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Unsicherheit ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftliche Stabilität ; Entwicklungspolitik ; Wachstumspolitik ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Unsicherheit ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftliche Stabilität ; Entwicklungspolitik ; Wachstumspolitik
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction / Nick Williams and Tim Vorley -- Part I : The resilience of entrepreneurs, industrial sectors and cities -- 2. Strategies for resilience in entrepreneurship: building resources for small business survival after a crisis / Rachel Doern -- 3. The resilience of entrepreneurs and small business in the depths of a recessionary crisis / Nick Williams and Tim Vorley -- 4. Vulnerability and adaptability: Post-crisis resilience of SMEs in Denmark / Christian Kjær Monsson -- 5. Resilience, adaptation and survival in industry sectors: Remaking and remodelling of the automotive sector / Gill Bentley, David Bailey and Daniel Braithwaite -- 6. The evolution of economic resilience in cities: Re-invention versus replication / James Simmie -- 7. Path dependency, entrepreneurship, and economic resilience in resource-driven economies. Lessons from the Newfoundland offshore oil industry, Canada / Cédric Brunelle and Ben Spigel -- 8. Resilient regions and open innovation: the evolution of smart cities and civic entrepreneurship / Jennifer Clark -- Part II: The resilience of local and regional economies -- 9. Governance, civic leadership and resilience / Chay Brooks -- 10. Entrepreneurship, culture and resilience: the determinants of local development in uncertain times / Robert Huggins and Piers Thompson -- 11. The resilience of growth strategies / Lee Pugalis, Nick Gray and Alan Townsend -- 12. Local economic resilience in Italy / Paolo Di Caro -- 13. Evolutionary perspectives on economic resilience in regional development / Emil Evenhuis and Stuart Dawley -- 14. Regional resilience: the critique revisited / Huiwen Gong and Robert Hassink -- 15. Final thoughts and reflections -- Index
    Abstract: Economic resilience is an emergent field in the social sciences. In this timely book, key scholars examine how individuals, organisations, regions and nations are affected by internal and external crises, and consider how the ways in which they respond will determine their future growth path. Providing a coherent and clear narrative, Creating Resilient Economies offers a theoretical analysis of resilience and provides guidance to policymakers with regards to fostering more resilient economies and people. It adeptly illustrates how resilience thinking can offer the opportunity to re-frame economic development policy and practice and provides a clear evidence base of the cultural, economic, political and social conditions that shape the adaptability, flexibility and responsiveness to crises in their many forms. Academics and scholars across the social sciences will find this book an enlightening gateway into the subject of economic resilience. Its eminently practical approach will also benefit government policy makers interested in how localities, regions and nations can respond more effectively to crises
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    ISBN: 9781785364181
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (656 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Franchises (Retail trade) ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: in memoriam by Patrick Kaufmann -- Foreward by Francine Lafontaine -- 1. Research contributions to understanding franchising / Frank Hoy, Rozenn Perrigot and Andrew Terry -- Part I Entrepreneurship -- 2. Managing entrepreneurial tensions in franchise systems / Anna Watson and Lola Dada -- 3. Implications of family firms in franchising / Dianne H.B. Welsh and Frank Hoy -- 4. Autonomy in franchising / Odile Streed and Gérard Cliquet -- Part II -- Organizational Forms -- 5. A multi-national investigation of dual distribution structures in franchising / Brinja Meiseberg and Thomas Ehrmann -- 6. Exploring the growth of multi-unit franchising / Benjamin Lawrence, Cyril Pietrafesa and Patrick J. Kaufmann -- 7. The relationship between initial and ongoing fees in franchising: a meta-analysis / Farhad Sadeh and Manish Kacker -- Part III regulation -- 8. Franchising hard law and soft law / Robert W. Emerson -- 9. The obligation of good faith and its role in franchise regulation / Andrew Terry, Cary Di Lernia and Rozenn Perrigot -- Part IV Franchisor/franchisee relationships -- 10. Understanding antecedents of franchisee trust / Evelien Croonen -- 11. Franchisor-franchisee relationships / Lorelle Frazer and Anthony Grace -- 12. Knowledge transfer in franchising / Nina Gorovaia -- Part V marketing -- 13. Resale price maintenance in franchising: market coverage, company-owned stores, and retailer-dependence / Robert Stassen -- 14. E-commerce opportunities and challenges for franchise chains / Rozenn Perrigot, Guy Basset and Gérard Cliquet -- Part VI Internationalization -- 15. International franchising: optimal market selection / E. Hachemi Aliouche -- 16. Internationalization of franchise networks / Maria Jell-Ojobor and Josef Windsperger -- 17. Determinants of master international franchising / Maria Jell-Ojobor and Ilan Alon -- 18. International franchising: influences of environmental uncertainty and munificence on market entry timing / Melih Madanoglu and Gary J. Castrogiovanni -- Part VII Performance -- 19. Performance in franchising networks / Magali Chaudey and Muriel Fadairo -- 20. Retail network organizational design and financial performance / Karine Picot-Coupey, Jean-Laurent Viviani and Paul Amadieu -- Part VIII Emerging Markets -- 21. Franchising in Southeast Asia: prerequisites, progress and prospects / Andrew Terry and Marko Grünhagen -- 22. Franchising in Latin America / Muriel Fadairo and Cintya Lanchimba -- 23. An exploration of franchising in Africa / Rozenn Perrigot -- 24. The entrepreneur-franchisor in an emerging economy / Audhesh Paswan, María de los Dolores Santarriaga Pineda and Francisco Carlos Soto Ramirez -- Part IX Social Franchising -- 25. An introduction to social franchising / Anita Du Toit -- 26. The social franchise model: a systems approach of the dynamics of institutions and embeddedness in social franchise formation / Fiori A. Zafeiropoulou -- Index.
    Abstract: Franchising is one of the major engines of business expansion and job creation globally. The Handbook of Research on Franchising contains original work by leading franchise scholars from around the world who offer new insights into entrepreneurial behavior, organizational forms, regulation, internationalization and other contemporary issues relating to this dynamic business strategy. The book will provide readers with a base of knowledge about the entrepreneurial opportunities and behaviors of franchisors and franchisees as well as explore the forms that franchise organizations may take, the regulation of franchise companies, how franchisors and franchisees relate to one another, the development of the franchise model, franchising in emerging markets, social franchising and more. It introduces theory and sets the agenda for future research and adds to education and practice. Practitioners will benefit from the high quality scientific research, and scholars will find exciting opportunities for contributing to the body of knowledge on a subject that has not received sufficient attention. The research contained in this book will also be of value to franchisors, franchisees, service providers and government regulators
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    ISBN: 9781788110396
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (128 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Decision making ; Business enterprises ; Persons ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: The quake -- 1. Decisions -- 2. Individuals as decision makers -- 3. Organizations as decision makers -- 4. The consequences of decisions -- 5. Complex decision processes -- After the tsunami -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: Decision-making is an activity in which everyone is engaged on a more or less daily basis. In this book, Karin Brunsson and Nils Brunsson explore the intricacies of decision-making for individuals and organizations. When, how and why do they make decisions? The authors identify four distinct ways of reasoning that decision makers use. The consequences of decisions vary: some promote action, others impede it, and some produce more responsibility than others. With in-depth discussions of rationality, justifications and hypocrisy, the authors show how organizational and political decision processes become over-complicated and difficult for both decision makers and external observers to understand. Decisions is a concise and easy-to-read introduction to a highly significant and intriguing topic. Based on research from several fields, it provides useful reading and essential knowledge for scholars and students throughout the social sciences and for everyone who wants to understand their own decisions and those of others
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783473250
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (520 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Floyd, Steven W., 1950 - Handbook of middle management strategy process research
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mittleres Management ; Strategisches Management ; Middle managers ; Executives Training of ; Middle managers ; Electronic books ; Mittleres Management ; Führungskraft ; Abteilungsleiter
    Abstract: Contents: Part 1: -- The unit of analysis -- 1. The role of middle and top managers in the strategy process / Xavier Castañer and Howard Yu -- 2. Functions of the mezzanine / Anurag Sharma -- 3. Some middle managers are more influential than others: -- an approach for identifying strategic influence / Bill Wooldridge and Steven W. Floyd -- Part 2: -- Explorations of existing theory -- 4. The role of issue selling in effective strategy making / Susan J. Ashford, Madeline Ong, Gareth D. Keeves -- 5. Strategy-as-practice research on middle managers and sensemaking / Juila Balogun and Linda Rouleau -- 6. Middle managers' emotion management in strategy process / Quy Nguyen Huy and Yidi Guo -- 7. Middle managers : the lynchpins in the corporate entrepreneurship process / Donald F. Kuratko -- Part 3: -- Theoretical developments -- 8. Developing theory about the development of theory / Henry Mintzberg -- 9. Complex strategic integration at nike : strategy process and strategy-as-practice combined / Robert A. Burgelman -- 10. A conceptual framework of middle managers' strategic role flexibility / Ruifang Wang, Patrick T. Gibbons, Ciaran Heavey -- 11. Minztberg's pattern : Middle managers in polyphonic strategy process / Saku Mantere -- 12. Middle management engagement in strategic planning routines - a mindfulness perspective / Carola Wolf -- Part 4: -- Methodological alternatives -- 13. Middle management and strategy process : Toward a pluralistic theory of power / Torsten Schmid -- 14. Measuring the middle : the use of social network analysis in middle management research / David G. Cohen and Sudhir Nair -- 15. Choreographies we strategize by : using video methodology in the study of embodiment / Philip Gylfe -- Part 5: -- Empirical explorations -- 16. A psychological perspective on middle managers' strategic championing behavior / Nüfer Yasin Ates, Murat Tarakci, Yoojung Ahn, Steven W. Floyd and Bill Wooldridge -- 17. The knowledge brokering role of middle managers : the case of hybrid middle managers in a professionalalized organization / Graeme Currie and Nicola Burgess -- 18. Middle managers and corporate entrepreneurship : unpacking strategic roles and assessing performance implications / Johanna Mair -- 19. The interface of top and middle managers : taking stock and moving forward / Anneloes Raes and Koen van Vlijmen -- Index.
    Abstract: With contributions from some of the field's most influential scholars, this Handbook provides a path forward for students and researchers interested in strategy process research from a middle management perspective. This groundbreaking Handbook both reviews existing theory and explores new ground concerning key issues surrounding middle managers' influence on strategy making. Split into five distinct sections, the book explicates the unit of analysis and presents foundational theories, emerging models, cutting-edge methods, and original empirical research in strategy process research. Contributors with diverse theoretical and methodological perspectives identify and address a wide range of research issues relevant to middle managers' participation in strategy making, such as social network analysis and video methodology. Standout chapters include one on complex strategic integration by Robert A. Burgelman and one on the development of theory by Henry Mintzberg. This Handbook is a must-read for academics interested in strategy process research as it suggests novel research approaches for addressing relevant phenomena and provides an up-to-date review of the extant literature in the area
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    ISBN: 9781785367533
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Contextualizing entrepreneurship in emerging economies and developing countries
    DDC: 658.421
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Schwellenländer ; Entwicklungsländer ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Schwellenländer ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Contextualizing entrepreneurship in-between emerging economies and developing countries / Marcela Ramírez-Pasillas, Ethel Brundin and Magdalena Markowska -- Part I: Contextualizing the top-down driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 2. The political economy of indigenous ethnic entrepreneurship: the Ethiopian experience / Hussien Yimam -- 3. Who is really an ethnic minority? the puzzling paradox of conceptualization of ethnic entrepreneurship / Hussien Yimam -- 4. Women entrepreneurship in Rwanda: overcoming entrepreneurial stereotypes through government support / Jean Bosco Shema and Samuel Mutarindwa -- 5. The impact of the institutional context on women entrepreneurship in Ethiopia: breaking the cycle of poverty? / Hailemickael Deres Mekonnen and Joaquin Cestino -- 6. Contextualizing entrepreneurship as an antidote to institutional evangelizing: "diezmo" and informal contract commissions in Mexico / Edmundo Ramírez-Pasillas and Hans Lundberg -- 7. Contextualizing universities for new venture creation: the case of family business students of Tecnologico de Monterrey in Mexico / Fernando Sandoval-Arzaga, David Xotlanihua-González, Geraldina Silveyra and Maria Fonseca-Paredes -- 8. The discursive formation of 'seriousness' in the ship canal rat race between Panama, Mexico and Nicaragua / Hans Lundberg -- Part II: Contextualizing the bottom-up driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 9. Jugaar as entrepreneurial resourcefulness / Khizran Zehra -- 10. Contextualizing entrepreneurial networks in Ethiopia: the case of the Ekubs of the Gurage ethnic group / Yaschilal Shitaye Anely -- 11. Contextualizing crowdfunding in low income countries: the case of Pakistan / Nadia Arshad -- 12. Exploring antecedents for new venture creation in Ethiopia / Yikaalo Welu Kidanemariam -- 13. Contextualizing entrepreneurial opportunity creation as an outcome of social embeddedness / Demeke Chimdessa Gutu and Jebessa Teshome Bayissa -- 14. Exploring institutional entrepreneurship in developing countries - copreneurs in the tourism industry: a Bolivian case / Maria José Parada and Alexandra Dawson -- 15. The interplay between the context and family business continuity in developing countries / Pierre Sindambiwe -- 16. Entrepreneurship in family businesses in Ethiopia / Ermias Werkilul Asfaw -- Part III: Contextualizing hybrid driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 17. Placing the Ugandan entrepreneurship paradox in context / Peter Rosa and Waswa Balunywa -- 18. Barranquilla's carnival: the place where identity meets societal entrepreneurship / Erika Arévalo -- 19. New firms' survival in Rwanda: an analysis of institutional and social contexts / Samuel Kamugisha -- 20. Daring to be different: a case of entrepreneurial stewardship in a Guatemalan family's coffee farm / Marcos Vega Solano and Allan Discua Cruz -- 21. Financial performance of family versus non-family firms in the context of an economy in turmoil: a market from 'developed' to 'emerging' / Diogenis Baboukardos and Naveed Akhter -- 22. A literature review on mixed-embeddedness for immigrant entrepreneurship: lessons for developing countries / Asres Abitie Kebede -- 23. Influences of immigrants from emerging economies and developing countries on immigrant entrepreneurship in Sweden / Quang evansluong -- 24. Epilogue - multiple embeddedness for entrepreneurship / Rodrigo Basco -- Index.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship in emerging economies and developing countries presents us with a unique set of working attitudes, modes of thinking, social practices and processes. This book explores these characteristics, focusing on the conceptualization of entrepreneurship 'in-between'. It highlights top-down, bottom-up and hybrid initiatives as well as driving forces for entrepreneurial activities, presenting the diversity, nuances and multiplicity of facets of relevant but unexplored contexts that we need in order to expand our dominant and traditional understandings of entrepreneurship. This book examines entrepreneurship as a contextualized phenomenon from different theoretical and empirical perspectives, gathering a group of researchers with different nationalities, backgrounds and contexts to shed light on how societies with alternative paths of development trigger different entrepreneurial activities and practices. It covers geographical contexts from five continents in a novel and multifaceted analysis. Including case studies, literature reviews and discourse analysis, this book will be a valuable resource for academics and PhD students as well as programme directors in entrepreneurship, development studies and economic geography, and policymakers working with local and regional development and entrepreneurship
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: N. Akhter, E. Arévalo, D. Baboukardos, W. Balunywa, R. Basco, E. Brundin, J. Cestino, D. Chimdessa Gutu, A. Dawson, H. Deres Mekonnen, A. Discua Cruz, Q. Evansluong, M. Fonseca-Paredes, S. Kamugisha, A.A. Kebede, H. Lundberg, M. Markowska, S. Mutarindwa, M.J. Parada, E. Ramírez Pasillas, M. Ramirez Pasillas, P. Rosa, F. Sandoval-Arzaga, J.B. Shema, Y. Shitaye Anely, G. Silveyra, P. Sindambiwe, J. Teshome Bayissa, M. Vega Solano, Y. Welu Kidanemariam, E. Werkilul Asfaw, D.S. Xotlanihua-González, H. Yimam, K. Zehra
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785363719
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial identity
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Identity theory ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Entrepreneurial identity : professional virtues moderate attraction and persistence / Thomas N. Duening -- 2. The entrepreneur in the age of discursive reproduction : whence comes entrepreneurial identity? / Rebecca Gill -- 3. Visualizing Bill Gates and Richard Branson as comic book heroes : an examination of the role of cartoon and caricature in the parodization of the entrepreneurial persona / Robert Smith and David Boje -- 4. Entrepreneurial identity and motivation / Blake Mathias -- 5. Learning to become entrepreneurial : fostering entrepreneurial identity & habits / Karen Williams-Middleton and Anne Donnellon -- 6. Teaching the aspiring entrepreneur / Matthew L. Metzger -- Index.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is an academic discipline that, despite decades of growth in research and teaching activity lacks a traditionally distinct or common pedagogy. In this book, editors Thomas N. Duening and Matthew L. Metzger explore entrepreneurial identity as a new basis upon which curricula can be constructed for aspiring entrepreneurs. Critically, this perspective is based on the insight that there is a fundamental difference between venture development and entrepreneur development. Unfortunately, most current interventions for aspiring entrepreneurs focus on the former at the expense of the latter. The editors have collected work from an international team of authors with diverse views on how identity theory applies to entrepreneur development. Chapters focus primarily on macro-level identity issues (that is, how do these entrepreneurial archetypes form, persist, and sometimes change) or micro-level identity issues (that is, how can educators and resource providers identify, communicate, and incentivize identity construction among aspiring entrepreneurs). This book provides a general theoretical background and offers numerous suggestions for application and further research. One example of this is the 'For Further Reading' feature at the end of each chapter which is perfect for assisting those who want to delve deeper into various topics. This essential resource will be of interest to researchers, resource providers and students alike
    Note: Contributors include: D. Boje, A. Donnellon, T.N. Duening, R. Gill, B. Mathias, M.L. Metzger, R. Smith, K. Williams-Middleton , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781782545569
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (456 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on corporate governance and entrepreneurship
    RVK:
    Keywords: Corporate Governance ; Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; KMU ; Corporate governance ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Corporate Governance
    Abstract: Contents: Part I Corporate governance and entrepreneurship as a research field -- 1. Corporate governance and entrepreneurship: Current states and future directions / Jonas Gabrielsson -- 2. Governance theory: Origins and implications for researching boards and governance in entrepreneurial firms / Jonas Gabrielsson and Morten Huse -- Part II Corporate governance in start-ups and early stage ventures -- 3. Advisory boards in entrepreneurial companies / Eythor Ivar Johnson -- 4. Top management team organization of high-tech venture firms: Structural arrangements and their potential consequences / Till Talaulicar -- 5. Research on board of directors in high-tech start-ups: An assessment and suggestions for future research -- Ekaterina S. Bjornali -- 6. Corporate governance in early stage high tech ventures: The impact of top management team and outside board human capital on innovation speed / Elien Vandenbroucke and Mirjam Knockaert -- 7. The effects of private equity investors on the governance of companies -- Stefano Bonini and Vincenzo Capizzi -- Part III Corporate governance in SMEs -- 8. Corporate governance practices in smaller privately held businesses - insights from the Rhine Valley region / Susanne Durst and Julia Brunold -- 9. Alliance governance in entrepreneurial firms: The influence of family control and organizational size / Daniel Pittino, Franscesca Visintin and Paola Mazzurana -- 10. Corporate governance and innovation in small entrepreneurial firms: The board chairperson's role / Daniel Yar Hamidi and Jonas Gabrielsson -- Part IV Corporate governance in fast growing firms and IPOs -- 11. An engagement theory of governance: The dynamics of governance structures in high growth, high potential firms / Teresa Nelson and Huseyin Leblebici -- 12. Founder status and defensive mechanisms at IPO: Evidence from French firms / Asma Fattoum and Frédéric Delmar -- 13. Corporate governance and accounting in small growing firms: A comparison of financial reporting and cost of debt across Gazelles and Non-Gazelles / Marita Blomkvist and Mari Paananen -- Part V Corporate governance and corporate entrepreneurship -- 14. Corporate governance and corporate entrepreneurship in different organisational forms / Elin Smith and Sven-Olof Collin -- 15. Corporate entrepreneurship in a large company - skunk works or guided evolution? / Seppo Laukkanen, Martin Lindell and Anssi Vanioki -- Index
    Abstract: Issues and challenges surrounding corporate governance in entrepreneurial firms remain relatively unexamined. The Handbook of Research on Corporate Governance and Entrepreneurship brings together leading academic experts within their specific fields to examine the most important issues surrounding corporate governance in various entrepreneurial settings, including start-ups, owner-managed firms, fast-growing firms and IPOs. The Handbook also considers how corporate governance and board leadership is associated with entrepreneurship and innovation in mature companies. Detailed chapters span a wide range of topics, methodologies and levels of analysis, all designed to contribute to advancements in the understanding of corporate governance in entrepreneurial firms. The Handbook begins with a succinct investigation into governance and entrepreneurship as a research field, followed by clearly delineated and thematic parts dedicated to different business settings. Key topics include governance in early stage, high-tech ventures and dynamics of governance structures in high-growth, high-potential firms. This innovative Handbook will provide fresh insights and unique practical perspectives for advanced students and academics in business management and entrepreneurship. Collectively, the chapters provide new insights into the topic across different organizational and geographical settings and offer guidance to practitioners and policy-makers working within these domains
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781781006696
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Winter, Richard Philip Managing academics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Hochschulmanagement ; Großbritannien ; Australien ; Universities and colleges Administration ; Australien ; Großbritannien ; Hochschulmanagement ; Electronic books ; Hochschulbildung ; Management ; Hochschullehrer
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Part I: Managing academics -- 1. Managing academics -- 2. Academic work and identity -- 3. A question of perspective -- Part II: Key perspectives -- 4. Managerialism -- 5. Professionalism -- 6. Quality of worklife -- 7. Prosocial identity -- Part III: Perspective taking -- 8. Hybrid challenges -- 9. Perspective taking -- Bibliography -- Index
    Abstract: Managing Academics offers contrasting perspectives of managing others in order to provoke alternative interpretations of academic work, identity, working relationships and scholarship outcomes in higher education institutions (HEIs). The author leverages a novel analytical-empirical approach to challenge the notion that managing others is a unitary, values-free process. This approach raises awareness of managing as a social process in which personal values and identity questions are treated as issues of importance to the manager and managed. Studies of academic values such as identity, professionalism and quality of worklife are integrated with authority, commitment and client-community service concepts developed within the disciplines of psychology and management in a multiple perspectives model. To enable different types of academic work to be valued and enacted simultaneously in HEIs, chapters on hybridity and perspective taking are presented. This innovative book is essential reading for academic managers in universities and colleges. It will also be of great value to academics and research students in business, management and higher education studies, and indeed anyone with an interest in the process of managing professionals
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785363269
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (544 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Employee health promotion ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction: why well-being matters -- 1. Work and well-being / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. The many "faces" of well-being / Thomas A. Wright, Kyle J. Emich and Dorothy Klotz -- 3. Job demands in a changing world / Bettine Kubicek and Christian Korunka -- 4. Models in work and health research: the JDC(S) and JD-R frameworks / Toon Taris -- Part II: Work and well-being: the bad news -- 5. Burnout and well-being / Adam Pervez and Jonathon Halbesleben -- 6. Job insecurity: implications for employee well-being -- Tahira M. Probst and Lindsey M. Lavaysse -- 7. Precarious employment: what it means for workers and their families / Wayne Lewchuk and Michelynn Lafleche -- Part III: An analysis of work and health in some occupations -- 8. Well-being of farmers and miners: a study on the occupational and safety risks of these vulnerable populations / Jinky Leilanie del Prado-Lu -- 9. Work and wellbeing in the construction industry / Helen Lingard and Michelle Turner -- 10. Stress in policing: sources, consequences and interventions / Ronald J. Burke -- 11. Workplace mental health in the veterinary sector strategies for veterinary organizations / Kathryn M. Page, N.J. Reavley, A.J. Milner, J. Weston, C.E. Thomson and A.D. Lamontagne -- Part IV: Work and well-being: the good news. -- 12. Leadership and employee well-being / Sophie Vincent-Hoper, Friederike Hull, Sabine Gregersen and Albert Nienhaus -- 13. Work engagement and employee well-being / Paul Fairlie -- 14. Gratitude: an antidote to work stress. / Carolyn M. Youssef-Morgan and Barbara L. Ahrens -- 15. Developing psychological capital to boost work performance and wellbeing. / Carolyn M. Youssef-Morgan and Jeff Dahms -- 16. A safe workplace environment. / Sharon Clarke -- 17. Work-family enrichment: a literature review / Valerie J. Morganson and Holly C.Atkinson -- 18. Finding the balance: initiatives to promote work-life balance / Arla Day and Nikola Hartling -- Part V: Interventions addressing the work-well-being relationship -- 19. The global workplace and the new work hazards: what are the necessary responses at the national and firm levels? / Jinky Leilanie del Pradu-Lu -- 20. Leadership -- Interventions to improve well-being / E. Kevin Kelloway and Jennifer K. Dimoff -- 21. Mindfulness at work / Kathleen A. Moore -- 22. Corporate wellness programs: do they increase employee well-being? / Astrid M. Richardsen -- 23. Psychologically healthy workplace practices and employee well-being. / David W. Ballard and Matthew J. Grawitch -- Index.
    Abstract: Almost every person works at some point in their lives. The Research Handbook on Work and Well-Being examines the association of particular work experiences with employee and organizational health and performance. Ronald J. Burke and Kathryn M. Page bring together an impressive collection of contributions where well-being is considered an umbrella term for happiness, satisfaction, flow, engagement, commitment and organizational identification, among other concepts. Chapters describe successful organizational efforts to achieve high levels of employee well-being and creating psychologically healthy workplaces. They cover topics such as transformational leadership, organizational support, training and development and supportive work-family policies and programs. Acknowledging that work experiences and conditions can also contribute to dissatisfaction, insecurity, illness, injuries and even death, they also examine negative work experiences and conditions such as abusive supervision, occupational stress, little control and insecurity. Practical and engaging, this Handbook will appeal to academics and students interested in work and health. Containing the latest research evidence, it will also offer valuable insights to human resource managers, organizational wellness managers and occupational health practitioners
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: B.L. Ahrens, H.C. Atkinson, D.W. Ballard, T.M. Brobst, R.J. Burke S. Clarke, J.P. Dahms, A. Day, J.K. Dimoff, K.J. Emich, P. Fairlie, M.J. Grawitch, S. Gregersen, J. Halbesleben, N. Hartling, F. Hull, E.K. Kelloway, D. Klotz, C. Korunka, B. Kubicek, M. Lafleche, T. LaMontagne, L.M. Lavaysse, W. Lewchuk, H. Lingard, J. Leilanie Del Prado Lu, A. Milner, K. Moore, V.J. Morganson, A. Nienhaus, K. Page, A. Pervez, N. Reavley, A.M. Richardsen, T.Taris, C. Thomson, M. Turner, S. Vincent-Hoper, J. Weston, T.A. Wright, C.M. Youssef-Morgan
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785363863
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (496 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on gender and leadership
    DDC: 658.4/09082
    RVK:
    Keywords: Geschlecht ; Führungsstil ; Welt ; Women executives ; Leadership Sex differences ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Diversity Management ; Weibliche Führungskraft
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / Susan R. Madsen -- Part I: Setting the stage -- 1. The current status of women leaders worldwide / Elizabeth Goryunova, Robbyn T. Scribner and Susan R. Madsen -- 2. Asilomar declaration and call to action on women and leadership : women and leadership affinity group, international leadership association -- 3. Reflections on glass : second wave feminist theorizing in a third wave feminist age? / Savita Kumra -- Part II: Advancing women & leadership theory -- 4. Creativity in theorizing for women and leadership : a multi-paradigm perspective / Julia Storberg-Walker and Kristina Natt Och Dag -- 5. Social psychological approaches to women and leadership theory / Crystal L. Hoyt and Stefanie Simon -- 6. Sociological approaches to women and leadership theory / Christy Glass and Alicia Ingersoll -- 7. Sociolinguistic approaches to gender and leadership theory / Judith Baxter -- 8. Using organizational and management science theories to understand women and leadership / Chantal Van Esch, Karlygash Assylkhan and Diana Bilimoria -- 9. No woman left behind : critical leadership development to build gender consciousness and transform organizations / Laura Bierema -- Part III: Individual motivators to lead -- 10. Women's leadership aspirations / Lynne E. Devnew, Ann M. Berghout Austin, Marlene Janzen Le Ber and Mary Shapiro -- 11. Women's leadership ambition in early careers / Ruth Sealy and Charlotte Harman -- 12. Women's leadership identity : exploring person and context in theory / Wendy Fox-Kirk, Constance Campbell and Chrys Egan -- 13. The role of purpose and calling in women's leadership experiences / Karen A. Longman and Debbie Lamm Bray -- 14. Women, leadership, and power / Katharina Pick -- 15. Using neuroscience methods to explore gender differences in leadership / Suzanne J. Peterson and Amy L. Bartels -- 16. The connection between success, choice, and leadership for women / Sarah Leberman and Jane Simmonds -- Part IV: Gender-based leadership challenges and barriers -- 17. An overview of gender-based leadership barriers / Amy B. Diehl and Leanne M. Dzubinski -- 18. Organizational processes and systems that affect women in leadership / Michelle Bligh and Ai Ito -- 19. Individual stresses and strains in the ascent to leadership : gender, work, and family / Amy E. Smith and Deneen M. Hatmaker -- 20. Gender stereotypes and unconscious bias / Deborah L. Rhode -- 21. Theorizing women leaders' negative relations with other women / Sharon Mavin, Gina Grandy and Jannine Williams -- 22. The effect of media on women and leadership / Carole Elliot and Valerie Stead -- Part V: Developing women leaders -- 23. Advancing women through developmental relationships / Wendy M. Murphy, Kerry Roberts Gibson and Kathy E. Kram -- 24. Gender differences in developmental experiences / Cathleen Clerkin and Meena S. Wilson -- 25. Women-only leadership programs : a deeper look / Mary Ellen Kassotakis -- 26. Supporting women's career development / Ronald J. Burke -- 27. Future strategies for developing women as leaders / Faith Wambura Ngunjiri and Rita A. Gardiner -- Afterword / Susan R. Madsen -- Index.
    Abstract: Although some progress has been made in recent decades in getting women into top positions in government, business and education, there are on-going, persisting challenges with efforts to improve the opportunities for women in leadership. The Handbook of Research on Gender and Leadership comprises the latest research from the world's foremost scholars on women and leadership, exposing problems and offering both theoretical and practical solutions on how to best strengthen the impact of women around the world. The Handbook provides a brief overview of the current state of women in global leadership, explores theories (both established and emerging) focused specifically on women, and examines with both theoretical and empirical research some of the factors that influence women's motivations to lead. The authors delineate some of the most persistent barriers to women's leadership success and conclude with the latest research findings on how to best develop women leaders to improve their status worldwide. The Handbook of Research on Gender and Leadership will appeal to scholars and advanced students in leadership and entrepreneurship. It will be essential reading for leadership coaches, practitioners and business people, particularly those who facilitate leadership programs for women
    Note: Contributors include: K. Assylkhan, A.M.B. Austin, A.L. Bartels, J. Baxter, L.L. Bierema, D. Bilimoria, M. Bligh, D.L. Bray, R.J. Burke, C. Campbell, C. Clerkin, L.E. Devnew, A.B. Diehl, L.M. Dzubinski, C. Egan, C. Elliot, W. Fox-Kirk, R.A. Gardiner, K.R. Gibson, C. Glass, E. Goryunova, G. Grandy, C. Harman, D.M. Hatmaker, C.L. Hoyt, A. Ingersoll, A. Ito, M. Janzen Le Ber, M.E. Kassotakis, K.E. Kram, S. Kumra, S. Leberman, K.A. Longman, S.R. Madsen, S. Mavin, W.M. Murphy, K. Natt Och Dag, F.W. Ngunjiri, S.J. Peterson, K. Pick, D.L. Rhode, R.T. Scribner, R. Sealy, M. Shapiro, S. Simon, A.E. Smith, V. Stead, J. Storberg-Walker, C. van Esch, J. Williams, M.S. Wilson , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718602
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (272 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on place branding and marketing
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Standortmarketing ; Destinationsmanagement ; Tourismusforschung ; Nachhaltige Stadtentwicklung ; Regionalentwicklung ; Trend ; Internationaler Tourismus ; Branding (Marketing) ; Electronic books ; Standortpolitik ; Tourismusforschung ; Regionalentwicklung
    Abstract: Contents: Section 1: Place branding: strategies and perspectives -- 1. The state of art: from country-of-origin to strategies for economic development / Adriana Campelo -- 2. Place branding in strategic spatial planning: challenges and opportunities of branding regions / Eduardo Oliveira and Gregory Ashworth -- 3. The cultural branding matrix: framing the relation between cultural institutions and city branding / Cecilia Pasquinelli -- 4. 'Like a pair of worn-out slippers': place attraction factors among return migrants to peripheral places / Helle Dalsgaard Pedersen and Anette Therkelsen -- Section 2: Place making -- 5. Place brand meaning-making: culture, ethos and habitus / Adriana Campelo -- 6. "I love this place": tourists' destination brand love / Kathryn Swanson, Dominic Medway, and Gary Warnaby -- 7. Programmatic authenticity: culinary place branding in Greenland / Søren Askegaard, Dannie Kjeldgaard, and Eric Arnould -- 8. Smell it, taste it, listen it, touch it, and see it to make sense of this place / Adriana Campelo -- Section 3: Methodologies for place branding -- 9. Multisensory place branding: a manifesto for research / Dominic Medway and Gary Warnaby -- 10. Place branding and place narratives / Maria Lichrou, Maurice Patterson and Lisa O'Malley -- 11. Place brand biography: something special or same old story? / Stephen Brown -- Section 4: Urban issues -- 12. Mobility, marketing, and the experience of the city / Gary Warnaby and Christopher J. Parker -- 13. Pretty vacant? -- Implications of neglect and emptiness for urban aesthetics and place branding / Gary Warnaby and Dominic Medway -- 14. Trends and final remarks / Adriana Campelo -- Index.
    Abstract: Place branding as an academic field is both challenging and under explored. In the face of an ever-expanding global urban population, this Handbook illustrates how place branding can contribute to transforming urban agglomeration into sustainable and healthy areas. The Chapters cover four key areas; place branding as a tool for economic development, experiences of place making, methodologies to develop place brands, and urban regeneration. Pioneering experts provide in-depth analysis on the politics and significance of place branding's inclusion in economic development programs, the multisensory dimensions of sense of place, and new epistemologies and methodologies for research. They further examine the role of place marketing in combatting challenges for future cities such as mobility, aesthetics and metropolitan conurbation. Students and scholars in management, marketing and economics will find this innovative and contemporary Handbook a must read. Eminently practical, it will also benefit policy makers and place planners, alongside consultants on public policies. Place branding as an academic field is both challenging and under explored. In the face of an ever-expanding global urban population, this Handbook illustrates how place branding can contribute to transforming urban agglomeration into sustainable and healthy areas. The Chapters cover four key areas; place branding as a tool for economic development, experiences of place making, methodologies to develop place brands, and urban regeneration. Pioneering experts provide in-depth analysis on the politics and significance of place branding's inclusion in economic development programs, the multisensory dimensions of sense of place, and new epistemologies and methodologies for research. They further examine the role of place marketing in combatting challenges for future cities such as mobility, aesthetics and metropolitan conurbation. Students and scholars in management, marketing and economics will find this innovative and contemporary Handbook a must read. Eminently practical, it will also benefit policy makers and place planners, alongside consultants on public policies
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    ISBN: 9781783475520
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Capturing the innovation opportunity space
    DDC: 658.4/063
    RVK:
    Keywords: Innovationsmanagement ; Geschäftsmodell ; Social Web ; Business enterprises Technological innovations ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Innovation ; Kunde ; Kooperation ; Geschäftsmodell
    Abstract: Contents: 1. The new frontier of innovation -- 2. Innovation pioneers - the essential role of users, on-line user communities and the crowd -- 3. Exploring the changing landscape of Innovation: the rise of users, on-line communities and the crowd -- 4. Mapping the new world of innovation - the innovation opportunity space -- 5. Defending territory - changing forms of intellectual protection -- 6. New frontier business models - creating value through innovation -- 7. Emerging business models in settled contexts -- 8. Emerging business models in frontier contexts -- 9. Capturing the innovation opportunity space -- Index
    Abstract: Innovation is changing and this exciting book explores how the shift to more collaborative ways of working with users, online communities and the crowd opens up novel business possibilities. The Innovation Opportunity Space approach enables managers, policymakers and academics to better understand emerging new business opportunities. Drawing on the findings of the latest international research, this book provides a systematic and clear understanding of the radical business models that new forms of innovation are making possible. The authors offer a wide range of examples and case studies that explore how firms have benefited from these new forms of innovation. A novel approach to innovation planning and strategy is also introduced, and the book concludes with a four-stage process that shows how firms can work to capture their own Innovation Opportunity Space. Defining the state of the art in the field, this will be an essential resource for managers, academics and researchers of business organisation and innovation
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786439987
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (168 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in international business series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Pearce, Robert, 1943 - The development of international business
    RVK:
    Keywords: Internationale Geschäftsbeziehungen ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Auslandsinvestition ; Theorie der Unternehmung ; International business enterprises History 20th century ; International trade ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftsforschung ; Multinationales Unternehmen
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Multinationals: -- in theory and practice -- 2. From FDI to the MNE: -- Hymer and the roots of ownership advantage -- 3. From innovation to internationalisation: the product cycle model -- 4. From multi-domestic hierarchy to network hierarchy -- 5. Trade and FDI revisited: -- the role of location -- 6. Internalisation: ownership advantage as an intermediate good -- 7. The knowledge-seeking transition: -- decentralising innovation and R&D -- 8. Multinationals from emerging economies: a new challenge of practice to theory -- 9. Evaluating the multinationals: -- a coda -- Index.
    Abstract: The Development of International Business offers an extensive understanding of contemporary international business through detailed, engaging discussion of the development of the multinational enterprise (MNE) over the past half-century. By providing an analytically informed basis for understanding MNEs, two parallel strands of analysis in International Business (IB) are reviewed: the 'theoretical' and the 'practical'. Firstly, Robert Pearce identifies how the practical restructuring of the MNE as an organisational form has responded to changes in the wider global economy and how this evolution has interacted with the enrichment of theory on the topic. Secondly, by tracing the persisting dynamics of the MNE's structure and strategic positioning, he demonstrates the use of these systems and how they can help to understand and organise the future evolution of not only MNEs but of international business as a whole. Highly accessible with an informed overview of the entire IB subject area, The Development of International Business is an essential text for students and academics of business, management, economics and development. More generally, business leaders, economists and politicians will value the exceptional insight into the progression of international business and its future
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718183
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (576 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of expatriates
    RVK:
    Keywords: Auslandsaufenthalt ; Hochqualifizierte Arbeitskräfte ; Geschichte ; Trend ; Aliens ; Expatriation ; Foreign workers ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Mitarbeiter ; Auslandstätigkeit ; Personalpolitik ; Auswanderin ; Auswanderer
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / J. Stewart Black -- Part I History of expatriate studies and its current state of play -- 1. Introduction : overview of early expatriate studies, 1952 to 1979 / Yvonne McNulty and Jan Selmer -- 2. The concept of business expatriates / Yvonne McNulty and Chris Brewster -- 3. Expatriates : a thematic research history / Jan Selmer -- Part II Historical and contemporary foundations of expatriate studies -- 4. Expatriate adjustment / Thomas Hippler, Arno Haslberger and Chris Brewster -- 5. Expatriate performance / Leanda Care and Ross Donohue -- 6. Expatriates to and from developed and developing countries / Lisa Clarke, Akhentoolove Corbin and Bettyjane Punnett -- 7. Global talent management : what does it mean for expatriates? / David G. Collings and Michael Isichei -- 8. Expatriates' safety and security during crisis / Anthony Fee -- Part III Types of expatriates -- 9. Self-initiated expatriates / Jan Selmer, Maike Andresen and Jean-Luc Cerdin -- 10. Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) expatriates / Ruth McPhail -- 11. Inpatriates : a review, synthesis and outlook of two decades of research / Miriam Moeller and B. Sebastian Reiche -- 12. Female expatriates : towards a more inclusive view / Kate Hutchings and Snejina Michailova -- 13. Millennial expatriates / Marian Crowley-Henry and Mary Collins -- 14. International business travellers, short-term assignees and international commuters / Liisa Mäkelä, Kati Saarenpää and Yvonne McNulty -- Part IV Expatriates in diverse communities -- 15. Military expatriates / Kelly L. Fisher -- 16. Missionary (religious) expatriates / Braam Oberholster and Cheryl Doss -- 17. Expatriate academics : an era of higher education internationalization / Jan Selmer, Jodie-Lee Trembath and Jakob Lauring -- 18. Sports expatriates / Harald Dolles and Birnir Egilsson -- 19. Expatriates in aidland : humanitarian aid and development workers and volunteers / Anthony Fee -- Part V Researching expatriates and expatriates as researchers -- 20. Methodological issues in expatriate studies and future directions / Phyllis Tharenou -- 21. Expatriate research for and with practitioners / Michael Dickmann -- 22. Case study research on expatriates / Julia Richardson -- Part VI Future directions in expatriate research -- 23. Biculturals, monoculturals, and adult third culture kids : individual differences in identities and outcomes / Kathrin J. Hanek -- 24. global families / Min Wan, Romila Singh and Margaret A. Shaffer -- 25. Publishing research on expatriates : advice for PhD. candidates and early career researchers / Jan Selmer and Yvonne McNulty -- Index
    Abstract: Constituting a comprehensive and carefully designed collection of contributions, the Research Handbook of Expatriates provides a nuanced and up-to-date discussion of expatriates. Theoretically broad and groundbreaking, it offers important and contemporary insights into emerging areas of research warranting future consideration. Drawing upon a range of perspectives from the field's most distinguished academics, contributions review the history of the literature in relation to expatriates, from the development of the expatriate construct through to the current state of research on business expatriates. Subsequent chapters progress into detailed examinations of the various types of business expatriates including LGBT, self-initiated expatriates, female assignees, inpatriates, international business travellers and commuters, and millennials. Other themes include expatriate performance, adjustment, expatriates to and from developing countries, global talent management, and expatriates' safety and security. The Research Handbook also covers expatriates in diverse communities such as education, military, missionary, sports and 'Aidland', and provides additional commentaries relating to methodological issues, research with practitioners, case studies, biculturals and ATCKs, and global families. The Research Handbook concludes with publishing advice for PhD and early career researchers. Stimulating insightful new areas of study, this collection is a must read for academics and scholars in the field of expatriate research, international management, global human resource management and business administration. It also offer a wealth of guidance for executives and recruiters along with expatriates and professionals who may expatriate
    Note: Contributors: M. Andresen, C. Brewster, L. Care, J.-L. Cerdin, L. Clarke, D. Collings, M. Collins, M. Crowley-Henry, A. Corbin, M. Dickmann, H. Dolles, R. Donohue, B. Egilsson, A. Fee, K.L. Fisher, K.J. Hanek, A. Haslberger, T. Hippler, K. Hutchings, M. Isichei, J. Lauring, L. Mäkelä, Y. McNulty, R. McPhail, S. Michailova, M. Moeller, B. Oberholster, B.J. Punnett, B.S. Reiche, J. Richardson, K. Saarenpää, J. Selmer, M. Shaffer, R. Singh, P. Tharenou, J.-L. Trembath, M. Wan
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781783478293
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Young, Dennis R., 1943 - Financing nonprofits and other social enterprises
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensfinanzierung ; Nonprofit-Organisation ; Sozialwirtschaft ; Nonprofit organizations Finance ; Electronic books ; Nonprofit-Bereich ; Finanzierung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword by Bill Bolling -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Cross-currents in SPO finance -- 3. Benefits theory -- 4. The nature of benefits and their financing -- 5. Fee-reliant SPOs -- 6. Contributions-reliant spos -- 7. Government-reliant SPOs -- 8. Investment income-reliant SPOs -- 9. Mixed income strategies -- 10. Capital financing -- 11. Income portfolios -- 12. Benefits thinking : ideas and tools for practice -- Index.
    Abstract: Benefits theory connects an organization's mission, the public and private benefits it produces, and the societal groups that it benefits, to an appropriate income mix. This book applies benefits theory to the financing of nonprofit and other social purpose organizations to guide managers and leaders towards finding the best mix of income sources for their organizations, to help educate future managers about resource development and to stimulate additional research on the financing of nonprofits and other forms of social enterprise. Individual chapters are devoted to organizations primarily reliant on earned income, gifts, government support and investment income, respectively, as well as to organizations that are well diversified in their sources of operating support. Each type of income, as well as mixed income portfolios are analyzed in depth. Detailed case studies of contemporary social purpose organizations are discussed throughout the book, and templates are provided to help leaders apply benefits theory to analyze the income opportunities and portfolios of their own organizations. Comprehensive and practitioner-friendly, this book is suitable not only for teaching graduate and undergraduate students in non-profit management, social enterprise, public administration and business management, but also for informing practicing managers, teachers and researchers, and funders of social purpose organizations
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785368714
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in leadership studies
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Leadership in women ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Introduction -- Part I Indian women leaders -- Part I Introduction: The Indian context -- 1. Jeroo Billimoria: Social entrepreneur -- 2. Astrid Lobo Gajiwala, Ph.D.: Head, Tata Memorial Hospital Tissue Bank -- 3. Corinne Kumar: International coordinator and founder, world courts of women -- 4. Sharma Sujata, Ph.D.: Director, Tapan Rehabilitation Society -- Part II Japanese women leaders -- Part II Introduction: The Japanese context -- 5. Hisa Anan: Independent Director, Megmilk Snow Brand Co. Ltd -- 6. Nobuko Hiwasa: Retired Independent Director, Megmilk Snow Brand Co., Ltd. -- 7. Yukako Kurose: General Manager, CSR Planning Office, Teijin Ltd -- 8. Ryoko Nagata: Senior Vice President, Japan Tobacco Inc -- 9. Mieko Yoshida: retired Executive Officer and General Manager of Quality Assurance Department, R&D and Quality Assurance Division, Nisshin Seifun Group Inc -- Part III Jordanian women leaders -- Part III Introduction: The Jordanian context -- 10. Jumana Ghunaimat: Editor-in-Chief, Al Ghad Newspaper -- 11. Reem Abu Hassan, JD: Attorney at Law -- 12. Nadia Shamroukh: Chairwoman, Jordanian Women's Union -- Part IV United Kingdom women leaders -- Part IV Introduction: The United Kingdom context -- 13. Terrie Alafat, CBE: Chief Executive, Chartered Institute of Housing -- 14. Claire Jenkins: Non-Executive Director, Sports Direct International plc -- 15. Francesca Raleigh O'Connell: Founder, SculptureLondon -- 16. Professor Catherine Peckham, CBE, MD, FMedSci: Professor of Paediatric Epidemiology, University College London -- Conclusion -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: Global Women Leaders showcases narratives of women in business, nonprofit organizations and the public sector who have achieved leadership positions despite cultural obstacles and gender bias. Featuring leaders from India, Japan, Jordan and the United Kingdom, the book examines how these women have overcome challenges and served as role models in their professions. Regina Wentzel Wolfe and Patricia H. Werhane present stories of these women leaders within their unique cultural contexts. Standout features include models of feminist leadership behaviors and interrogations of the dominant paradigm of male leadership. Challenges for women in the workplace, systems thinking and various female leadership styles are also explored. The successes of the leaders featured in this book will be of interest to those in public, private and nonprofit sector organizations as well as academics and students teaching and studying feminist leadership, MBA students and entrepreneurs
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785369919
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar field guides
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Field guide to leadership development
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Leadership ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Preparing for the feast: the leadership development field guide -- Part I -- Relational based approaches -- 2. A practice-based approach to developing ethically responsible leaders / Donna Ladkin -- 3. COllegiate leadership competition: an opportunity for deliberate practice on the road to expertise / Scott Allen -- 4. Going for GOLD: leadership development through a quasi-non-executive board in the SME context / Stewart Barnes, Sue Smith and Steve Kempster: -- Part II -- Narrative-based approaches -- 5. Learning to lead: biographical inquiry through Goolsby Interviews / James Campbell Quick, Keri DeCay, Navadha Modha, and John L. Goolsby: -- 6. Leadership development using the poetic voice of care ethics / Andrew Armitage -- 7. Using Greek Mythology in leadership development - the role of archetypes for self-reflection / Doris Schedlitzki, Carol Jarvis and Janice MacInnes -- 8. Tents': constructing a narrative of leadership learning / Steve Kempster -- Part III -- Artefact based approaches -- 9. Leadership artefacts: a process of storytelling within newly formed groups. / Emma Watton and Phillipa Chapman -- 10. Leadership development through videography / Jon Billsberry -- 11. Multi-ethnic, contemporary and historical puppets / Arthur Turner -- 12. Seeing beyond the usual - the social photo matrix as an experiential method of leadership development / Wadii Serhane, Sigrid Endres and Jürgen Weibler -- Part IV -- Place-based approaches -- 13. Developing the practice of framing...softly, softly catchee monkey / Fiona Kennedy and Ralph Bathurst -- Part V -- Reflections on practice -- 14. Facing the monsters: embracing liminality in leadership development / Beverley Hawkins and Gareth Edwards -- 15. Leadership exchange: contextualised learning about how leadership is accomplished and personalised leadership development / Jonathan Gosling and Simon Western -- 16. Walking with wordsworth: exploring leadership as purpose through the prelude / Steve Kempster and Simon Bainbridge -- 17. Taking action on the grand leadership challenges: 'collaboratory' as leadership development / Steve Kempster, Mary Uhl-Bien and Eric Guthey -- Index.
    Abstract: This Field Guide offers a rich variety of academic approaches to facilitate leadership development in adults. It is an invaluable resource, giving insightful worked examples linked to theory and reflective commentary. The extensive experiences of world leading exponents of leadership development are distilled into practical application for immediate use. The Editors have selected a diverse range of approaches to leadership development which demonstrate the broad platform of techniques and methods that enable leadership in individuals and organisations to flourish. This Field Guide is embedded in theoretical and academic ideas but still provides accessible and comprehensive knowledge to development teams. Key points at the end of each chapter help the reader to adopt or translate the approaches for their own organisation and industrial context. This Field Guide will be an invaluable resource for human resource specialists, learning facilitators and trainers, and faculty heads. It will also appeal to leadership academics and postgraduate students, such as Masters students in business and psychology, and those focusing on careers in human resources and education
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784710927
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methods in corporate social responsibility
    Keywords: Corporate Social Responsibility ; Theorie ; Social responsibility of business ; Electronic books ; Corporate Social Responsibility ; Unternehmensethik
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / David Crowther and Linne Marie Lauesen -- Part I: Methodology planning -- 1. Grounded theory in corporate social responsibility research / Vilma Žydžiūnaitė and Loreta Tauginienė -- 2. Using a mixed methods approach for corporate social responsibility research / Jane Claydon -- 3. Imperative of meta-study for research in the field of corporate social responsibility and emerging issues in corporate governance / Lukman Raimi -- 4. Ethics in the research process / David Crowther -- 5. Research methods in organization, management and management accounting: an evaluation of quantitative and qualitative approaches / Miriam Green -- 6. Methodological and epistemological perspectives in the study of corporate social responsibility in Colombia / Duván Emilio Ramírez Ospina and José Fernando Muñoz Ospina -- Part II: Quantitative methods -- 7. Game theory as a research tool for sustainability / Shahla Seifi -- 8. Key concerns in longitudinal study design / Rima Kalinauskaitė -- 9. Sampling and sampling procedures in corporate social responsibility research / Habib Zaman Khan and Md. Rashidozzaman Khan -- 10. Food deserts in British cities : comparing food access, obesity, and ethnicity in Leicester and Stoke on Trent / Hillary Shaw -- 11. The application of statistical methods in CSR research / Christopher Boachie and George K. Amoako -- 12. Regression techniques and its application in the corporate social responsibility domain: an overview / Sonali Bhattacharya, Madhvi Sethi, Abhishek Behl and V.G. Venkatesh -- Part III: Qualitative methods -- 13. Analytic autoethnography as a tool to enhance reflection, reflexivity and critical thinking in CSR research / Fernanda de Paiva Duarte -- 14. Insights regarding the applicability of semiotics to CSR communication research / Kemi C. Yekini -- 15. Ethnographic research methods in CSR research : building theory out of people's everyday life with materials, objects, practices, and symbolic constructions / Linne Marie Lauesen -- 16. Interviews as an instrument to explore management motivation for corporate social and environmental reporting / Homaira Semeen and Muhammad Azizul Islam -- 17. Participant observation as the data collection tool and its usage in the CSR researches / Ilke Oruc -- 18. Application of correspondence analysis to determinants of human resources disclosure / Esther Ortiz and José G. Clavel -- 19. The application of survey methodology in CSR research / Christopher Boachie -- 20. Content analysis method: a proposed scoring for quantitative and qualitative disclosures / Juniati Gunawan and Kumalawati Abadi -- 21. Focus groups in social accounting as a stakeholder engagement tool / Sara Moggi -- 22. A phenomenological study of moral discourse, social justice and CSR / Julia J.A. Shaw -- 23. Social network analysis in CSR research / Duygu Turker -- 24.Theoretical storytelling as meta-frame for all research methods in corporate social responsibility / Linne Marie Lauesen -- Part IV: Future research agenda -- 25. Philosophical prolegomena to all future research in CSR / Nicholas Capaldi -- 26. Beyond strategic CSR : the concept of responsibility as the foundation of ethics: political, technological and economic responsibility for the future of humanity / Jacob Dahl Rendtorff -- 27. From positivism to social constructivism: an emerging trend for CSR researchers / Martin Samy and Fiona Robertson -- Index.
    Abstract: Corporate social responsibility now touches upon most aspects of the interaction between business and society. The approaches taken to research in this area are as varied as the topics that are researched; yet this is the first book to address the whole range of methods available. This Handbook identifies the existing methods, evaluates their use and discusses the circumstances in which they might be appropriate. The design of a research project is an essential part of undertaking research, as is choosing appropriate methods for investigation and analysis. In addition, business and management research raises theoretical and practical problems that are not encountered in other fields. The chapters address this challenge over distinct parts. Part I on methodology planning is concerned with various aspects of planning the research project, including secondary data and ethics in the research process. Parts II and III outline quantitative and qualitative methods respectively, covering the vast majority of relevant approaches. Part IV provides forward-thinking guidance from experienced academics on the future directions of research in this area. Aimed specifically at researchers, this comprehensive and in-depth Handbook provides an essential resource for anyone working at the forefront of corporate social responsibility research
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784711016
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in institutional and evolutionary economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Jones, Colin, 1966 - An autecological theory of the firm and its environment
    DDC: 302.3/5
    Keywords: Theorie der Unternehmung ; Ökologie ; Organisationstheorie ; Ecology ; Business enterprises Social aspects ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Unternehmenstheorie ; Autökologie
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: An alternative theory of the firm -- 1. Why we need an alternative theory of the firm and its environment -- Part II: The firm and its environment -- 2. What is a firm? -- 3. What is an environment? -- 4. Modification and matching -- Part III: Explaining adaptation -- 5. The case of transferred demand and other observations -- Part IV: Towards an autecological approach -- 6. Methodological issues -- 7. Opportunities and future directions -- Index.
    Abstract: The ecological study of f ...
    Note: Includes index
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784713171
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of marketing in emerging economies
    DDC: 658.8009172/4
    Keywords: Marketing ; Konsumentenverhalten ; Schwellenländer ; Marketing ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Marketing ; Verbraucherverhalten
    Abstract: Introduction: Marketing in emerging economies / Marin Marinov -- 1. Data collection procedures equivalence in emerging economy market research / Pervez N. Ghauri and Agnieszka Chidlow -- 2. Globalization, sustainability and marketing of health care in emerging market economies : doing good while doing well / Van R. Wood -- 3. Marketing accountability in emerging economy firms / Maja Arslanagic-Kalajdzic and Vesna Žabkar -- 4. Materialistic tendencies and adolescent healthy food consumption : setting the research agenda / Nesma Ammar, Noha El-Bassiouny and Ronia Hawash -- 5. Psychobranding of emerging economy firms : building emotional connections with local consumers / G. Nicolas Kfuri -- 6. Multinational corporation retailing in emerging economies : interplays of resistance, cooperation and transmutation / Marie-Laure Baron, Ruby Roy Dholakia and Nikhilesh Dholakia -- 7. Perceived advertising intrusiveness and avoidance in emerging economies - the case of China / Dan Petrovici, Svetla Marinova and Marin Marinov -- 8. Value branding in emerging economies as a social dimension in the Indian context / S. Ramesh Kumar and Svetla Marinova -- 9. Researching country image construct in the context of emerging economies / Durdana Ozretic-Dosen, Vatroslav Skare and Zoran Krupka -- 10. Opening the black box of Russian culture in B2B relationships / Carl-Arthur Solberg and Anzhelika Osmanova -- 11. Russian consumer behaviour : in search of a balance between national uniqueness and western mainstream / Sergei Sutyrin and Irina Vorobieva -- 12. Marketing in an emerging economy : the case of marketing in the Russian e-commerce market / Maria Smirnova, Vera Rebiazina and Anna Daviy -- 13. Marketing in Bulgaria : a small emerging economy and multi-cultural markets / Vesselin Blagoev and Mihael Minkov -- 14. Diffusion of supermarkets in Bangladesh - miles to go / M. Yunus Ali and Anisur Rahman Faroque.
    Abstract: Recently, emerging economies have contributed significantly to world economic growth and output. This Research Handbook advances, synthesises and expands the hitherto sparse publications on marketing in emerging economies, investigating specific processes and requirements, as well as the consequences of conducting marketing in these challenging contexts. Addressing diverse issues from a universal as well as regional and country-specific perspective, this book sheds light on general topics such as data collection procedure equivalence and marketing accountability, in addition to exploring specific context, such as Central and Eastern Europe and India. Comparing the ways in which marketing is performed in emerging and advanced economies, the chapters explore various aspects including business-to-business marketing relationships, the role of multicultural markets in marketing and retail marketing of multinational corporations. Timely and engaging, this Research Handbook will appeal to students and scholars interested in international business and marketing in emerging economies. Business practitioners, managers and policy makers working in emerging economies will also benefit from practical guidance on improving approaches to serving customers, as well as creating conducive environments for serving customers
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: M.Y. Ali, N. Ammar, M. Arslanagić-Kalajdžić, M.-L. Baron, V. Blagoev, A. Chidlow, A. Daviy, N. Dholakia, R.R. Dholakia, N. El-Bassiouny, A.R. Faroque, P. Ghauri, R. Hawash, G.N. Kfuri, Z. Krupka, S.R. Kumar, M.A. Marinov, S.T. Marinova, M. Minkov, A. Osmanova, D. Ozretic-Dosen, D.A. Petrovici, V. Rebiazina, V. Skare, M. Smirnova, C.A. Solberg, S. Sutyrin, I. Vorobieva, V.R. Wood, V. Zabkar
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785365041
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methodologies and design in neuroentrepreneurship
    DDC: 338
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Neurowissenschaften ; Neuroökonomie ; Entrepreneurship Psychological aspects ; Entrepreneurship Methodology ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Introduction / Mellani Day, Mary C. Boardman and Norris Krueger -- Part I -- Neuroscience principles, techniques and tools -- 2. Brain-driven entrepreneurship research: -- A Review and research agenda / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- 3. Human psychophysiological and genetic approaches in neuroentrepreneurship / Marco Colosio, Cristiano Bellavitis and Alexey Gorin -- 4. Unpacking neuroentrepreneurship: conducting entrepreneurship research with EEG technologies / Martin De Holan and Cyril Couffe -- 5. A brief primer on using functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) in entrepreneurship research / M. K. Ward, Crystal Reeck and William Becker -- 6. Experimental methodological principles for entrepreneurship research using neuroscience techniques / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- Part II -- Neuroscience applications - entrepreneurial judgement, decision-making and cognition -- 7. Entrepreneurial return on investment through a neuroentrepreneurship lens / Mellani Day and Mary C. Boardman -- 8. The cognitive neuroscience of entrepreneurial risk: -- conceptual and methodological challenges / Kelly G. Shaver, Leon Schjoedt, Angela Passarelli and Crystal Reeck -- 9. A few words about entrepreneurial learning, training and brain plasticity / Aparna Sud -- 10. A few words about Neuro-experimental designs for the study of emotions and cognitions in entrepreneurship / Theresa Treffers -- 11. Which tool should I use? Neuroscientific technologies for brain-driven entrepreneurship researchers / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- 12. A few words about what neuroentrepreneurship can and cannot help us with / Sean Guillory, Mary C. Boardman and Mellani Day -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook provides an overview of neuroscience-driven research methodologies and how those methodologies might be applied to theory-based research in the nascent field of neuroentrepreneurship. A key challenge of this field is that few neuroscientists are trained as entrepreneurship scholars and few entrepreneurship scholars are trained as neuroscientists, but this book skillfully bridges that gap. Expert contributors include concrete examples of new ways to conduct research in their contributions, which have the potential to shed light onto areas such as decision making and opportunity recognition and allow neuroentrepreneurs to ask different, perhaps better, questions than ever before. This Handbook also presents current thinking and examples of pioneering work, serves as a reference for those wishing to incorporate these methods into their own research, and provides several helpful discussions on the nature of answerable questions using neuroscience techniques. Neuroentrepreneurship is an important, emerging field for neuroscientists and entrepreneurship scholars alike. For the former audience, this book presents concrete research questions and entrepreneurship applications; for the latter, it serves as a primer and introduction to neuroscientific methods. Graduate students studying entrepreneurship, and practitioners who are keen to promote innovation and entrepreneurial skills in their leadership, will also find this Handbook to be of interest
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786432698
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Erickson, G. Scott New methods of market research and analysis
    Keywords: Marktforschung ; Big Data ; Marketing research ; Business intelligence ; Electronic books ; Marketing ; Marktforschung ; Big Data ; Marktanalyse
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Big data and marketing analytics -- 2. Exploratory research design -- 3. Descriptive research design -- 4. Causal research design -- 5. Other topics in research and analytics -- 6. Analytics 1: big data -- 7. Analytics 2: marketing analytics -- Index.
    Abstract: New Methods of Market Research and Analysis prepares readers for the new reality posed by big data and marketing analytics. While connecting to traditional research approaches such as surveys and focus groups, this book shows how new technologies and new analytical capabilities are rapidly changing the way marketers obtain and process their information. In particular, the prevalence of big data systems always monitoring key performance indicators, trends toward more research using observation or observation and communication together, new technologies such as mobile, apps, geo-locators, and others, as well as the deep analytics allowed by cheap data processing and storage are all covered and placed in context. Scott Erickson goes beyond the buzzwords to provide relevant explanations of the meaning and impact of both big data and analytics, placing them in context with traditional marketing research. His engaging subject matter focuses on the practical aspects of big data concepts, precisely defining and illustrating key concepts and providing illuminating real world examples. This approachable style enables marketers to understand what data scientists are doing with big data systems and analytics, giving them a taste of the capabilities of contemporary statistical software and its practical applications This book can be used as a supplement to a traditional marketing research text or on its own. It will serve as a key reference for graduate students and advanced undergraduates in marketing research, marketing analytics, or business intelligence courses as well as marketing professionals looking to stay up to date with current trends and have them explained in a context they understand
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    ISBN: 9781784711214
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Corporate power Political aspects ; Corporations Political activity ; Corporations Political aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: Political affairs in the global domain / Christina Garsten and Adrienne Sörbom. -- 1. Building an architecture for political influence: Atlas and the transnational institutionalization of the neoliberal think tank / Marie Laure Djelic -- 2. Global policy bricolage: the role of business in the World Economic Forum / Christina Garsten and Adrienne Sörbom -- 3. Policy making as collective bricolage: the role of the electricity sector in the European carbon market / Mélodie Cartel, Eva Boxenbaum, Franck Aggeri and Jean-Yves Caneill -- 4. Lobbying in practice: an ethnographic field study of public affairs consultancy / Anna Tyllström -- 5. Firms' political strategies in a new public/private environment: the Boeing case / Hervé Dumez and Alain Jeunemaître -- 6. Corporate advocacy in the internet domain: shaping policy through data visualizations? / Mikkel Flyverbom -- 7. Talking like an institution: on the gentle voices of financial giants / Anette Nyqvist -- 8. Exploring corporations' activism: predatory modus operandi and its effects on institutional field dynamics / Mar Perezts, Xavier Philippe, Sebastien Picard and Véronique Steyer -- 9. Political chocolate: branding it fairtrade / Renita Thedvall -- 10. Competitive and self-destructive market actors / Bo Rothstein -- Reflections: Leaving Flatland? Planar discourses and the search for the G-axis. / David A. Westbrook -- Index.
    Abstract: Power, Policy and Profit investigates the many ways in which corporate actors attempt to influence political activities. Through the intensified globalization of markets, the restructuring of welfare services and the accumulation of private capital, opportunities for corporate influence in politics affairs are shown to have multiplied. Bringing together different fields of global governance studies, this book addresses the rising political influence of corporate actors both nationally and internationally. Corporate influence on policy is now commonplace through lobbying, advocacy and campaign contributions; funding analysis and research; creating or adopting standards for social responsibility and shaping transparency guidelines. Key chapters show how corporations can now have leverage in broad political affairs: an activity central to the organization of markets. Power, Policy and Profit will be of great interest to students and academics of business and management, politics and governance studies. Policy professionals will find this a timely read on the complexities of corporate engagement in politics and governance
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    ISBN: 9781783475445
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on entrepreneurial opportunities
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship ; Opportunity Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Lebenschance
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: reopening the debate - a Delphi panel of the leading scholars in research on entrepreneurial opportunities -- Part I Entrepreneurial opportunities - theories and approaches -- 1. A brief history of the idea of opportunity / William B. Gartner, Bruce T. Teague, Ted Baker and R. Daniel Wadhwani -- 2. Starting a business venture rationally or naturally - exploiting an opportunity in space or developing a place / Björn Bjerke and Johan Gaddefors -- 3. Austrian market theory and the entrepreneurial function as opportunity recognition Frederic Sautet -- Part II The opportunity formation process -- 4. Beyond discovery: exploring the field of entrepreneurship without a discovery view / Steffen Korsgaard and Sean Patrick Sassmannshausen -- 5. The opportunity development process of nascent entrepreneurs / Silke Tegtmeier and Catherine Léger-Jarniou -- Part III Entrepreneurial opportunities in different contexts -- 6. Understanding the knowledge - opportunities - entrepreneurship mechanism / Spyros J. Vliamos -- 7. A shaped fate: interpreting opportunity through an actor network lens / Mike Chiasson and Thomas P. Kenworth -- 8. From information to opportunity. the role of boundary spanners in sensing and seizing opportunities / Aurore Haas -- 9. Opportunity: from semantic concept to pragmatic tool / Michael Marchesney -- Part IV Impact factors on opportunity formation -- 10. Why are some individuals willing to pursue opportunities and others aren't? the role of individual values / Francisco Linán and Agnieszka Kurczewska -- 11. The effect of entrepreneurship education on opportunity recognition self-efficacy / Carlos Albornoz and José Ernesto Amorós -- Index.
    Abstract: With a wide-ranging set of contributions, this book provides a compilation of cutting-edge original research in the field of entrepreneurial opportunities. The book reopens the subject from diverse perspectives focusing on theories and approaches to entrepreneurial opportunities. It provides a brief history of the idea of opportunity and a framework of how opportunities develop in space and place. Further, this Research Handbook looks at process and context-based views on the topic. It also includes the latest research on impact factors, such as individual values on creating entrepreneurial opportunities. The book has been complemented by an outstanding Delphi panel of six leading scholars of the field: Lowell Busenitz, Dimo Dimov, James O. Fiet, Denis Grégoire, Jeff McMullen and Mike Wright. This carefully edited selection of current and topical contributions will be of immense value to students, researchers and scholars interested in the field of entrepreneurial opportunities
    Note: Contributors include: C. Albornoz, J.E. Amorós, T. Baker, B. Bjerke, L. Busenitz, M. Chiasson, D. Dimov, J.O. Fiet, J. Gaddefors, W.B. Gartner, D.A. Grégoire, A. Haas, T.P. Kenworthy, S. Korsgaard, A. Kurczewska, C. Léger-Jarniou, F. Linán, M. Marchesnay, J.S. McMullen, S.P. Sassmannshausen, F. Sautet, B.T. Teague, S. Tegtmeier, S.J. Vliamos, R.D. Wadhwani, M. Wright , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784713263
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (304 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on entrepreneurial teams
    DDC: 658.4/21
    RVK:
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; Arbeitsgruppe ; Entrepreneurship Methodology ; Family-owned business enterprises Methodology ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmer ; Gruppe
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / Mike Wright -- 1. Introduction / Cyrine Ben-Hafaïedh and Thomas M. Cooney -- Part I Learning from theory and practice -- 2. Entrepreneurial teams research in movement / Cyrine Ben-Hafaïedh -- 3. Urban legends or sage guidance: a review of common advice about entrepreneurial teams / Phillip H. Kim and Howard E. Aldrich -- Part II Developing entrepreneurial teams -- 4. Entrepreneurial team formation: the role of the family / Giovanna Campopiano, Tommaso Minola and Lucio Cassia -- 5. Entrepreneurs' perspectives on the structuring phase of the entrepreneurial team / L. Martin Cloutier, Sandrine Cueille and Gilles Recasens -- 6. Which deep-level diversity compositions of new venture teams lead to success or failure? / Stephanie Schoss, René Mauer and Malte Brettel -- 7. The more the merrier: how owner-manager team size influences the potential economic contribution of owner-managed businesses across the world / Jonathan Levie and Johan P. de Borst -- 8. Dispositional antecedents of shared leadership emergent states on entrepreneurial teams / Wencang Zhou and Donald Vredenburgh -- Part III Contextualizing entrepreneurial teams -- 9. Family entrepreneurial teams / Allan Discua Cruz, Elias Hadjielias and Carole Howorth -- 10. Te Ohu Umanga Māori: temporality and intent in the Māori entrepreneurial team / Mānuka Hēnare, Billie Lythberg, Amber Nicholson and Christine Woods -- 11. Ethnic diversity in entrepreneurial teams and the role of culture shock on performance / Jean-François Lalonde -- 12. Women empowerment through Government Loaned Entrepreneurship Teams (GLETs) in Kenya / Mary Wanjiru Kinoti, Moses Kibe Kihiko and Thomas M. Cooney -- 13. Entrepreneurial teams in social entrepreneurship: when team heterogeneity facilitates organizational hybridity / Frédéric Dufays and Benjamin Huybrechts -- Index.
    Abstract: In recent years there has been an increasing body of evidence suggesting that firms founded by entrepreneurial teams are more likely to achieve fast growth than firms founded by lone actors. This Research Handbook explores the position of entrepreneurial teams within existing literature and challenges current perspectives through a diverse range of research lenses. Research Handbook on Entrepreneurial Teams expands the boundaries of entrepreneurship literature by examining essential issues such as formation, structuring, deep-level diversity and emergent states. The chapters also consider different contexts of application and investigate under-researched topics such as entrepreneurial teams within indigenous communities, ethnically diverse groups and women entrepreneurs. This comprehensive Research Handbook offers a wide range of research methodologies, perspectives and insights that will appeal to scholars, practitioners and entrepreneurs alike
    Note: Contributors include: H.E. Aldrich, C. Ben-Hafaïedh, M. Brettel, G. Campopiano, L. Cassia, L.M. Cloutier, T.M. Cooney, S. Cueille, J.P. De Borst, A. Discua Cruz, F. Dufays, E. Hadjielias, M. Hēnare, C. Howorth, B. Huybrechts, M.K. Kihiko, P.H. Kim, M.W. Kinoti, J.-F. Lalonde, J. Levie, B. Lythberg, R. Mauer, T. Minola, A. Nicholson, G. Recasens, S. Schoss, D. Vredenburgh, C. Woods, W. Zhou , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    ISBN: 9781786434432
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: European research in entrepreneurship
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The emergence of entrepreneurial behaviour
    DDC: 658.4/21
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmer ; Unternehmensgründung ; Gründungsausbildung ; Intrapreneurship ; Schweden ; Irland ; Lettland ; Italien ; Brasilien ; Malaysia ; Entrepreneurship Psychological aspects ; Businesspeople Psychological aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Contributions on entrepreneurial behaviour research / Susana C. Santos, Craig Mitchell, Hans Landström, Alain Fayolle and António Caetano -- Part I: The entrepreneur as an individual and the theory of planned behaviour -- 2. Connecting the literature dots: a literature review on prototypes in entrepreneurship research / Sílvia Fernandes Costa, António Caetano, Arjan J. Frederiks and Susana C. Santos -- 3. Entrepreneurial potential among individuals with different entrepreneurial experience / Susana C. Santos, António Caetano, Sílvia Fernandes Costa and Xaver Neumeyer -- 4. Individual and cultural values as psychosocial cognitive antecedents and moderators of entrepreneurial intentions / Ricardo Figueiredo Belchior and Francisco Liñan -- Part II: Entrepreneurial education -- 5. Promoting entrepreneurship in an unfavourable setting: a case study of a university programme in Malaysia / Mohd Rashan, Inmaculada Jaén and Francisco Liñan -- 6. Formal mentorship in experiential entrepreneurship education: examining conditions for entrepreneurial learning among students / Gustav Hägg and Diamanto Politis -- 7. Social loafing in student entrepreneurship teams / Roisin Lyons, Theodore Lynn and Ciarán Mac an Bhaird -- 8. Perceived learning outcomes of experiential entrepreneurship education: the case of Latvian business schools / Inna Kozlinska, Tõnis Mets and Kärt Rõigas -- Part III: Corporate entrepreneurship/entrepreneurial orientation -- 9. Assembling the puzzle: the need to assess both the internal and external side of corporate entrepreneurship / Angelo Riviezzo -- 10. Linking SME's strategic orientation and international performance: insights from an empirical investigation in Italy / Angelo Riviezzo and Antonella Garofano -- 11. Does entrepreneurial orientation matter to strategic alliances formation: the influence of entrepreneurial orientation and leaders to the success of partnerships in business / Antonio Benedito de Oliveira, Mauro José de Oliveira and Roberto Carlos Bernardes -- Index.
    Abstract: In recent years entrepreneurship has become one of the most popular fields of research in management studies. As the subject has broadened, increasing attention has been paid to the behavioural aspects of different practices to identify and pursue entrepreneurial opportunities. This timely book analyses three key strands of contemporary research into entrepreneurial behaviour: intention, education and orientation. It offers novel insights that can be applied to foster entrepreneurial activities in different settings. The chapters in the book are divided into three parts. The contributors first focus on the entrepreneur as an individual and offer three innovative yet complementary approaches to entrepreneurial intentions. They go on to consider how entrepreneurial behaviour can be trained and learned, providing a much-needed theoretical anchor to pedagogical approaches in entrepreneurship. The final part covers entrepreneurial behaviour at the organizational level and expertly tackles the popular topic of entrepreneurial orientation through novel empirical studies with diverse methodologies and multiple levels of analysis. Researchers and advanced students in management and entrepreneurship will benefit from the state-of-the-art analysis and innovative approaches presented. Entrepreneurship educators and policy-makers will also find this book to be stimulating reading, where they can find suggestions for an evidence-based practice
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: R.F. Belchior, A. Benedito de Oliveira Junior, R.C. Bernardes, A. Caetano, S.F. Costa, M.J. de Oliveira, A.J. Frederiks, A. Garofano, G. Hägg, I. Jaén, I. Kozlinska, F. Liñan, T. Lynn, R. Lyons, C. Mac an Bhaird, T. Mets, R. Mohd, X. Neumeyer, D. Politis, A. Riviezzo, K. Rõigas, S.C. Santos
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785364747
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Gender and entrepreneurial activity
    DDC: 338/.04/081
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Geschlechterunterschiede ; Geschlechterdiskriminierung ; Entrepreneurship Sex differences ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Gender and entrepreneurial activity : an overview / Albert N. Link -- 2. The psychology of the entrepreneur and the gender gap in entrepreneurship / Olga Bentsson, Tino Sanandaji and Magnus Johannesson -- 3. Female immigrant entrepreneurship in Germany / David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann, and Katharine Wirsching -- 4. Gender and entrepreneurship : selected stylized propositions, a simple empirical illustration, and some comparisons / Rajeev K. Goel, Devrim Göktepe-Hultén, and Rati Ram -- 5. Apparel industry entrepreneurs and small business owners : exploring gender within a global context / Nancy Hodges, Kittichai Watchravesringkan, Miranda Williams, Jennifer Yurchisin, Elena Karpova, Sara Marcketti, Jane Hegland, and Ruoh-Man (Terry) Yan -- 6. Barriers to academic entrepreneurship among women : a review of the constituent literatures / Marla Parker, Christopher S. Hayter, Lauren Lynch, and Rasheeda Mohammed -- 7. Elucidating the process : why women patent less than men / Erin Leahey and Amelia Blume -- 8. Corruption and entrepreneurship : does gender matter? / Claudia Trentini and Malinka Koparanova -- 9. Gender differences and academic entrepreneurship : a study of scientists in the principal investigator role / James A. Cunningham, Paul O'Reilly, Brendan Dolan, Conor O'Kane, and Vincent Mangematin -- 10. Reducing the gender gap in angel investing : the rising tide program / Susan Coleman and Alicia Robb -- 11. Gender in entrepreneurial finance : matching investors and entrepreneurs in equity crowdfunding / Silvio Vismara, Davide Benaroio, and Federica Carne -- 12. Gender and institutional environments in stem fields entrepreneurship / Margaret E. Blume-Kohout -- Index.
    Abstract: There is growing interest in the relationship between gender and entrepreneurial activity. In this book, 37 eminent scholars from diverse academic disciplines contribute cutting-edge research that addresses, from a gender perspective, three general areas of importance: key characteristics of entrepreneurs, key performance attributes of entrepreneurial firms, and the role of financial capital in the establishment and growth of entrepreneurial firms. Each chapter focuses on original, burgeoning themes related to gender and entrepreneurship, with forward-looking research that highlights key findings. For example, some authors show how the so-called 'gender divide' in patenting is greater than in publishing for academic entrepreneurs. Others explore the corruption in business practices, which is less for women entrepreneurs than their male counterparts, and explain why gender diversity is higher in equity crowdfunding than in other entrepreneurial finance markets. The book takes a global approach, offering examples of entrepreneurs from around the world. Scholars and students interested in entrepreneurship and the role of gender in business will find this volume informative and eye opening
    Note: Contributors include: D.B. Audretsch, D. Benaroio, O. Bengtsson, A. Blume, M.E. Blume-Kohout, F. Carne, S. Coleman, J.A. Cunningham, B. Dolan, R.K. Goel, D. Göktepe-Hultén, C.S. Hayter, J. Hegland, N. Hodges, M. Johannesson, E. Karpova, M. Koparanova, E. Leahey, E.E. Lehmann, A.N. Link, L. Lynch, V. Mangematin, S. Marcketti, R. Mohammed, C. O'Kane, P. O'Reilly, M. Parker, R. Ram, A. Robb, T. Sanandaji, C. Trentini, S. Vismara, K. Watchravesringkan, M. Williams, K. Wirsching, R.-N. Yan, J. Yurchisin , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786432797
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Universities and the entrepreneurial ecosystem
    Keywords: Universitäre Forschung ; Forschungskooperation ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship Social aspects ; Business incubators ; Entrepreneurship ; University-based new business enterprises ; Electronic books ; Universität ; Investitionspolitik ; Wissens- und Technologietransfer
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / David B. Audretsch and Albert N. Link -- Part I -- University entrepreneurship -- 1. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2003), 'U.S. Science Parks: the diffusion of an innovation and its effects on the academic missions of universities', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 21 (9), November, 1323-56 -- 2. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2005), 'Opening the ivory tower's door: an analysis of the determinants of the formation of U.S. University spin-off companies', research policy, 34 (7), September, 1106-12 -- 3. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2006), 'U.S. University Research Parks', Journal of Productivity Analysis, 25 (1), April, 43-55 -- 4. T. Taylor Aldridge and David Audretsch (2011), 'The Bayh-Dole Act and scientist entrepreneurship', research policy, 40 (8), October, 1058-67 -- 5. T. Taylor Aldridge, David Audretsch, Sameeksha Desai and Venkata Nadella (2014), 'Scientist entrepreneurship across scientific fields', Journal of Technology Transfer, 39 (6), December, 819-35 -- Part II: University technology transfer -- 6. David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann and Susanne Warning (2005), 'University spillovers and new firm location', research policy, 34 (7), September, 1113-22 -- 7. Albert N. Link, Donald S. Siegel and Barry Bozeman (2007), 'An empirical analysis of the propensity of academics to engage in informal university technology transfer', industrial and corporate change, 16 (4), August, 641-55 -- 8. Ahmed Alshumaimri, Taylor Aldridge and David B. Audretsch (2010), 'The University Technology transfer revolution in Saudi Arabia', Journal of Technology Transfer, 35 (6), December, 585-96 -- Part III: Complementary nature of university-based research -- 9. Albert N. Link and John Rees (1990), 'Firm size, university based research, and the returns to R&D', Small Business Economics, 2 (1), March, 25-31 -- 10. Zoltan J. Acs, David B. Audretsch and Maryann P. Feldman (1992), 'Real effects of academic research: comment', American Economic Review, 82 (1), March, 363-7 -- 11. David B. Audretsch and Paula E. Stephan (1996), 'Company-scientist locational links: the case of biotechnology', American Economic Review, 86 (3), June, 641-52 -- 12. Dennis Patrick Leyden and Albert N. Link (2013), 'Knowledge spillovers, collective entrepreneurship, and economic growth: the role of universities', Small Business Economics, 41 (4), December, 797-817 -- Part IV: Universities as research partners -- 13. Bronwyn H. Hall, Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2003), 'Universities as research partners', Review of Economics and Statistics, 85 (2), May, 485-91 -- 14. David B. Audretsch, Dennis P. Leyden and Albert N. Link (2012), 'Universities as research oartners', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 21 (5-6), September, 529-45 -- 15. Marco Guerzoni, T. Taylor Aldridge, David B. Audretsch and Sameeksha Desai (2014), 'A new industry creation and originality: insight from the funding sources of university patents', Research Policy, 43 (10), December, 1697-707 -- Index.
    Abstract: This book brings together leading research and scholarship on one of the newest and most compelling forces of economic growth, dynamism and innovation - entrepreneurial ecosystems. Particular emphasis is given to the role of innovation, startups, SMEs and technology transfer in shaping the entrepreneurial ecosystem, as well as its impact on firm performance and regional economic performance. From the perspectives of theory, empirical analysis and public policy, this book shows why entrepreneurial ecosystems have become the new economic superstars in the global economy. It provides explicit analysis of policies promoting entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial ecosystems, and examines the link between entrepreneurial ecosystems and universities. This timely collection of research will be of interest not only to academics and scholars in economics and management, but also to thought leaders in public policy and business
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781788111881
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: White collar crimes ; Organizational sociology ; Deviant behavior ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- 1. Convenience in white-collar crime -- 2. Economical dimension of convenience theory -- 3. Organizational dimension of convenience theory -- 4. Behavioral dimension of convenience theory -- 5. Empirical study of white-collar criminals -- 6. Student survey on convenience theory -- 7. Whistleblowers as information sources -- 8. Corporate social responsibility -- 9. Testing convenience theory -- 10. Sample of US investigation reports -- Index.
    Abstract: Ever since Sutherland coined the term 'white-collar crime', researchers have struggled to understand and explain why some individuals abuse their privileged positions of trust and commit financial crime. This book makes a novel contribution to the development of convenience theory as a framework to understand and explain 'white-collar crime'. The framework integrates well-known theories from criminology, management and other fields to explain the occurrence of offenses. It is found that autobiographies indicate a strong presence of neutralization techniques in the behavioral dimension of convenience theory, while internal investigations indicate a strong presence of organizational opportunities to commit 'white-collar crime'. Survey research, on the other hand, is found to indicate a strong belief that chief executives sometimes have the motive to commit financial crime in times of crisis, in times of great challenges, and in times of greed. The book concludes that the only feasible avenue to combat this type of crime is to make it less convenient. This book will appeal to criminology and criminal justice students at both bachelor and master levels, as well as those studying business and law. Practitioners, including consultants in global auditing firms, attorneys and police academy students will also benefit from the overview of convenience theory research
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785365577
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Trust in regulatory regimes
    DDC: 352.8#23
    RVK:
    Keywords: Vertrauen ; Regulierung ; Selbstverpflichtung ; Welt ; Political participation ; Trust Political aspects ; Economic policy ; Industrial policy ; Electronic books ; Handel ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Regulierung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Trust in regulatory regimes: scoping the field / Frédérique Six and Koen Verhoest -- 2. The role of trust in the regulation of complex and high-risk industries: the case of the U.S. Federal Aviation Administration's voluntary disclosure programs / Russell W. Mills and Dorit Reiss -- 3. When the going gets tough: exploring processes of trust building and repair in regulatory relations / Frédérique Six and Hans Van Ees -- 4. Interorganizational trust in Flemish public administration: comparing trusted and distrusted interactions between public regulatees and public regulators / Peter Oomsels and Geert Bouckaert -- 5. In vino veritas? the development of producer trust and its market effects in regulated French and Italian quality wine markets / Betsy Carter -- 6. Being everybody's accomplice: trust and control in eco-labelling / Lovisa Näslund and Kristina Tamm Hallström -- 7. Trust and cooperation over the public-private divide, an empirical study on trust evolving in co-regulation / Haiko Van der Voort -- 8. Deliberate trust-building by autonomous government agencies: evidence from responses to the 2009 H1N1 swine flu pandemic / Erik Baekkeskov -- 9. An agenda for further research into the role of trust in regulatory regimes / Frédérique Six and Koen Verhoest -- Index.
    Abstract: Within political and administrative sciences generally, trust as a concept is contested, especially in the field of regulatory governance. This groundbreaking book is the first to systematically explore the role and dynamics of trust within regulatory regimes. Conceptualizing, mapping and analyzing trust between regulators, regulatees and citizens, expert contributors systematically review the existing empirical research on the role of trust within these relations. Further chapters offer new empirical material, with in-depth case studies covering different regulatory relations, regulatory issues and geographical areas. After scoping the field of inquiry and significantly adding to it, the book concludes with a proposal for a challenging and encompassing agenda for future research on trust in regulatory governance. Comprehensive and forward thinking, this book will be of interest to academics working in the fields of regulation, sociology, law, political science, public administration and trust. It will also offer a compelling read for practitioners working in the field of regulation
    Note: Contributors include: E. Baekkesko, G. Bouckaert, B. Carter, R.W. Mills, L. Näslund, P. Oomsels, D. Reiss, F. Six, K. Tamm Hallström, H. van der Voort, H. van Ees, K. Verhoest , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717056
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar introductions to management and organization theory
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Berti, Marco Elgar introduction to organizational discourse analysis
    DDC: 658.4/5
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Verhalten in Organisationen ; Diskurstheorie ; Metapher ; Wirtschaftsstudium ; USA ; Communication in organizations ; Electronic books ; Organisation ; Kommunikation ; Diskursanalyse
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: the aim and structure of the book -- 1. Language and organization -- 2. The discourse of 'organizational discourse -- 3. The power of metaphors -- 4. Discourse as a map -- 5. Discourse as organizing -- 6. Discource as mask: silence, emptiness and ambiguity in discourse -- 7. Organizational discourse analysis in practice: the case of business education discourse -- 8. References -- Index.
    Abstract: Our knowledge and understanding of organizations is both enabled and constrained by an invisible relationship of power that is embedded in the ways in which we act and speak. This book offers a succinct but comprehensive introduction to the vast field of organizational discourse analysis, the approach that studies organization as a linguistic phenomenon, and offers an original approach to investigate the relationship between materiality and discourse. Three original images of discourse are employed: discourse as a map, discourse as organizing and discourse as a mask. These metaphors are used as cognitive tools to highlight different implications and perspectives on discourse. The book critically compares and contrasts various linguistic-focused approaches to the study of organizations, and proposes the use of linguistic phenomena in connection with other methodologies. One section even offers an exemplification of the proposed approach to discourse analysis, presenting a map of discursive terrain, which plays a central role in the reproduction of local organizational and management discourses. This rich and approachable introduction is targeted at graduate and doctoral students, as well as non-specialist academics who want to familiarize themselves with the organizational discourse debate
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364860
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Services, economy and innovation series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research methods in service innovation
    RVK:
    Keywords: Dienstleistungsinnovation ; Marktforschung ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Service industries Technological innovations ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Service innovation research methods / Flemming Sørensen and Francesco Lapenta -- 2. Quantitative measurement instruments: a case of developing a method for measuring innovation in service firms / Jon Sundbo -- 3. The critical incident technique and everyday innovation / Lars Fuglsang -- 4. Laddering method in service innovation research / Niels Nolsøe Grünbaum -- 5. Narratives as driver for co-creating new stories of service / Anne Vorre Hansen -- 6. Mapping innovation processes: visual techniques for opening and presenting the black box of service innovation processes / Anne Rørbæk Olesen -- 7. Interpretivist analyses of social networks of service innovation / Jørn Kjølseth Møller and Flemming Sørensen -- 8. The role of social media data for research on user driven innovation / Ada Scupola -- 9. Using technology oriented scenario analysis for innovation research. the case of service innovation in financial services / Francesco Lapenta -- 10. Using future workshops for idea generation in engaged service innovation research / Ada Scupola -- 11. Service innovation field experiments: developing and testing new innovation processes / Flemming Sørensen -- 12. Service innovation in complex research projects: learnings from working within a triple helix framework / Claire Esther Staddon Forder -- Index.
    Abstract: Research Methods in Service Innovation provides an essential methodological toolbox for researchers, students and practitioners interested in better understanding innovation and improving innovation processes in service organisations. Each chapter presents a specific method, introduces its theoretical foundations, explains its practical application, and provides examples and suggestions for its implementation. The methods described include original and innovative methodological approaches, such as technology-oriented scenario analysis, experiments and laddering, as well as critical incident techniques, social network analysis, blogs, visual techniques, narratives and future workshops. Together, the chapters encourage readers to understand service innovation research as a process that requires creative methodological thinking. The book adapts various methods and processes from different areas of research, and evaluates their strengths, limitations and possible applications in specific areas of service innovation. Researchers and academics will find this collection to be an essential state-of-the-art resource for research in the fields of service innovation and innovation in general. The book will also appeal to practitioners and consultants dealing with both public and private service organisations
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: C. Forder, L. Fuglsang, N.N. Grünbaum, A.V. Hansen, F. Lapenta, J.K. Møller, A.R. Olesen, A. Scupola, F. Sørensen, J. Sundbo
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    ISBN: 9781785361241
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (704 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of sustainability in management education
    DDC: 650/.0711
    RVK:
    Keywords: Führungskräfteentwicklung ; Betriebswirtschaftsstudium ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Management Study and teaching ; Electronic books ; Führungskraft ; Ausbildung ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: Contents: introduction -- Part I: Theorizing the field of sustainability in management education (SiME) development in practice -- 1. Business cases for sustainability-integrated management education / Melissa Edwards, Suzanne Benn, and Mark Starik -- 2. Reforming the delinquent organization: academia's impactful tribute to society / Frederick Ahen -- 3. Critical reflection and transformative learning: the development of shared value rationality in the teaching of strategy for sustainability / Janette Brunstein, Marta Fabiano Sambiase, and Marcos Bidart Carneiro De Novaes -- 4. Sustainability in management education: an alternative paradigm based on critical pedagogy and substantive rationality / Soraia Schutel, Emmanuel Raufflet, Paola Schmitt Figueiró, and Pedro Roberto Jacobi -- 5. Sustainability as a university value: a journey from awareness to behavior change / Erik E. Nordman, Norman Christopher, and Yumiko Jakobcic -- 6. The importance of philosophical and anthropological knowledge in management education regarding sustainability / Angela Vidal Da Silva Martins -- Part II: Exploring transformational interventions in SiME -- 7. Mission possible: introducing sustainability as an experiential entrepreneurship activity / Leo T. Wong -- 8. A review of the pedagogical tools, games, and simulations in the sustainability classroom / Claire A. Simmers, and Sara Soderstrom -- 9. Developing the sustainability mindset / Isabel Rimanoczy -- 10. Sustainability learning processes: concepts, benchmarking, development and integration / Farley Simon Nobre, Jorge A. Arevalo and Shelley F. Mitchell -- 11. Expansive learning through contradictions of sustainability / Martin Albert, Julia Breßler, and Stefan Hüsig -- 12. Sustainability through stakeholder value creation: redesigning an MBA curriculum / Richard Miller, R. Greg Bell, Dale Fodness, and J. Lee Whittington -- 13. Gender and sustainable management education: exploring the missing link / Jannine Williams, Elina Meliou, and Jorge A. Arevalo -- Part III: Understanding change agents and reform accelerators' roles -- 14. The role of management education in transdisciplinary collaborations for sustainable social-economic-ecological systems / Susan L. Manring -- 15. Journeying towards responsible citizenship and sustainability / Martin Brueckner, Rochelle Spencer, Megan Paull, Antonia Girardi, Steve Klomp -- 16. University sustainability reporting: a review of the literature and development of a model / Alan J. Richardson, Meghan D. Kachler -- 17. External facilitators of sustainable management education (EFSUMEs) and their role in promoting sustainable management education in higher education / Diego Vazquez-Brust, Natalia Yakovleva -- 18. University experiential learning partnerships as living laboratories for sustainability / Adam Sulkowski -- Part IV: Sustaining long term programs through innovation -- 19. The influence of temporality on students' learning processes: lessons from a service- learning program in Brazil / Luciano Barin Cruz, and Marlei Pozzebon -- 20. Sustainable entrepreneurship undergraduate education: a community of practice perspective / Marcela Ramirez Pasillas, and Quang Evansluong -- 21. Faculty experiences with teaching sustainability in management education: a study of select management institutions in India / Kaushik Ranjan Bandyopadhyay, and Ritika Mahajan -- 22. Enabling sustainability in management education / Paul Miesing, Linda Krzykowski, and Eliot Rich -- 23. Sustainable MBAs: a phase model development of sustainability in MBA education / Timothy A. Hart, Corey J. Fox, John Korstad, and Erin E. Nill -- 24. Managing for sustainability: -- Designing a successful undergraduate program / Neil Boyd, Jamie R. Hendry, Tammy Bunn Hiller, and Eric Martin -- Part VI: Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook strives to ...
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    ISBN: 9781785364624
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial ecosystems and growth of women's entrepreneurship
    DDC: 338/.04082
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Weibliche Führungskräfte ; Entwicklungsländer ; Entrepreneurship ; Women in finance ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Weibliche Führungskraft ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Part I -- Cross-Country Comparisons -- 1. Entrepreneurial ecosystems and growth of women's entrepreneurship / Tatiana S. Manolova, Candida G. Brush, Linda F. Edelman, Alicia Robb and Friederike Welter -- 2. Women entrepreneurship within the ASEAN economic community: challenges and opportunities / Ulrike Guelich and Siri Roland Xavier -- 3. Women's entrepreneurship in Latin America and the Caribbean: a multidimensional approach / Daniela Gimenez, Patricia Gabaldon and Cathrine Seierstad -- Part II -- Country Studies -- 4. Survived, but cannot prosper! Examining the impact of gender inequality on success of women-owned entrepreneurial ventures through a liberal feminist lens / Dev K. Dutta and R. Isil Yavuz -- 5. Assessing the relational embeddedness of women entrepreneurs in entrepreneurial ecosystems: a social network perspective / Xaver Neumeyer, Susana C. Santos and Julia Poncela-Casasnovas -- 6. Socio-economic background: a key element in understanding growth aspirations of women entrepreneurs in the tourism industry in Tanzania / Irene M. Lugalla, Luchien Karsten, and Clemens Lutz -- 7. Understanding motivation of women entrepreneurs in Ethiopia / Atsede T. Hailemariam, Brigitte Kroon and M.J.P.M. van Veldhoven -- 8. Exploring entrepreneurial finance and gender in an emergent entrepreneurial ecosystem: the case of the Punjab, northern India / Navjot Sandhu, Jonathan M. Scott, Jenny Gibb, Javed Ghulam Hussain, Michèle Akoorie and Paresha Sinha -- 9. Chilean entrepreneurial ecosystem: understanding the gender gap in entrepreneurial activity / José Ernesto Amorós and Vesna Mandakovic -- Part III -- Public Policy Implications -- 10. Gender equality in regional entrepreneurial ecosystems: the implementation of policy initiatives / Gry Agnete Alsos, Margrete Haugum and Elisabet Ljunggren -- 11. Women's entrepreneurship policy: a 13-nation cross country comparison / Colette Henry, Barbara Orser, Susan Coleman, Lene Foss and Friederike Welter -- Index.
    Abstract: The renowned group of international contributors to this volume provide analysis of where and how gender plays a role in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. Eleven essays examine how ecosystems influence women entrepreneurs and how women entrepreneurs influence their local ecosystems, both cross-nationally and through in-depth country studies. The studies build on rich qualitative and quantitative data from diverse contexts including the United States, Norway, India, Tanzania, Ethiopia, and Chile. A special section of the book examines national and regional policies in support of growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship. The contributions highlight the significant variety of entrepreneurial ecosystems around the world and provide valuable insights for promoting growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship at the local, regional, and country level. Academic researchers in the areas of entrepreneurship, management, business strategy, economic geography, and gender studies as well as policy-makers at the regional, national, and supra-national levels will all find something valuable in this illuminating book. The renowned group of international contributors to this volume provide analysis of where and how gender plays a role in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. Eleven essays examine how ecosystems influence women entrepreneurs and how women entrepreneurs influence their local ecosystems, both cross-nationally and through in-depth country studies. The studies build on rich qualitative and quantitative data from diverse contexts including the United States, Norway, India, Tanzania, Ethiopia, and Chile. A special section of the book examines national and regional policies in support of growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship. The contributions highlight the significant variety of entrepreneurial ecosystems around the world and provide valuable insights for promoting growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship at the local, regional, and country level. Academic researchers in the areas of entrepreneurship, management, business strategy, economic geography, and gender studies as well as policy-makers at the regional, national, and supra-national levels will all find something valuable in this illuminating book
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781783476299
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (496 pages)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Parallel Title: Print version Freeman, Gary P Handbook on migration and social policy
    DDC: 304.8
    Keywords: Social policy ; Emigration and immigration
    Abstract: In this comprehensive Handbook, an interdisciplinary team of distinguished scholars from the social sciences explores the connections between migration and social policy. They test conflicting claims as to the positive and negative effects of different types of migration against the experience of countries in Europe, North America, Australasia, the Middle East and South Asia, assessing arguments as to migration's impact on the financial, social and political stability and sustainability of social programs. The volume reflects the authors' curiosity about the controversy over the connection between social and cultural diversity and popular support for the welfare state. Providing timely and original chapters which both critique the existing literature as well as build on and advance theoretical understanding, the authors focus on the formal settlement and integration polices created for migrants as well as corollary state policies affecting migrants and migration. A clutch of chapters investigates the linkage between migration and trade theory, foreign direct investment, globalization, public opinion, public education and welfare programs. Chapters then deal with leading receiving states as well as India and the authors examine the regulation of migration at the subnational, national, regional and global levels. The topic of migration and security is also covered. This compelling and exhaustive review of existing scholarship and state-of -the-art original empirical analysis is essential reading for graduates and academics researching the field. In this comprehensive Handbook, an interdisciplinary team of distinguished scholars from the social sciences explores the connections between migration and social policy. They test conflicting claims as to the positive and negative effects of different types of migration against the experience of countries in Europe, North America, Australasia, the Middle East and South Asia, assessing arguments as to migration's impact on the financial, social and political stability and sustainability of social programs. The volume reflects the authors' curiosity about the controversy over the connection between social and cultural diversity and popular support for the welfare state. Providing timely and original chapters which both critique the existing literature as well as build on and advance theoretical understanding, the authors focus on the formal settlement and integration polices created for migrants as well as corollary s ...
    Abstract: Pt. I. New analytical perspectives -- pt. II. The political economy of migration -- pt. III. Trade offs between immigration and social policy -- pt. IV. Opposition to immigration, security and the limits to free movement in the European union -- pt. V. Diversity, social cohesion and support for the welfare state -- pt. VI. Migrant integration and social policy -- pt. VII. Immigrant rights vs. immigration politics
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784716349
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (704 p) , cm
    Series Statement: International law series 11
    Keywords: Human territoriality ; International law ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Jean Gottmann (1973), 'The people and their territory: the partitioning of the world', in The significance of territory, Chapter 1, Charlottesville, VA: University Press of Virginia, 1-15 -- M.N. Shaw (1982), 'Territory in international law', Netherlands Yearbook of International Law, 13, December, 61-91 -- Miles Kahler (2006), 'Territoriality and conflict in an era of globalization', in Miles Kahler and Barbara F. Walter (eds), Territoriality and conflict in an era of globalization, Chapter 1, Cambridge, UK and New York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 1-21, references -- Marcelo G. Kohen and Mamadou Hébié (2012), 'Territory, acquisition', in Rüdiger Wolfrum (ed.), The Max Planck Encyclopedia of Public International Law, vol. IX, Oxford, UK and New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 887-900 -- A.L.W. Munkman (1972-73), 'Adjudication and adjustment - international judicial decision and the settlement of territorial boundary disputes', British Yearbook of International Law, 46, 1-116 -- Friedrich August Freiherr von der Heydte (1935), 'Discovery, symbolic annexation and virtual effectiveness in international law', American Journal of International Law, 29 (3), July, 448-71 -- Philip C. Jessup (1928), 'The Palmas Island arbitration', American Journal of International Law, 22 (4), October, 735-52 -- Marcelo Kohen (2013), 'Original title in the light of the ICJ judgment on sovereignty over Pedra Branca/Pulau Batu Puteh, Middle Rocks and South Ledge', Journal of the History of International Law, 15 (2), 151-71 -- D.H.N. Johnson (1950), 'Acquisitive prescription in international law', British Yearbook of International Law, 27, 332-54 -- Georg Schwarzenberger (1957), 'Title to territory: response to a challenge', American Journal of International Law, 51 (2), April, 308-24 -- Roger O'Keefe (2011), 'Legal title versus Effectivies : prescription and the promise and problems of private law analogies', International community law review -- W. Lakhtine (1930), 'Rights over the Arctic', American Journal of International Law, 24 (4), October, 703-17 -- Benedetto Conforti (1986), 'Territorial claims in antarctica: a modern way to deal with an old problem', Cornell International Law Journal, 19, 249-58 -- Hans Kelsen (1956), 'Contiguity as a title to territorial sovereignty', in Walter Schätzel and Hans-Jürgen Schlochauer (eds), Rechtsfragen der Internationalen Organisation: Festschrift für Hans Wehberg zu seinem 70. Geburstag, Frankfurt-am-Main, Germany: Vittorio Klostermann, 200-210 -- Ian Brownlie (2002), 'Boundary problems and the formation of new states', in David Freestone, Surya Subedi and Scott Davidson (eds), Contemporary issues in international law: a collection of the Josephine Onoh Memorial Lectures, The Netherlands, Holland and Boston, MA: Kluwer Law International, 185-95 -- Santiago Torres Bernárdez (1994), 'The "Uti Possidetis Juris Principle" in historical perspective', in Konrad Ginther, Gerhard Hafner, Winfried Lang, Hanspeter Neuhold and Lilly Sucharipa-Behrmann and Karl Zemanek (eds), Völkerrecht zwischen normativen Anspruch und politischer Realität: Festschrift für Karl Zemanek zum 65. Geburtstag, Berlin, Germany: Duncker and Humblot, 417-37 -- Steven R. Ratner (1996), 'Drawing a better line: UTI possidetis and the borders of new states', American Journal of International Law, 90 (4), October, 590-624 -- Kaiyan Homi Kaikobad (1983), 'Some observations on the doctrine of continuity and finality of boundaries', British Yearbook of International Law, 54 (1), 119-41 -- S.K.N. Blay (1986), 'Self-determination versus territorial integrity in decolonization', New York University Journal of International Law and Politics, 18, 441-72
    Abstract: Katherine Del Mar (2013), 'The myth of remedial secession', in Duncan French (ed.), Statehood and self-determination: reconciling tradition and modernity in international law, Chapter 3, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 79-108 -- Marcelo Kohen and Mara Tignino (2013), 'Do peoples have rights in boundaries' delimitations?', in Laurence Boisson de Chazournes, Christina Leb and Mara Tignino (eds), International law and freshwater: the multiples challenges, Chapter 6, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 95-122 -- Adam Roberts (1984), 'What is military occupation?', British Yearbook of International Law, 55 (1), 249-305 -- Yehuda Z. Blum (1968), 'The missing reversioner: reflections on the status of Judea and Samaria', Israel Law Review, 3 (2), 279-301 -- Marcelo G. Kohen (2000), 'Is the notion of territorial sovereignty obsolete?', in Martin Pratt and Janet Allison-Brown (eds), Borderlands under stress, Chapter 3, Dordrecht, Germany: Kluwer Law International, 35-47 -- [13].
    Abstract: This timely research review discusses key articles dealing with the importance of territory for international law in its relationship with power, state building and globalization. The collection also analyses the evolution and scope of the law of acquisition of territory from colonial times until today, the emergence of new areas for the territorial expansion of states and border delimitation rules. Finally, the review investigates the impact of the human dimension in the way international law addresses territorial issues, particularly the individual and collective human rights, including indigenous peoples and the right to self-determination
    Note: Includes index , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    ISBN: 9781784711184
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks of research methods in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of qualitative research methods on human resource management
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Sozialforschung ; Qualitative Methode ; Personnel management Methodology ; Personnel management Research ; Methodology ; Qualitative research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Humanvermögen ; Personalentwicklung ; Forschungsmethode ; Qualitative Methode ; Personalpolitik
    Abstract: 1. Qualitative research in HRM: innovation over stagnation / Keith Townsend, Rebecca Loudoun and David Lewin -- Section I designing qualitative projects -- 2. The role of qualitative methods in mixed methods designs / Roslyn Cameron -- 3. Anchoring qualitative methods for longitudinal studies / Rebecca Loudoun and Keith Townsend -- 4. Autoethnography: a novel way to study HRM / Sally Sambrook -- Section II innovations in data sources -- 5. Using legal research methods in human resource management research / Richard Johnstone -- 6. The use of news media as a data source in HRM research: exploring society's perceptions / Sheryl Ramsay, Sara Branch and Jacqueline Ewart -- 7. Netnographical methods and the challenge of researching hidden and secretive employee social media practices / James Richards -- 8. Doing historical research in human resource management: with some reflections on an academic career / Peter Ackers -- 9. Thinking about philosophical methods in human resources / Kerrie L. Unsworth and Matthew T. Hardin -- Section III innovations in data collection methods -- 10. An experiment with 'the miracle question': an innovative data collection technique in HR research / Keith Townsend -- 11. Using photo-elicitation to understand experiences of work-life balance / Catherine Cassell, Fatima Malik and Laura Radcliffe -- 12. Using qualitative repertory grid interviews to gather shared perspectives in a sequential mixed methods research design / Céline Rojon, Mark N.K. Saunders and Almuth Mcdowall -- 13. Free verbal associations - measuring what people think about employee participation / Werner Nienhueser -- 14. Using qualitative diaries to uncover the complexities of daily experiences / Laura S. Radcliffe -- 15. Autoethnographic vignettes in HRM / Mark Learmonth and Michael Humphreys -- Section IV innovative data analysis -- 16. Computer supported qualitative research / Julie Cogin and Ju Li Ng -- 17. Cross-cultural HRM research: the potential of causal cognitive mapping / Gail Clarkson -- 18. Deriving behavioural role descriptions from the perspectives of job- holders: an illustrative example / Richard Winter.
    Abstract: Human resource management as a field of research is a broad church, with a wide variety of research methods in use. This Handbook focuses on qualitative research methods and explores the opportunities and challenges of new technologies for innovating data collection and data analysis. The editors have brought together 18 chapters, written by some of the world's leading researchers in their field. They begin with the importance of good project design and then move on to reflect on innovations and developments in data sources, such as netnographical methods, legal research methods, the use of news media, and historical research. They go on to outline innovations in data collection methods with particular pertinence to key HRM topics. Finally, the contributors explore innovative data analysis, looking at the importance of computer-supported qualitative research, causal cognitive mapping and deriving behavioural role descriptions from the perspectives of job-holders. This Handbook is an invaluable tool for students, researchers and academics in the field of human resource management
    Note: Contributors include: P. Ackers, S. Branch, R. Cameron, C. Cassell, G. Clarkson, J. Cogin, J. Ewart, M.T. Hardin, M. Humphreys, R. Johnstone, M. Learmonth, D. Lewin, R. Loudoun, F. Malik, A. McDowall, J.L. Ng, W. Nienhüeser, L.S. Radcliffe, S. Ramsay, J. Richards, C. Rojon, S. Sambrook, M.N.K. Saunders, K. Townsend, K.L. Unsworth, R. Winter , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786431745
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als O'Callaghan, Terry, 1956 - Reputation risk and globalisation
    DDC: 658.049
    Keywords: Multinationales Unternehmen ; Globalisierung ; Self-regulation ; Industries Self-regulation ; Electronic books ; Globalisierung ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Selbstregulation
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. Towards corporate self-regulation -- 2. Disciplining MNCs: corporate reputation as a driver of ideational change -- 3. Exploring the idea of a self-regulating corporation -- 4. Royal Dutch Shell's PR-led approach to self-regulation -- 5. The rise and fall and rise of the Toyota way -- 6. Interface Inc: a model of a self-regulating corporation? -- 7. Conclusion: beyond sustainability and long live the Australian night parrot.
    Abstract: Recently, multinational corporations have begun to reinvent themselves as socially responsible actors, largely in response to anti-corporate activist pressure. The author argues that a concern with corporate reputation is leading to an ideational shift in corporate behaviour - in essence, it is disciplining their behaviour. This innovative exploration of the idea of a self-regulating corporation in an era of globalisation first examines the link between corporate reputation, corporate behaviour and self-regulation, and then goes on to compare and contrast various studies of multinational corporations that have sought to self-regulate. Terry O'Callaghan includes a multifaceted critique of anti-corporate activists. This acknowledges both the dangers that multinational corporations pose to communities, and that anti-corporate activists are the first group to understand the potential risk of targeted campaigns to corporate reputations. He also illustrates his points using three case studies of companies that have attempted to self-regulate: Royal Dutch Shell, the Toyota Motor Corporation and Interface Inc. Undergraduate and postgraduate students of international business, management and business ethics will be interested in the essential topics covered in this book. Academics and practitioners alike will appreciate its accessible lessons about reputational capital and holding multinational corporations accountable
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783471720
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (432 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks in venture capital
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on business angels
    RVK:
    Keywords: Business Angels ; Risikokapital ; Welt ; Angels (Investors) ; Electronic books ; Finanzierung ; Unternehmensgründung ; Business Angel
    Abstract: 1. Business angels as a research field / Hans Landström and Colin Mason -- 2. Researching business angels: definitional and data challenges / Colin Mason -- 3. The economic significance of business angels: towards comparable indicators / Sofia Avdeitchikova and Hans Landström -- 4. Categorisations of business angels: an overview / Roger Sørheim and Tiago Botelho -- 5. Women business angels: theory and practice / Frances M. Amatucci -- 6. Investment decision making by business angels / Andrew Maxwell -- 7. Business angels as smart investors: a systematic review of the evidence / Diamanto Politis -- 8. Angel-entrepreneur relationships: demytisfying their conflicts / Veroniek Collewaert -- 9. Business angels in China: characteristics, policies and international comparison / Jiani Wang, Yi Tan and Manhong Liu -- 10. Business angels in emerging economies: Southeast Asia / William Scheela -- 11. Business angels in Sub-saharan Africa / David Lingelbach -- 12. Business angels in developing economies: the experience of Latin America / Gianni Romani and Miguel Atienza -- 13. The effectiveness of tax incentives for business angels / Cécile Carpentier and Jean-Marc Suret -- 14. Business angel networks: a review and assessment of their value to entrepreneurship / Tom Lahti and Henrik Keinonen -- 15. Crowdinvesting - angel investing for the masses? / Lars Hornuf and Armin Schwienbacher.
    Abstract: Business angels are recognized as playing a key role in financing the start-up and early stages of new ventures. However, our knowledge of how business angels operate remains limited and highly fragmented. This Handbook provides a synthesis of research on business angels. It adopts an international perspective to reflect the spread of angel investing around the world. The increasing number of government initiatives to promote angel investing is also reflected in the book with an assessment of the most common support schemes. Adopting an international focus, the expert group of contributors examine business angels themselves, the evolution of the market, the various stages of the investment process and the role of public policy in influencing angel investment. They each conclude their chapters with an agenda for future research on business angels. Students and scholars of entrepreneurship, entrepreneurial finance and related subjects will find this book to be an invaluable resource for their work. In particular, they will benefit from the research agendas that conclude each chapter. This Handbook will also be of interest to policy-makers and other practitioners looking to enhance their understanding of the design and need for such interventions
    Note: Contributors include: F.M. Amatucci, M. Atienza, S. Avdeitchikova, T. Botelho, C. Carpentier, V. Collewaert, L. Hornuf, H. Keinonen, T. Lahti, H. Landström, D. Lingelbach, M. Liu, C. Mason, A. Maxwell, D. Politis, G. Romani, W. Scheela, A. Schwienbacher, J.-M. Suret, R. Sørheim, Y. Tan, J. Wang , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784710880
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Rural tourism ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Preface -- 1. Marketing rural tourism: experience and enterprise -- 2. Re-imagining rurality -- 3. The politics of place marketing -- 4. Rural firms -- 5. Tourists in rural settings -- 6. Rural residents and tourism -- 7. Evaluating the future.
    Abstract: Rural tourism marketing is a subject that remains significantly under-researched. Gunjan Saxena seeks to encourage a fuller understanding of rural tourism marketing by uncovering the lived experiences and enterprise of different actor groups as they respond to the impact of tourism on their communities and cultural identities. Marketing Rural Tourism presents actor narratives to reveal nuances inherent in their practices and perceptions as they develop, support or oppose tourism in their locality. By focusing on actors' experience and enterprise involved in the ongoing production, consumption and marketing of rural landscapes for tourism, this book enables an insight into varied storylines that underlie the processes of place-making. Academics in the area of marketing and tourism, as well as development studies, will appreciate the contribution this book will make to the wider marketing discourse that circulates about rural destinations. The book will also be a valuable resource to undergraduate students looking to incorporate fresh conceptual insights into their projects, as well as postgraduate students looking to apply newer approaches to conceptualising tourism or place marketing
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783474806
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (432 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on corporate social responsibility in context
    RVK:
    Keywords: Corporate Social Responsibility ; Definition ; Entwicklung ; Branche ; Religion ; Welt ; Social responsibility of business ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Corporate Social Responsibility
    Abstract: Preface -- Part I. background and introduction -- 1. Introduction: establishing the art of contextualizing CSR as a research area / Anders Örtenblad -- 2. Corporate social responsibility as concept and activity: an overview / Serra Görpe and Burcu Öksüz -- 3. The importance of context in understanding CSR / D. Kirk Davidson -- 4. The social context in CSR research: a contextualist approach with critical applications / Andromachi Athanasopoulou and John W. Selsky -- Part II. corporate social responsibility in context -- Section A religion/level of economic development/continent -- 5. Islamic and Buddhist perspectives of corporate social responsibility / Patsy Perry and Aini Ahmad -- 6. CSR in developed versus developing countries: a comparative glimpse / Dima Jamali and Charlotte Karam -- 7. Does diffusion cover differentiation? looking into corporate social responsibility in Asia / Patrick Reinmoeller -- Section B industry -- 8. Corporate social responsibility in food processing industry / George Michael Hall -- 9. Corporate social responsibility in shipping industry / Maria Lekakou, Ioannis Theotokas and Evangelia Stefanidaki -- 10. Corporate social responsibility in the pharmaceutical industry / Wen Li Chan, Jeremy Eng Tuck Cheah and Luiz Montanheiro -- Section C mixed contexts -- 11. Corporate social responsibility in the ready made garments industry in Bangladesh / Fara Azmat and Mohammed Ziaul Haque -- 12. Corporate social responsibility in the Greek shipping business / Irene Fafaliou and Tina Aroni -- 13. Corporate social responsibility in the Turkish pharmaceutical industry / Serra Görpe and Burcu Öksüz -- Section D specific situation -- 14. The relevance of CSR in the case of insurance firm and motorcycle gang in Norway / Petter Gottschalk -- 15. Fraud examiners in white-collar crime investigations / Petter Gottschalk -- Part III. comments and reflections -- 16. Reflections on the universality and philosophical foundations of the 'corporate social responsibility' definition / Jared M. Hansen -- 17. A comment on the use of the seven aspects of CSR / Jochen Weikert -- 18. Stages of corporate social responsibility / Petter Gottschalk -- 19. The future of CSR: towards transformative CSR, or CSR 2.0 / Wayne Visser -- 20. Against CSR: the meaning and meaninglessness of CSR in China / Shih-Wei Hsu -- 21. Conclusions, a contingency model of CSR and recommendations for further research / Anders Örtenblad.
    Abstract: Is corporate social responsibility (CSR) a universal idea? Is the same exact definition of CSR relevant for any organization, regardless of context? Or would such a definition need to be adapted to fit different types of organizations, in different cultures, industries and sectors? This book discusses how CSR should preferably be practiced. The expert authors share their knowledge on whether a broad definition of CSR can be practiced as is or if it first has to undergo changes to suit the context. The leading group of contributors argues that anyone wishing to adopt the CSR idea in their organization needs to take the context into account and, thus, find a version of CSR that fits the specific industry, sector, national culture, religion and so on, in which the organization exists. The book discusses the universality of CSR and includes a comparison of the relevance of a broad, general definition of CSR for organizations in contexts such as Buddhism and Islam, developing countries and the food processing, shipping and pharmaceutical industries. Guidelines for conducting studies on the examination of the relevance of CSR for organizations in any particular generalized context are also provided. Academics, students and practitioners involved in the fresh field of CSR will find this an essential resource
    Note: Contributors include: A. Ahmad, T. Aroni, A. Athanasopoulou, F. Azmat, W.L. Chan, J.E.-T. Cheah, D.K. Davidson, I. Fafaliou, S. Görpe, P. Gottschalk, G.M. Hall, J.M. Hansen, M. Z. Haque, S.-w. Hsu, D. Jamali, C. Karam, M. Lekakou, L. Montanheiro, B. Öksüz, A. Örtenblad, P. Perry, P. Reinmoeller, J.W. Selsky, E. Stefanidaki, I. Theotokas, W. Visser, J. Weikert , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785360831
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Income distribution ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings may be found on Edward Elgar's website; they are too numerous to include here.
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783476831
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (576 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of social capital and regional development
    DDC: 338.9
    Keywords: Sozialkapital ; Regionalentwicklung ; EU-Strukturfonds ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Unternehmensnetzwerk ; Entrepreneurship ; Internationaler Wettbewerb ; Regional planning ; Social capital (Sociology) ; Economic development ; Human capital ; Infrastructure (Economics) ; Social capital (Sociology) ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Soziales Kapital ; Regionale Wirtschaftsentwicklung
    Abstract: 1. Social capital and regional development: an introduction / Hans Westlund and Johan P. Larsson -- 2. Social capital and networks in spatial economies / Börje Johansson -- Part I aspects of entrepreneurship -- 3. Local social entrepreneurship and social capital / Niels Bosma, Veronique Schutjens and Beate Volker -- 4. Does persistence in start-up activity reflect persistence in social capital? / Michael Fritsch and Michael Wyrwich -- 5. Women's entrepreneurship and social capital / Pia Arenius and Riikka Franzén -- 6. Dealmakers in place: social capital connections in regional entrepreneurial economies / Maryann P. Feldman and Ted Douglas Zoller -- 7. Social capital and the economics of cities / Martin Andersson, Johan P. Larsson and Joakim Wernberg -- 8. Indonesian entrepreneurs in the UK: a social capital perspective on challenges and opportunities of migrant entrepreneurs / Eddy Setiawan, Dessy Irawati and Roel Rutten -- 9. Social capital, entrepreneurship and living standards: differences between migrants and the native born / Matthew Roskruge, Jacques Poot and Laura King -- Part II measurement and regional performance -- 10. The social capital of European regions / Emanuele Ferragina -- 11. Social capital and regional economic performance: a study across U.S. metropolitan statistical areas / Michael F. Thompson and Timothy F. Slaper -- 12. Social capital and income convergence in European regions / Emili Tortosa-Ausina and Jesús Peiró-Palomino -- Part III aspects of regional development -- 13. Challenges and opportunities for local development initiatives to influence social capital for health promotion purposes: theoretical and empirical support / Malin Eriksson and Maria Emmelin -- 14. Social capital and rural development in southern European regions: the case of EU-funded leader projects / Asimina Christoforou and Elena Pisani -- 15. Research on social capital and regional development in China: what has been done so far and what should be done in future? / Ailun Xiong and Yongjian Pu -- Part IV governance, strategies and planning -- 16. Social capital and regional learning governance: a Japanese perspective / Kiyoshi Kobayashi and Tsuyoshi Hatori -- 17. Clusters as a take-off for glocal strategies: the role of social capital / Bengt Johannisson, Marcela Ramirez-Pasillas and Malin Lindberg -- 18. A habermas-inspired approach to social capital in regional planning / Roger E. Bolton -- 19. Researchers' role in regional development - collaboration and social capital in Swedish higher education institutions / Maria Ljunggren.
    Abstract: The role of social capital in regional development is a multifaceted topic which is studied all over the world using various methods and across numerous disciplines. It has long been evident that social capital is important for regional development, however, it is less clear how this works in practice. Do all types of social capital have the same effects and are different kinds of regions impacted in the same way? This book is the first to offer an overview of this rapidly expanding field of research and to thoroughly analyse the complex issue of social capital and regional development. The authoritative and original chapters, written by leading scholars from around the world, combine theory and new empirical research to analyse various types of regions from metropolitan to rural. A particular focus is on entrepreneurship and the social capital of enterprises, whilst the role of social capital for modern governance and planning is also highlighted. The different components of social capital and data availability are also treated in depth. This Handbook is an ideal resource for students and scholars studying social capital, social networks, and regional growth and development. It also offers great insight for policymaker and planners in the fields of urban, regional and rural development
    Note: Contributors include: M. Andersson, P. Arenius, R.E. Bolton, N. Bosma, A. Christoforou, M. Emmelin, M. Eriksson, M.P. Feldman, E. Ferragina, R. Franzén, M. Fritsch, T. Hatori, D. Iriwati, B. Johannisson, B. Johansson, L. King, K. Kobayashi, J.P. Larsson, M. Lindberg, M. Ljunggren, J. Peiró-Palomino, E. Pisani, J. Poot, Y. Pu, M. Ramírez Pasillas, M. Roskruge, R. Rutten, V. Schutjens, E. Setiawan, T.F. Slaper, M.F. Thompson, E. Tortosa-Ausina, B. Volker, J. Wernberg, H. Westlund, M. Wyrwich, A. Xiong, T.D. Zoller , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784711542
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hsu, Sara Economic reform in Asia
    DDC: 338.95
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wirtschaftsreform ; Entwicklung ; Vergleich ; China ; Indien ; Japan ; Economic development ; Economic development ; Economic development ; Electronic books ; Japan ; China ; Indien ; Wirtschaftsreform ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Wirtschaftliche Lage ; Vergleich
    Abstract: 1. Introduction to development in China, India and Japan -- 2. Development theory -- 3. An Asian leader : Japan's development trajectory -- 4. The waking giant : China's development trajectory -- 5. Gradual growth : India's development trajectory -- 6. Poverty and inequality in China, India and Japan -- 7. urbanization and migration -- 8. Demographics, education, health and labor -- 9. The impact of development on the environment -- 10. Trade in China, India and Japan -- 11. Economic future of China, India and Japan.
    Abstract: Economic Reform in Asia c ...
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northhampton, Mass : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784719043
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Keywords: Financial institutions ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Tabb, L. (2012), 'Written Testimony to the United States Senate Committee on Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs by Larry Tabb, CEO, TABB Group', 30 September, http://www.banking.senate.gov/public/index.cfm?FuseAction=Hearings.Testimony&Hearing_ID=f8a5cef9-291d-4dd3-ad3-10b55c86d23e&Witness_ID=f52000faa2-1cfe-48a5-b373-60bde009d3a3, accessed 20 January 2013. -- Kirilenko, A.A., Kyle, A.S., Samadi, M. and Tuzun, T. (2011), 'The Flash Crash: The Impact of High Frequency Trading on an Electronic Market', http://papers.ssrn.comn/so13/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1686004, accessed 5 April 2013. -- Vigna, P. and Lauricella, T. (2012), 'Sawtooth Trading Hits Coke, IBM, McDonald's, and Apple Shares', Wall Street Journal, 19 July, http://blogs.wsj.com/marketbeat/2012/07/19/sawtooth-trading-hits-coke-ibm-mcdonalds-and-apple-shares/, accessed 25 July 2012. -- Khandani, A.E. and Lo, A.W. (2007), 'What Happened to the Quants in August 2007?', Journal of Investment Management, 5 (4), 5-54. -- Lehmann, B.N. (1990), 'Fads, Martingales, and Market Efficiency', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 105 (1), 1-28. -- Lo, A. and MacKinlay, C. (1990), 'When Are Contrarian Profits Due to Stock Market Over-reaction?', Review of Financial Studies, 3 (2), 175-205. -- Goldman Sachs Asset Management (2007), 'The Quant Liquidity Crunch', Goldman Sachs Global Quantitative Equity Group, August. Proprietary document for Goldman Sachs clients; not available to the general public. -- Rothman, M.S. (2007a), 'Turbulent Times in Quant Land', US Equity Quantitative Strategies, 9 August, Lehman Brothers Equity Research, http://dealbreaker.com/_old/images/pdrf/quant.pdf, accessed 19 August 2007. -- Rothman, M.S. (2007b), 'View from QuantLand: Where Do We Go Now?', US Equity Quantitative Strategies, Lehman Brothers Research. Proprietary document for Lehman clients only; not available to the general public. -- Rothman, M.S. (2007c), 'Rebalance of Large Cap Quant Portfolio', US Equity Quantitative Strategies, Lehman Brothers Research. Proprietary document for Lehman clients only; not available to the general public. -- Edgeworth, F.Y. (1888), 'The Mathematical Theory of Banking', Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, LI, 113-27. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Haubrich, J.G. and King, R.G. (1984), 'Banking and Insurance', Working Paper 1312, National Bureau of Economic Research. -- Orr, D. and Mellon, W.G. (1961), 'Stochastic Reserve Losses and Expansion of Bank Credit', American Economic Review, LI (4), 614-23. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Friedman, M. (1969), 'The Optimal Quantity of Money', in M. Friedman, The Optimal Quantity of Money and Other Essays, Chicago: Aldine Publishing Co., 1-50. -- Keister, T. and McAndrews, J.J. (2009), 'Why Are Banks Holding So Many Excess Reserves?', Current Issues in Economics and Finance, Federal Reserve Bank of New York, 15 (8), 1-11. -- Iley, Richard A. and Lewis, M.K. (2013), Global Finance After the Crisis: The United States, China and the New World Order, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar. -- Bank for International Settlements (2010), 'The Future of the Financial Sector', BIS80th Annual Report, Basel, Switzerland: Bank for International Settlements, 74-88. -- Gurley, J.G. and Shaw, E.S. (1960), Money in the Theory of Finance, Washington, DC: The Brookings Institution, 1995. -- Keynes, J.M. (1936), General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money, London: Macmillan.
    Abstract: Leland, H.E. and Pyle, D.H. (1977), 'Information Asymmetries, Financial Structure and Financial Intermediation', Journal of Finance, 32, 371-87. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Diamond, D. (1984), 'Financial Intermediation and Delegated Monitoring', Review of Economic Studies, 51(166), 393-414. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Fama, E.F. (1985), 'What's Different About Banks?', Journal of Monetary Economics, 15, 23-39. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Arrow, K.J. (1964), 'The Role of Securities in the Optimal Allocation of Risk-Bearing', Review of Economic Studies, 31, 91-6. -- Arrow, K.J. (1974), 'Insurance, Risk and Resource Allocation', in Arrow, K.J. , Essays in the Theory of Risk-Bearing, Amsterdam: North Holland, 134-43. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Swary, I. and Udell, G.F. (1985), 'The Role of Collateral in Commercial Lending', Working Paper No. 359, Salomon Brothers Center for the Study of Financial Institutions, New York University. -- Dowd, K. (1992a), 'Models of Banking Instability: A Partial Review of the Literature', Journal of Economic Surveys, 6 (2), 107-32. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Dowd, K. (1996), Competition and Finance. A Reinterpretation of Financial and Monetary Economics, London: Macmillan. -- Modigliani, F. and Miller, M.H. (1958), 'The Cost of Capital, Corporation Finance and the Theory of Investment', American Economic Review, 48, 261-97. -- Flannery, M.J. (1985), 'A Portfolio View of Loan Selection and Pricing', in Aspinwall, R. and Eisenbeis, R. (eds), Handbook for Banking Strategy, Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley, 457-72. -- Bernanke, B. and Gertler, M. (1986), 'Banking and General Equilibrium', Discussion Paper No. 108, Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs, Princeton University. -- Dowd, K. (1992b), 'Optimal Financial Contracts', Oxford Economic Papers, 44, October, 672-93. -- Benink, H.A. and Llewellyn, D.T. (1994), 'Deregulation and Financial Fragility: A Case Study of the UK and Scandinavia', in Fair, D.E. and Raymond, R.J. (eds), The Competitiveness of Financial Institutions and Centres in Europe, on behalf of the Société Universitaire Européenne de Recherches Financiéres, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 443-63. -- Lewis, M.K. (1994), 'Banking on Real Estate', in Fair, D.E. and Raymond, R. (eds), The Competitiveness of Financial Institutions and Centres in Europe, on behalf of the Société Universitaire Européenne de Recherches Financiéres, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Press, 47-71. -- Lewis, M.K. (2000), 'The Next Property Cycle: A Survival Kit for Banks', in Green, B. (ed.), Risk Behaviour and Risk Management in Business Life, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 98-110. -- Bentick, B.L. and Lewis, M.K. (2004), 'Real Estate Speculation as a Source of Banking and Currency Instability: Some Different Lessons from the Asian Crisis', The Economics and Labour Relations Review, 14 (2), 256-75. -- Lewis, M.K. (2009), 'The Origins of the Sub-prime Crisis: Inappropriate Policies, Regulations, or Both?', Accounting Forum, 33 (2), 114-26. -- Calomiris, C.W. and Kahn, C. (1989), 'The Role of Demandable Debt in Structuring Optimal Banking Arrangements', mimeo, Northwestern University. -- Diamond, D. and Dybvig, P. (1983), 'Bank Runs, Deposit Insurance and Liquidity', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (3), 401-19. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995.
    Abstract: Jacklin, C.H. (1987), 'Demand Deposits, Trading Restrictions, and Risk Sharing', in Prescott, E.C. and Wallace, N. (eds), Contractual Arrangements for Inter-temporal Trade, Minnesota Studies in Macroeconomics, vol. 1, Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 26-47. -- Wallace, N. (1988), 'Another Attempt to Explain an Illiquid Banking System: The Diamond and Dybvig Model with Sequential Service Taken Seriously', Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis Quarterly Review, Fall, 3-16. -- Diamond, D. and Dybvig, P. (1986), 'Banking Theory, Deposit Insurance, and Bank Regulation', Journal of Business, 59 (1), 55-68. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- White, L.J. (1989), 'The Reform of Federal Deposit Insurance', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 3 (4), 11-29. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Litan, R. (2011), The World in Crisis: Insights from Six Shadow Financial Regulatory Committees From Around the World, Philadelphia, PA: FIC Press. -- Gorton, G. and Merrick, A. (2012), 'Securitized Banking and the Run on Repo', Journal of Financial Economics, 104 (3), 425-51. -- King, M. (2010), Banking: From Bagehot to Basel, and Back Again, New York: Buttonwood Gathering, 25 October. -- Ashcraft, A. and Schuermann, T. (2008), 'Understanding the Securitization of Subprime Mortgage Credit', Foundations and Trends in Finance, 2 (3), 191-309. -- Kacperczyk, M. and Schnabl, P. (2010), 'When Safe Proved Risky: Commercial Paper during the Financial Crisis of 2007-2009', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 24 (1), 29-50. -- Pozsar, A., Adrian, T., Ashcraft, A. and Boesky, H. (2010, revised 2012), 'Shadow Banking', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Staff Reports, no. 458. -- Mollenkamp, C. and Ng, S. (2007), 'How Wall Street Wizards Conjured Up Sub-prime's Hurricane Norma', Wall Street Journal in The Australian, 28 December, 23. -- Financial Stability Board (2013), 'Policy Framework for Strengthening Oversight and Regulation of Shadow Banking Entities', Consultative Document, Financial Stability Board, Basel, http://www.financialstabilityboard.org/publications/r_130929c.htm, accessed 20 January 2014. -- Gorton, G. (2009), 'The Subprime Panic', European Financial Management, 15 (1), 10-46. -- Nyberg, L., Persson, M. and Johansson, M.W. (2008), 'The Financial Market Turmoil: Causes and Consequences', SverigesRiksbank EconomicReview, 1, 38-48. -- Goodhart, C.A.E. (2008), 'Lessons from the Crisis for Financial Regulation: What We Need and What We Do Not Need', Review, 78, Financial Markets Group Research Centre, 3-4. -- Calomiris, C.W., Eisenbeis, R.A. and Litan, R.E. (2011), 'US Financial Crisis in the US and Beyond', in Litan, R. (ed.), The World in Crisis:Insights from Six Shadow Financial Regulatory Committees from Around the World, Philadelphia, PA: FIC Press, 32-90. -- Bord, V.M. and Santos, J.A.C. (2012), 'The Rise of the Originate-to-Distribute Model and the Role of Banks in Financial Intermediation', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Economic Policy Review, 18 (2), 21-34. -- Cetorelli, N. and Peristiani, S. (2012), 'The Role of Banks in Asset Securitization', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Economic Policy Review, 18 (2), 47-63. -- Mandel, B.H., Morgan, D. and Wei, C. (2012), 'The Role of Bank Credit Enhancements in Securitization', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Economic Policy Review, 18 (2), 35-46.
    Abstract: Uren, D. (2014), 'Regulators Put Shadow Banking in the Spotlight', The Australian, 17 November, 19. -- Paletta, D. (2010), 'Volcker Shoots from the Hip', Wall Street Journal, 25-6 June, 31. -- Poole, W. (2010), 'Principles for Reform', Finance and Development, 47 (2), 28-9. -- Brennan, S., Haldane, A. and Madouros, V. (2010), 'The Contribution of the Financial Sector: Miracle or Mirage?', in The Future of Finance: The LSE Report, London School of Economics, http://www.bankofengland.co.uk/publications/speeches/2010/speech442.pdf, accessed 17November 2010. -- Zamil, S. Raihan (2009), 'Too Big to Ignore', Finance and Development, 46 (4), 41-4. -- Friedman, M. (1960), A Program for Monetary Stability, New York: Fordham University Press. -- Hart, A.G. (1935), 'The Chicago Plan of Banking Reform', Review of Economic Studies, 2, 104-16. -- Davis, B. (2010), 'Volcker Plan Gains Support as Rules are Rewritten', Wall Street Journal in The Australian, 3 May, 35. -- The Economist (2010), 'Easy-Money Riders', The Economist, 17 July, 70. -- Kotlikoff, E.J. (2010), Jimmy Stewart is Dead: Ending the World's Ongoing Financial Plague with Limited Purpose Banking, Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons. -- Goodhart, C.A.E. (1995), The Central Bank and the Financial System, London: Macmillan. -- Bradley, C., Burhouse, S., Gratton, H. and Miller, R.A. (2009), 'Federal Reserve Board Academic Consultants Meeting on Non-traditional Financial Services, 16 April 2008, FDIC Quarterly, 3 (1), http://fdic.gov/bank/analytical/quarter/;2009_vol3_1/AltFinServicesprimer.html, accessed 30 July 2012. -- Benston, G.J. (1965), 'Branch Banking and Economies of Scale', National Banking Review, 2, 507-49. -- Benston, G.J. (1968), 'Are Larger Banks More Efficient?', The Banker, 118, 605, 607, 609, 611. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Humphrey, D. (1987), 'Cost Dispersion and the Measurement of Economies in Banking', Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond Economic Review, 73 (May/June), 24-38. -- Humphrey, D.B. (1990), 'Why Do Estimates of Bank Scale Economies Differ?', Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond Economic Review, 76 (5), 38-50. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Avraham, D., Selvaggi, P. and Vickery, J. (2012), 'A Structural View of US Bank Holding Companies', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Economic Policy Review, 18 (2), 65-81. -- Copeland, A. (2012), 'Evolution and Heterogeneity among Larger Bank Holding Companies: 1994 to 2010', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Economic Policy Review, 18 (2), 83-93. -- Ross, S. (1973), 'The Economic Theory of Agency: The Principal's Problem', American Economic Review, 63 (2), 134-9.
    Abstract: Mirrlees, J. (1974), 'Notes on Welfare Economies, Information, and Uncertainty', in , M.S. , McFadden, D.L. and Wu, S.Y. (eds), Contributions to Economic Analysis, Amsterdam: North-Holland, 243-58. -- Mirrlees, J. (1976), 'The Optimal Structure of Incentives and Authority within an Organisation', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (1), 105-31. -- Stiglitz, J.E. (1974), 'Risk Sharing and Incentives in Sharecropping', Review of Economic Studies, 61, 219-55. -- Stiglitz, J.E. (1975), 'Incentives, Risk and Information: Notes towards a Theory of Hierarchy', Bell Journal of Economics, 6 (2), 552-79. -- Campbell, D.E. (1995), Incentives, Motivation and the Economics of Information, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- Markowitz, H.M. (1959), Portfolio Selection: Efficient Diversification of Investments, Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley. -- Harrod, R.F. (1969), Money, London: Macmillan, St Martin's Press. -- McCulley, P.A. (2007), 'Teton Reflections', Global Central Bank Focus Series, PIMCO, August/September, https://www.pimco.com/insights/economic-and-market-commentary/global-central-bank-focus/teton-reflections, accessed 20 January 2014.
    Abstract: This volume brings together some of the most important articles on the topic of financial intermediaries. Financial Intermediaries puts recent developments into an appropriate historical setting, with seminal works by Edgeworth, Arrow, Gurley, Shaw, Baumol, Tobin and Stigler combined with more recent ones by Fischer, Black, Weiss and Stiglitz
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718923
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,192 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Keywords: Economic forecasting ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): KLEIN, Judy L. (1997), Statistical Visions in Time. A History of Time Series Analysis, 1662-1938, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- MORGAN, Mary S. (1990), The History of Econometric Ideas, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- MOORE, Henry L. (1923), Generating Economic Cycles, New York: Macmillan. -- MITCHELL, Wesley C. (1913), Business Cycles and their Causes. Berkeley: California University Memoirs, Volume 3. -- PERSONS, Warren M. (1924a), Some Fundamental Concepts of Statistics, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 19, 1-8. -- PERSONS, Warren M. (1924b), The Problem of Business Forecasting, Pollak Foundation for Economic Research Publications, No. 6, London: Pitman. -- SAMUELSON, Paul A. (1987), Paradise Lost and Refound: The Harvard ABC Barometers, Journal of Portfolio Management, 4, 4-9. -- MARGET, Albert W. (1929), Morgenstern on the Methodology of Economic Forecasting, Journal of Political Economy, 37, 312-339. -- LUCAS, Robert E. (1976), Econometric Policy Evaluation: A Critique, in K. Brunner and A. Meltzer (editors), The Phillips Curve and Labor Markets, Vol. 1 of Carnegie-Rochester Conferences on Public Policy, 19-46, Amsterdam: North-Holland. -- MARRIS, Robin L. (1954), The Position of Economics and Economists in the Government Machine: a Comparative Critique of the United Kingdom and the Netherlands, Economic Journal, 64, 759-783. -- BODKIN, Ronald G., Lawrence R. KLEIN and Kanta MARWAH (1991), A History of Macroeconometric Model-Building, Aldershot: Edward Elgar. -- ADELMAN, Irma and Frank L. ADELMAN (1959), The Dynamic Properties of the Klein-Goldberger Model, Econometrica, 27, 596-625. -- SUITS, Daniel B. (1962), Forecasting and Analysis with an Econometric Model, American Economic Review, 52, 104-132. -- CAIRNCROSS, Sir Alec (1969), Economic Forecasting, Economic Journal, 79, 797-812. -- McNEES, Stephen K. (1982), The Role of Macroeconometric Models in Forecasting and Policy Analysis in the United States, Journal of Forecasting, 1, 37-48. -- BURNS, Terry (1986), The Interpretation and Use of Economic Predictions, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, A, 407, 103-125. -- WALLIS, Kenneth F. (1989), Macroeconomic Forecasting: A Survey, Economic Journal, 99, 28-61 -- BOX, George E.P. and Gwilym M. JENKINS (1970), Time Series Analysis: Forecasting and Control, San Francisco: Holden-Day. -- COEN, P.G., E.D. GOMME, and Maurice G. KENDALL (1969), Lagged Relationships in Economic Forecasting (with discussion), Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 132, 133-163.
    Abstract: BRAY, Jeremy (1971), Dynamic Equations for Economic Forecasting with the GDP - Unemployment Relation and the Growth of GDP in the UK as an Example (with discussion), Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 134, 167-227. -- NEWBOLD, Paul and Clive W.J. GRANGER (1974), Experience with Forecasting Univariate Time Series and the Combination of Forecasts (with discussion), Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 137, 131-165. -- BOX, George E.P. and Paul NEWBOLD (1971), Some Comments on a Paper by Coen, Gomme and Kendall, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 134, 229-240. -- MAKRIDAKIS, S., A. ANDERSON, R. CARBONE, M. HIBON, R. LEWANDOWSKI, J. NEWTON, E. PARZEN and R. WINKLER (1982), The Accuracy of Extrapolation (Time Series) Methods: Results of a Forecasting Competition, Journal of Forecasting, 1, 111-153. -- MEESE, Richard, and John GEWEKE, (1984), A Comparison of Autoregressive Univariate Forecasting Procedures for Macroeconomic Time Series, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 2, 191-200. -- HARVEY, Andrew C. and Paul H.J. TODD (1983), Forecasting Economic Time Series with Structural and Box-Jenkins Methods (with discussion), Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 1, 299-315. -- LITTERMAN, Robert (1986), Forecasting with Bayesian Vector Autoregressions - Five Years of Experience, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 4, 25-38. -- KADIYALA, K. Rao and Sune KARLSSON (1993), Forecasting with Generalized Bayesian Vector Autoregressions, Journal of Forecasting, 12, 365-378. -- SIMS, Christopher A. (1980), Macroeconomics and Reality, Econometrica, 48, 1-48. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. and Jin Luang LIN (1994), Forecasting from Non-linear Models in Practice, Journal of Forecasting, 13, 1-10. -- CHATFIELD, Chris (1997), Forecasting in the 1990s, The Statistician, 46, 461-473. -- ZHANG, Guoqiang, B. Eddy PATUWO and Michael Y. HU (1998), Forecasting with Artificial Neural Networks: The State of the Art, International Journal of Forecasting, 14, 35-62. -- TERÄSVIRTA, Timo, Dick van DIJK and Marcelo C. MEDEIROS (2005), Smooth Transition Autoregressions, Neural Networks, and Linear Models in Forecasting Macroeconomic Time Series: A Re-examination, International Journal of Forecasting, 21, 755-774. -- STOCK, James H. and Mark W. WATSON (2002), Forecasting using Principal Components from a Large Number of Predictors, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 97, 1167-1179. -- FORNI, Mario, Marc HALLIN, Marco LIPPI and Lucrezia REICHLIN (2005), The Generalized Dynamic Factor Model: One-Sided Estimation and Forecasting, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 100, 830-839. -- EICKMEIER, Sandra and Christina ZIEGLER (2008), How Successful are Dynamic Factor Models at Forecasting Output and Inflation? A Meta-Analytic Approach, Journal of Forecasting, 27, 237-265. -- BAILLIE, Richard T. and Tim BOLLERSLEV (1992), Prediction in Dynamic Models with Time-Dependent Conditional Variances, Journal of Econometrics, 52, 91-113. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (1995), Forecasting in Cointegrated Systems, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 10, 127-146. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (1999), Forecasting Non-stationary Economic Time Series, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
    Abstract: CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (2002a), Modelling Methodology and Forecast Failure, Econometrics Journal, 5, 319-344. -- HENDRY, David F. and Grayham E. MIZON (2005), Forecasting in the Presence of Structural Breaks and Policy Regime Shifts, in Donald W.K. Andrews and James H. Stock (editors), Identification and Inference for Econometrics Models: Essays in Honor of Thomas Rotherburg, 480-502, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- HENDRY, David F. (2006), Robustifying Forecasts from Equilibrium-Correction Models, Journal of Econometrics, 135, 399-426. -- CASTLE, Jennifer L., Nicholas W.P. FAWCETT and David F. HENDRY (2010), Forecasting with Equilibrium-Correction Models during Structural Breaks, Journal of Econometrics, 158, 25-36. -- MOORE, Geoffrey H. (1969), Forecasting Short-Term Economic Change, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 64, 1-22. -- ZARNOWITZ, Victor (1979), An Analysis of Annual and Multiperiod Quarterly Forecasts of Aggregate Income, Output, and the Price Level, Journal of Business, 52, 1-33. -- STECKLER, Herman O. (1968), Forecasting with Econometric Models: An Evaluation, Econometrica, 36, 437-463. -- NELSON, Charles R. (1972), The Prediction Performance of the F.R.B.-M.I.T.-PENN model of the U.S. Economy, American Economic Review, 62, 902-917. -- THEIL, Henri (1958), Economic Forecasts and Policy, Amsterdam: North Holland. -- BATES, John M. and Clive W.J. GRANGER (1969), The Combination of Forecasts, Operational Research Quarterly, 20, 451-468. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. and Paul NEWBOLD (1973), Some Comments on the Evaluation of Economic Forecasts, Applied Economics, 5, 35-47. -- CLEMEN, Robert T. (1989), Combining Forecasts: A Review and Annotated Bibliography, International Journal of Forecasting, 5, 559-583. -- NEWBOLD, Paul and Clive W.J. GRANGER (1974), Experience with Forecasting Univariate Time Series and the Combination of Forecasts (with discussion), Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 137, 131-165. -- ELLIOTT, Graham and Allan TIMMERMANN (2005), Optimal Forecast Combination under Regime Switching, International Economic Review, 46, 1081-1102. -- CAPISTRÁN, Carlos and Allan TIMMERMANN (2009), Forecast Combination with Entry and Exit of Experts, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 27, 428-440. -- SMITH, Jeremy and Kenneth F. WALLIS (2009), A Simple Explanation of the Forecast Combination Puzzle, Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, 71, 331-355. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David I. HARVEY (2010), Forecast Encompassing Tests and Probability Forecasts, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 25, 1028-1062. -- HENDRY, David F. and Michael P. CLEMENTS (2004), Pooling of Forecasts, Econometrics Journal, 7, 1-31. -- PESARAN, M. Hashem and Allan TIMMERMANN (2005), Small Sample Properties of Forecasts from Autoregressive Models under Structural Breaks, Journal of Econometrics, 129, 183-217.
    Abstract: COOPER, Richard L. (1972), The Predictive Performance of Quarterly Econometric Models of the United States, in B.G. Hickman (editor), Econometric Models of Cyclical Behaviour, No. 36 in National Bureau of Economic Research Studies in Income and Wealth, 813-947, New York: Columbia University Press. -- HOWREY, E. Philip, Lawrence R. KLEIN and Michael D. McCARTHY (1974), Notes on Testing the Predictive Performance of Econometric Models, International Economic Review, 15, 366-383. -- FAIR, Ray C. (1974), An Evaluation of a Short-Run Forecasting Model, International Economic Review, 15, 285-304. -- FAIR, Ray C. (1979), An Analysis of the Accuracy of Four Macroeconometric Models, Journal of Political Economy, 87, 701-718. -- SARGENT, Thomas J. (1976), A Classical Macroeconometric Model for the United States, Journal of Political Economy, 84, 207-237. -- SIMS, Christopher A. (1980), Macroeconomics and Reality, Econometrica, 48, 1-48. -- McNEES, Stephen K. (1986), Forecasting Accuracy of Alternative Techniques: A Comparison of U.S. Macroeconomic Forecasts, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 4, 5-15. -- KOLB, R.A. and Herman O. STEKLER (1990), The Lead and Accuracy of Economic Forecasts, Journal of Macroeconomics, 12, 111-123. -- BATCHELOR, Roy A. and Pami DUA (1990), Forecaster Ideology, Forecasting Technique, and the Accuracy of Economic Forecasts, International Journal of Forecasting, 6, 3-10. -- McNEES, Stephen K. (1992), The Uses and Abuses of 'Consensus' Forecasts, Journal of Forecasting, 11, 70-84. -- LEITCH, Gordon and J. Ernest TANNER (1991), Economic Forecast Evaluation: Profits versus Conventional Error Measures, American Economic Review, 81, 580-590. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. (1969), Prediction with a Generalized Cost of Error Function, Operations Research Quarterly, 20, 199-207. -- DIEBOLD, Francis X. and Robert S. MARIANO (1995), Comparing Forecast Accuracy, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 13, 253-263. -- HARVEY, David I., Stephen J. LEYBOURNE and Paul NEWBOLD (1998), Tests for Forecast Encompassing, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 16, 254-259. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. (1996), Can We Improve the Perceived Quality of Economic Forecasts?, International Journal of Forecasting, 11, 455-473. -- WEST, Kenneth D. and Michael W. McCRACKEN (1998), Regression Tests for Predictive Ability, International Economic Review, 39, 817-840. -- CLARK, Todd E. and Michael W. McCRACKEN (2001), Test for Equal Forecast Accuracy and Encompassing for Nested Models, Journal of Econometrics 105, 85-110. -- CLARK, Todd E. and Kenneth D. WEST (2007), Approximately Normal Tests for Equal Predictive Accuracy in Nested Models, Journal of Econometrics, 138, 291-311. -- HANSEN, Peter R. (2005), A Test for Superior Predictive Ability, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 23, 365-380.
    Abstract: GIACOMINI, Raffaella and Halbert WHITE (2006), Tests of Conditional Predictive Ability, Econometrica, 74, 1545-1578. -- HANSEN, Peter R. and Asger LUNDE (2005), A Forecast Comparison of Volatility Models: Does Anything Beat a GARCH(1,1)?, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 20, 873-879. -- McCRACKEN, Michael W. and Stephen G. SAPP (2005), Evaluating the Predictive Ability of Exchange Rates using Long Horizon Regressions: Mind your p's and q's!, Journal of Money Credit and Banking, 37, 473-494. -- GIACOMINI, Raffaella and Barbara ROSSI (2009), Detecting and Predicting Forecast Breakdown, Review of Economic Studies, 76, 669-705. -- BURNS, Arthur F. and Wesley C. MITCHELL (1946), Measuring Business Cycles, New York: National Bureau of Economic Research. -- KOOPMANS, Tjalling C. (1947), Measurement without Theory, Review of Economic Statistics, 29, 161-172. -- HENDRY, David F. and Mary S. MORGAN (editors) (1995), The Foundations of Econometric Analysis, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- ALEXANDER, Sidney S. and Herman O. STEKLER (1959), Forecasting Industrial Production - Leading Series versus Autoregression, Journal of Political Economy, 67, 402-409. -- HYMANS, Saul H. (1973), On the Use of Leading Indicators to Predict Cyclical Turning Points, Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, 1973(2), 339-384. -- AUERBACH, Alan J. (1982), The Index of Leading Indicators: 'Measurement Without Theory' Thirty-Five Years Later, Review of Economics and Statistics, 64, 589-595. -- DIEBOLD, Francis X., and Glenn D. RUDEBUSCH (1991), Forecasting Output with the Composite Leading Index: An ex ante Analysis, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 86, 603-610. -- NIEMIRA, Michael P. and Philip A. KLEIN (1994), Forecasting Financial and Economic Cycles, New York: Wiley. -- EMERSON, Rebecca A., and David F. HENDRY (1996), An Evaluation of Forecasting Using Leading Indicators, Journal of Forecasting, 15, 271-291. -- CAMBA-MENDEZ, Gonzalo, George KAPETANIOS, Martin R. WEALE and Ron J. SMITH (2002), The Forecasting Performance of the OECD Composite Leading Indicators for France, Germany, Italy and the UK, in Michael P. Clements and David F. Hendry (editors), A Companion to Economic Forecasting, 386-408, Oxford: Blackwell. -- MARCELLINO, Massimiliano (2006), Leading Indicators, in Graham Elliott, Clive W.J. Granger and Allan Timmermann (editors), Handbook of Economic Forecasting, 879-960, Amsterdam: Elsevier. -- COWLES, Arthur, (1933), Can Stock Market Forecasters Forecast?, Econometrica, 1, 309-324. -- KENDALL, Maurice G. (1953), The Analysis of Economic Time Series - Part 1: Prices, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 96, 11-25. -- ROBERTS, Harry V. (1959), Stock-Market 'Patterns' and Financial Analysis: Methodological Suggestions, Journal of Finance, 14, 1-10. -- COOTNER, Paul A. (editor) (1964), The Random Character of Stock Market Prices, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
    Abstract: GRANGER, Clive W.J. and Oskar MORGENSTERN (1970), Predictability of Stock Market Prices, Lexington: Heath. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. (1972), Analysis of Stock Market Price Data, Bulletin of the Institute of Mathematics and Its Applications, 8, 229-232. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. (1993), Forecasting Stock Market Prices: Lessons for Forecasters, International Journal of Forecasting, 9, 3-18. -- BOLLERSLEV, Tim, Ray Y. CHOU and Kenneth F. KRONER (1992), ARCH Modelling in Finance: A Review of the Theory and Empirical Evidence, Journal of Econometrics, 52, 5-59. -- LAMOUREUX, Christopher G. and William D. LASTRAPES (1993), Forecasting Stock Return Variance: Toward an Understanding of Stochastic Implied Volatilities, Review of Financial Studies, 6, 293-326. -- NOH, Jaesun, Robert F. ENGLE, and Alex KANE (1994), Forecasting Volatility and Option Pricing of the S&P 500 Index, Journal of Derivatives, 2, 17-30. -- KRONER, Kenneth F., Kevin P. KNEAFSEY, and Stijn CLAESSENS (1995), Forecasting Volatility in Commodity Markets, Journal of Forecasting, 14, 77-95. -- WEST, Kenneth D. and Dongchul CHO (1995), The Predictive Ability of Several Models of Exchange Rate Volatility, Journal of Econometrics, 69, 367-391. -- SATCHELL, Steven, and Allan TIMMERMANN (1995), An Assessment of the Economic Value of Non-linear Foreign Exchange Rate Forecasts, Journal of Forecasting, 14, 477-497. -- ANDERSEN, Torben G. and Tim BOLLERSLEV (1998), Answering the Sceptics: Yes, Standard Volatility Models do Provide Accurate Forecasts, International Economic Review, 39, 885-905. -- HANSEN, Peter R. and Asger LUNDE (2005), A Forecast Comparison of Volatility Models: Does Anything Beat a GARCH(1,1)?, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 20, 873-889. -- ANDERSEN, Torben G., Tim BOLLERSLEV, Francis X. DIEBOLD and Paul LABYS (2003), Modelling and Forecasting Realized Volatility, Econometrica, 71, 579-625. -- DEO, Rohit, Clifford HURVICH and Yi LU (2006), Forecasting Realized Volatility using a Long-Memory Stochastic Volatility Model: Estimation, Prediction and Seasonal Adjustment, Journal of Econometrics, 131, 29-58. -- ANDERSEN, Torben G., Tim BOLLERSLEV and Francis X. DIEBOLD (2007), Roughing it Up: Including Jump Components in the Measurement, Modelling and Forecasting of Return Volatility, Review of Economics and Statistics, 89, 707-720. -- CORSI, Fulvio (2009), A Simple Long Memory Model of Realized Volatility, Journal of Financial Econometrics, 7, 174-196. -- LUCAS, Robert E. and Thomas J. SARGENT (editors) (1981), Rational Expectations and Econometric Practice, London: Allen and Unwin. -- RIPPE, Richard D. and Maurice WILKINSON (1974), Forecasting Accuracy of the McGraw-Hill Anticipatory Data, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 69, 849-858. -- CARLSON, John (1977), A Study of Price Forecasts, Annals of Economic and Social Measurement, 6, 27-56. -- ZARNOWITZ, Victor (1985), Rational Expectations and Macroeconomic Forecasts, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 3, 293-311.
    Abstract: DAVIES, Antony and Kajal LAHIRI (1995), A New Framework for Testing Rationality and Measuring Aggregate Shocks using Panel Data, Journal of Econometrics, 68, 205-227. -- BONHAM, Carl S. and Richard H. COHEN (2001), To Aggregate, Pool, or Neither: Testing the Rational Expectations Hypothesis using Survey Data, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 19, 278-291. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P., Fred JOUTZ and Herman O. STEKLER (2007), An Evaluation of the Forecasts of the Federal Reserve: A Pooled Approach, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 22, 121-136. -- BOERO, Gianna, Jeremy SMITH and Kenneth F. WALLIS (2008a), Evaluating a Three-Dimensional Panel of Point Forecasts: The Bank of England, International Journal of Forecasting, 24, 354-367. -- BOERO, Gianna, Jeremy SMITH and Kenneth F. WALLIS (2008b), Uncertainty and Disagreement in Economic Prediction: The Bank of England Survey of External Forecasters, Economic Journal, 118, 1107-1127. -- LAHIRI, Kajal and Xuguang SHENG (2010), Measuring Forecast Uncertainty by Disagreement: The Missing Link, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 25, 514-538. -- SMETS, Frank and Rafael WOUTERS (2004), Forecasting with a Bayesian DSGE Model: An Application to the Euro Area, Journal of Common Market Studies, 42, 841-867. -- ADOLFSON, Malin, Jesper LINDÉ and Mattias VILLANE (2007), Forecasting Performance of an Open Economy DSGE Model, Econometric Reviews, 26, 289-328. -- GHENT, Andra C. (2009), Comparing DSGE-VAR Forecasting Models: How big are the Differences?, Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control, 33, 864-882. -- CHRISTOFFERSEN, Peter (1998), Evaluating Interval Forecasts, International Economic Review, 39, 841-862. -- DIEBOLD, Francis X., Todd GUNTHER and Anthony S. TAY (1998), Evaluating Density Forecasts with Application to Financial Risk Management, International Economic Review, 39, 863-883. -- TAY, Anthony S. and Kenneth F. WALLIS (2000), Density Forecasting: A Survey, Journal of Forecasting, 19, 235-254. -- BERKOWITZ, Jeremy (2001), Testing Density Forecasts, with Applications to Risk Management, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 19, 465-474. -- CORRADI, Valentina and Norman R. SWANSON (2006), Predictive Density and Conditional Confidence Interval Accuracy Tests, Journal of Econometrics, 127, 187-228. -- AMISANO, Gianna and Raffaella GIACOMINI (2007), Comparing Density Forecasts via Weighted Likelihood Ratio Tests, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 25, 177-190. -- HALL, Stephen G. and James MITCHELL (2007), Combining Density Forecasts, International Journal of Forecasting, 23, 1-13. -- EVANS, Martin D.D. (2005), Where Are We Now? Real-Time Estimates of the Macroeconomy, International Journal of Central Banking, 1, 127-175. -- GIANNONE, Domenico, Lucrezia REICHLIN and David SMALL (2008), Nowcasting: The Real-Time Informational Content of Macroeconomic Data, Journal of Monetary Economics, 55, 665-676. -- GHYSELS, Eric, Arthur SINKO and Rossen VALKANOV (2006), MIDAS Regressions: Further Results and New Directions, Econometric Reviews, 26, 53-90.
    Abstract: ARMESTO, Michelle T., Kristie ENGEMANN and Michael OWYANG (2010), Forecasting with Mixed Frequencies, Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Review, 9216, 521-536. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and Ana B. Galvão (2008), Macroeconomic Forecasting with Mixed Frequency Data: Forecasting US Output Growth, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 26, 546-554. -- MARCELLINO, Massimiliano and Christian SCHUMACHER (2010), Factor-MIDAS for Now - and Forecasting with Ragged-Edge Data: A Model Comparison for German GDP, Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, 72, 518-550. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (editors) (2002b), A Companion to Economic Forecasting, Oxford: Blackwell. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (editors) (2011), The Oxford Handbook of Economic Forecasting, Oxford: Oxford University Press. -- CASTLE, Jennifer L. and Neil SHEPHARD (editors) (2009), The Methodology and Practice of Econometrics: A Festschrift in Honour of Professor David Hendry, Oxford: Oxford University Press. -- ELLIOTT, Graham, Clive W.J. GRANGER and Allan TIMMERMANN (editors) (2006), Handbook of Economic Forecasting, Volume 1, Amsterdam: Elsevier. -- ELLIOTT, Graham and Allan TIMMERMANN (editors) (2013), Handbook of Economic Forecasting, Volume 2, Amsterdam: Elsevier. -- Warren M. Persons (1924), 'Some Fundamental Concepts of Statistics', Journal of the American Statistical Association, XIX (145), March, 1-8 -- Paul A. Samuelson (1987), 'Paradise Lost and Refound: The Harvard ABC Barometers', Journal of Portfolio Management, 4, Spring, 4-9 -- Arthur W. Marget (1929), 'Morgenstern on the Methodology of Economic Forecasting', Journal of Political Economy, XXXVII (3), June, 312-39 -- R.L. Marris (1954), 'The Position of Economics and Economists in the Government Machine: A Comparative Critique of the United Kingdom and the Netherlands', Economic Journal, LXIV (256), December, 759-83 -- Daniel B. Suits (1962), 'Forecasting and Analysis with an Econometric Model', American Economic Review, LII (1), March, 104-32 -- Alec Cairncross (1969), 'Economic Forecasting', Economic Journal, LXXIX (316), December, 797-812 -- Stephen K. McNees (1982), 'The Role of Macroeconometric Models in Forecasting and Policy Analysis in the United States', Journal of Forecasting, 1 (1), 37-48 -- Sir Terence Bums (1986), 'The Interpretation and Use of Economic Predictions' and discussion, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, Series A, 407, 103-25 -- Kenneth F. Wallis (1991), 'Macroeconomic Forecasting: A Survey,' in Andrew J. Oswald (ed.), Surveys in Economics, Volume I, Chapter 2, Oxford: Basil Blackwell Ltd, 48-81 -- P.J. Coen, E.D. Gomme and M.G. Kendall (1969), 'Lagged Relationships in Economic Forecasting' and discussion, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 132 (1), 133-63 -- Jeremy Bray (1971), 'Dynamic Equations for Economic Forecasting with the G.D.P.-Unemployment Relation and the Growth of G.D.R in the United Kingdom as an Example' and discussion, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 134 (2), 167-227.
    Abstract: George E.P. Box and Paul Newbold (1971), 'Some Comments on a Paper of Coen, Gomme and Kendall', Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 134 (2), 229-40 -- P. Newbold and C.W.J. Granger (1974), 'Experience with Forecasting Univariate Time Series and the Combination of Forecasts' and discussion, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 137 (2), 131-64 -- Richard Meese and John Geweke (1984), 'A Comparison of Autoregressive Univariate Forecasting Procedures for Macroeconomic Time Series', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 2 (3), July, 191-200 -- A.C. Harvey and P.H.J. Todd (1983), 'Forecasting Economic Time Series With Structural and Box-Jenkins Models: A Case Study', comments by Craig F. Ansley, David F. Findley and Paul Newbold and 'Response' by A.C. Harvey and P.H.J. Todd, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 1 (4), October, 299-315 -- Robert B. Litterman (1986), 'Forecasting With Bayesian Vector Autoregressions - Five Years of Experience', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 4(1), January, 25-38 -- K. Rao Kadiyala and Sune Karlsson (1993), 'Forecasting with Generalized Bayesian Vector Autoregressions', Journal of Forecasting, 12, 365-78 -- Jin-Lung Lin and C.W.J. Granger (1994), 'Forecasting from Nonlinear Models in Practice', Journal of Forecasting, 13 (1), January, 1-9 -- Chris Chatfield (1997), 'Forecasting in the 1990s', The Statistician, 46 (4), 461-73 -- Richard T. Baillie and Tim Bollerslev (1992), 'Prediction in Dynamic Models with Time-dependent Conditional Variances', Journal of Econometrics, 52, 91-113 -- Michael P. Clements and David F. Hendry (1993), 'On the Limitations of Comparing Mean Square Forecast Errors', Journal of Forecasting, 12, 617-37 -- Michael P. Clements and David F. Hendry (1995), 'Forecasting in Cointegrated Systems', Journal of Applied Econometrics, 10, 127-46 -- David F. Hendry (1997), 'The Econometrics of Macroeconomic Forecasting', Economic Journal, 107 (444), September, 1330-57 -- Geoffrey H. Moore (1969), 'Forecasting Short-term Economic Change', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 64 (325), March, 1-22 -- Victor Zaraowitz (1979), 'An Analysis of Annual and Multiperiod Quarterly Forecasts of Aggregate Income, Output, and the Price Level', Journal of Business, 52 (1), 1-33 -- H.O. Stekler (1968), 'Forecasting with Econometric Models: An Evaluation', Econometrica, 36 (3-4), July-October, 437-63 -- Charles R. Nelson (1972), 'The Prediction Performance of the FRB-MIT-PENN Model of the U.S. Economy', American Economic Review, 62, December, 902-17 -- J.M. Bates and C.W.J. Granger (1969), 'The Combination of Forecasts', Operational Research Quarterly, 20 (4), 451-68 -- C.W.J. Granger and P. Newbold (1973), 'Some Comments on the Evaluation of Economic Forecasts', Applied Economics, 5 (1), March, 35-47 -- Robert T. Clemen (1989), 'Combining Forecasts: A Review and Annotated Bibliography', International Journal of Forecasting, 5 (4), 559-83.
    Abstract: E. Philip Howrey, Lawrence R. Klein and Michael D. McCarthy (1974), 'Notes on Testing the Predictive Performance of Econometric Models', International Economic Review, 15 (2), June, 366-83 -- Ray C. Fair (1974), 'An Evaluation of a Short-run Forecasting Model', International Economic Review, 15 (2), June, 285-303 -- Ray C. Fair (1979), 'An Analysis of the Accuracy of Four Macroeconometric Models', Journal of Political Economy, 87 (4), August, 701-18 -- Stephen K. McNees (1986), 'Forecasting Accuracy of Alternative Techniques: A Comparison of U.S. Macroeconomic Forecasts', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 4 (1), January, 5-15 -- R.A. Kolb and H.O. Stekler (1990), 'The Lead and Accuracy of Macroeconomic Forecasts', Journal of Macroeconomics, 12 (1), Winter, 111-23 -- Roy Batchelor and Pami Dua (1990), 'Forecaster Ideology, Forecasting Technique, and the Accuracy of Economic Forecasts', International Journal of Forecasting, 6 (1), 3-10 -- Stephen K. McNees (1992), 'The Uses and Abuses of "Consensus" Forecasts', Journal of Forecasting, 11, 703-10 -- Gordon Leitch and J. Ernest Tanner (1991), 'Economic Forecast Evaluation: Profits Versus the Conventional Error Measures', American Economic Review, 81 (3), June, 580-90 -- Francis X. Diebold and Roberto S. Mariano (1995), 'Comparing Predictive Accuracy', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 13 (3), July, 253-63 -- David I. Harvey, Stephen J. Leyboume and Paul Newbold (1998), 'Tests for Forecast Encompassing', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 16 (2), April, 254-9 -- Clive W.J. Granger (1996), 'Can We Improve the Perceived Quality of Economic Forecasts?', Journal of Applied Econometrics, 11, 455-73 -- S.S. Alexander and H.O. Stekler (1959), 'Forecasting Industrial Production - Leading Series Versus Autoregression', Journal of Political Economy, LXVII (4), August, 402-9 -- Saul H. Hymans (1973), 'On the Use of Leading Indicators to Predict Cyclical Turning Points' and 'Comments and Discussion', Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, 2, 339-84 -- Alan J. Auerbach (1982), 'The Index of Leading Indicators: "Measurement Without Theory", Thirty-five Years Later', Review of Economics and Statistics, LXIV (4), November, 589-95 -- Francis X. Diebold and Glenn D. Rudebusch (1991), 'Forecasting Output With the Composite Leading Index: A Real-time Analysis', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 86 (415), September, 603-10 -- Rebecca A. Emerson and David F. Hendry (1996), 'An Evaluation of Forecasting Using Leading Indicators', Journal of Forecasting 15 (4), July, 271-91 -- Alfred Cowles 3rd (1933), 'Can Stock Market Forecasters Forecast?', Econometrica, 1 (3), July, 309-24 -- Harry V. Roberts (1959), 'Stock-market "Patterns" and Financial Analysis: Methodological Suggestions', Journal of Finance, XIV (1), March, 1-10 -- C.W.J. Granger (1972), 'Analysis of Stock Market Price Data', Bulletin of the Institute of Mathematics and its Applications, 8, August, 229-32.
    Abstract: Clive W.J. Granger (1992), 'Forecasting Stock Market Prices: Lessons for Forecasters', International Journal of Forecasting, 8, 3-13 -- Christopher G. Lamoureux and William D. Lastrapes (1993), 'Forecasting Stock-return Variance: Toward an Understanding of Stochastic Implied Volatilities', Review of Financial Studies, 6 (2), 293-326 -- Jaesun Noh, Robert F. Engle and Alex Kane (1994), 'Forecasting Volatility and Option Prices of the S&P 500 Index', Journal of Derivatives, 2, Fall, 17-30 -- Kenneth F. Kroner, Kevin P. Kneafsey and Stijn Claessens (1995), 'Forecasting Volatility in Commodity Markets', Journal of Forecasting, 14 (2), March, 77-95 -- Kenneth D. West and Dongchul Cho (1995), 'The Predictive Ability of Several Models of Exchange Rate Volatility', Journal of Econometrics, 69, 367-91 -- Steve Satchell and Allan Timmermann (1995), 'An Assessment of the Economic Value of Non-linear Foreign Exchange Rate Forecasts', Journal of Forecasting, 14 (6), 477-97 -- Richard D. Rippe and Maurice Wilkinson (1974), 'Forecasting Accuracy of the McGraw-Hill Anticipatory Data', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 69 (348), December, 849-58 -- John A. Carlson (1977), 'A Study of Price Forecasts', Annals of Economic and Social Measurement, 6 (1), Winter, 27-56 -- Victor Zamowitz (1985), 'Rational Expectations and Macroeconomic Forecasts', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 3 (4), October, 293-311.
    Abstract: This authoritative and wide-ranging collection presents over fifty of the most important articles on forecasting - a technique that lies at the heart of economic policy and decision-making. This comprehensive two volume set presents the major papers in macroeconomic forecasting and policy making; time series forecasting; the econometrics of forecasting; forecast evaluation; forecasting with leading indicators; forecasting in finance and economic forecasting using surveys
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    ISBN: 9781785366642
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (816 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the history of economic analysis ; Volume 1: Great economists since Petty and Boisguilbert
    Keywords: Ökonomen ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Welt ; Economists Biography ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wirtschaftswissenschaftler ; Ideengeschichte
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. William Petty (1623-1687) -- Tony Aspromourgos -- 2. Pierre Le Pesant de Boisguilbert (1646-1714) -- Gilbert Faccarello -- 3. John Law (1671-1729) -- Antoin E. Murphy -- 4. Richard Cantillon (1680/90-1734) -- Antoin E. Murphy -- 5. Charles-Louis de Secondat de Montesquieu (1689-1755) -- Arnaud Orain -- 6. François Quesnay (1694-1774) and Physiocracy -- Arnaud Orain and Philippe Steiner -- 7. Daniel Bernoulli (1700-1782) -- Gilbert Faccarello -- 8. David Hume (1711-1776) -- Daniel Diatkine -- 9. James Steuart [James Denham-Steuart] (1712-1780) -- Anthony Brewer -- Antonio Genovesi (1713-1769): see Italian Enlightenment, Volume II -- 10. Adam Smith (1723-1790) -- Tony Aspromourgos -- Jean-Joseph-Louis Graslin (1727-1790): see French Enlightenment, Volume II -- 11. Anne-Robert-Jacques Turgot (1727-1781) -- Gilbert Faccarello -- Ferdinando Galiani (1728-1787): see French & Italian Enlightenment, Volume II -- Pietro Verri (1728-1797): see Italian Enlightenment, Volume II -- Cesare Bonesana Beccaria (1738-1794): see Italian Enlightenment, Volume II -- 12. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas Caritat de Condorcet (1743-1794) -- Gilbert Faccarello -- 13. Jeremy Bentham (1748-1832) -- Marco E. L. Guidi -- 14. Achille-Nicolas Isnard (1749-1803) -- Richard van den Berg -- 15. Henry Thornton (1760-1815) -- Jérôme de Boyer des Roches -- 16. Thomas Robert Malthus (1766-1834) -- Catherine Martin -- 17. Jean-Baptiste Say (1767-1832) -- Alain Béraud -- 18. David Ricardo (1772-1823) -- Heinz D. Kurz -- 19. Jean-Charles-Léonard Simonde de Sismondi (1773-1842) -- Francesca Dal Degan and Nicolas Eyguesier -- 20. Thomas Tooke (1774-1858) -- Neil Skaggs -- 21. Johann Heinrich von Thünen (1780-1850) -- Ludwig Nellinger -- 22. Robert Torrens (c.1780-1864) -- Christian Gehrke -- 23. Barthélémy-Charles Dunoyer de Segonzac -- Alain Béraud -- 24. Friedrich List (1789-1846) -- Stefan Kolev and Joachim Zweynert -- 25. Frédéric Bastiat (1801-1850) -- Alain Béraud -- 26. Antoine-Augustin Cournot (1801-1877) -- Alain Béraud -- 27. Jules Dupuit (1804-1866) -- Alain Béraud -- 28. John Stuart Mill (1806-1873) -- Arrigo Opocher -- 29. Pierre-Joseph Proudhon (1809-1865) -- Alain Béraud -- 30. Hermann Heinrich Gossen (1810-1858) -- Heinz D. Kurz -- 31. Bruno Hildebrand (1812-1878) -- Bertram Schefold -- 32. Wilhelm George Friedrich Roscher (1817-1894) -- Heinz D. Kurz -- 33. Karl Heinrich Marx (1818-1883) -- Gilbert Faccarello, Christian Gehrke and Heinz D. Kurz -- 34. Clément Juglar (1819-1905) -- Muriel Dal Pont-Legrande -- 35. Gustave de Molinari (1819-1912) -- Alain Béraud -- 36. Walter Bagehot (1826-1877) -- Jérôme de Boyer des Roches -- 37. Adolph Heinrich Gotthilf Wagner (1834-1917) -- Rudolf Dujmovits and Richard Sturn -- 38. Marie Esprit Léon Walras (1834-1910) -- Roberto Baranzini -- 39. William Stanley Jevons (1835-1882) -- John Creedy -- 40. Gustav Friedrich von Schmoller (1838-1917) -- Johannes Glaeser -- 41. Henry Sidgwick (1838-1900) -- Keith Tribe -- 42. Alfred Marshall (1842-1924) -- Tiziano Raffaelli -- 43. Carl Menger (1840-1921) -- Gilles Campagnolo -- 44. Philip Henry Wicksteed (1844-1927) -- John Creedy -- 45. Francis Ysidro Edgeworth (1845-1926) -- John Creedy -- 46. John Bates Clark (1847-1938) -- Marlies Hanna Schütz -- 47. Vilfedo Pareto (1848-1923) -- Michael McLure -- 48. Eugen von Böhm-Bawerk (1851-1914) -- Carl Christian von Weizsäcker -- 49. Knut Wicksell (1851-1926) -- Hans-Michael Trautwein -- 50. Friedrich von Wieser (1851-1926) -- Richard Sturn -- 51. Maffeo Pantaleoni (1857-1924) -- Marco Dardi -- 52. Thorstein Bunde Veblen (1857-1929) -- Alfonso Giuliani -- 53. Antonio De Viti de Marco (1858-1943) -- Amedeo Fossati -- 54. John Atkinson Hobson (1858-1940) -- Michael Schneider -- 55. Georg Simmel (1858-1918) -- Dieter Bögenhold -- 56. Enrico Barone (1859-1924) -- Marco Dardi -- 57. Max Weber (1864-1920) -- Keith Tribe -- 58. Mikhail Ivanovich Tugan-Baranovsky (1865-1919) -- Vladimir Avtonomov and Natalia Makasheva -- 59. Gustav Cassel (1866-1945) -- Hans-Michael Trautwein -- 60. Irving Fisher (1867-1947) -- Harald Hagemann -- 61. Ladislaus von Bortkiewicz (1868-1931) -- Christian Gehrke and Heinz D. Kurz -- 62. Vladimir Karpovich Dmitriev (1868-1913) -- Christian Gehrke -- 63. Louis Bachelier (1870-1946) -- Alain Béraud -- 64. Arthur Spiethoff (1873-1957) -- David Haas -- 65. Albert Aftalion (1874-1956) -- Muriel Dal Pont-Legrand -- 66. Wesley Clair Mitchell (1874-1948) -- Malcolm Rutherford -- 67. Edwin Walter Kemmerer (1875-1945) -- Rebeca Gómez Betancourt -- 68. Arthur Cecil Pigou (1877-1959) -- Hansjörg Klausinger -- 69. Ralph George Hawtrey (1879-1975) -- Jérôme de Boyer des Roches -- 70. Evgeni Evgenievich Slutsky (1880-1948) -- Irina Eliseeva -- 71. Ludwig Heinrich von Mises (1881-1973) -- Richard Sturn -- 72. John Maynard Keynes (1883-1946) -- Victoria Chick and Jesper Jespersen -- 73. Joseph Alois Schumpeter (1883-1950) -- Richard Sturn -- 74. Frank H. Knight (1885-1972) -- Ross B. Emmett -- 75. Karl Polanyi (1886-1964) -- Peter Kalmbach -- 76. Walter Eucken (1891-1950) -- Hauke Janssen -- 77. Erik Lindahl (1891-1960) -- Christian Gehrke -- 78. Adolph Lowe (1893-1995) -- Harald Hagemann -- 79. Ragnar Anton Kittil Frisch (1895-1973) -- Olav Bjerkholt -- 80. Jacob Marschak (1898-1977) -- Harald Hagemann -- 81. Gunnar Myrdal (1898-1987) -- Hans-Michael Trautwein -- 82. Lionel Charles Robbins (1898-1984) -- Andreas Rainer -- 83. Piero Sraffa (1898-1983) -- Heinz D. Kurz and Neri Salvadori -- 84. Edward H. Chamberlin (1899-1967) -- Rodolfo Signorino -- 85. Friedrich August von Hayek (1899-1992) -- Peter Boettke -- 86. Michał Kalecki (1899-1970) -- Michaël Assous -- 87. Roy Forbes Harrod (1900-1978) -- Michaël Assous -- 88. Abba Ptachya Lerner (1903-1982) -- Volker Caspari -- 89. John von Neumann (1903-1957) -- Manfred J. Holler -- 90. Frank Plumpton Ramsey (1903-1930) -- K. Vela Velupillai and Ragupathy Venkatachalam -- 91. Joan Violet Robinson (1903-1983) -- Harvey Gram -- 92. George Lennox Sharman Shackle (1903-1992) -- Brian J. Loasby -- 93. Jan Tinbergen (1903-1994) -- Mark Knell -- 94. John Richard Hicks (1904-1989) -- Harald Hagemann -- 95. Oskar Ryszard Lange (1904-1965) -- Michaël Assous -- 96. Richard Ferdinand Kahn (1905-1989) -- Geoffrey C. Harcourt -- 97. Wassily W. Leontief (1905-1999) -- Olav Bjerkholt -- 98. Heinrich von Stackelberg (1905-1946) -- Ulrich Schwalbe -- 99. James Edward Meade (1907-1995) -- Volker Caspari -- 100. Nicholas Kaldor (1908-1986) -- John E. King -- 101. Ronald Harry Coase (1910-2013) -- Élodie Bertrand -- 102. Richard Abel Musgrave (1910-2007) -- Richard Sturn -- 103. Tibor Scitovsky (1910-2002) -- Viviana Di Giovinazzo -- 104. Maurice Allais (1911-2010) -- Alain Béraud -- 105. Milton Friedman (1912-2006) -- Christian Philipp Schröder and Peter Spahn -- 106. Abram Bergson [Abram Burk] (1914-2003) -- Antoinette Baujard -- 107. Paul Anthony Samuelson (1915-2009) -- Carl Christian von Weizsäcker -- 108. Herbert Alexander Simon (1916-2001) -- K. Vela Velupillai and Ying-Fang Kao -- 109. James Tobin (1918-2002) -- Robert W. Dimand -- 110. James M. Buchanan (1919-2013) -- Viktor Vanberg -- 111. Hyman Philip Minsky (1919-1996) -- L. Randall Wray -- 112. Kenneth Joseph Arrow (1921) -- Maurice Salles -- 113. Gérard Debreu (1921-2004) -- Alan Kirman -- 114. Don Patinkin (1922-1995) -- Goulven Rubin -- 115. Michio Morishima (1923-2004) -- Toichiro Asada -- 116. Robert Merton Solow (1924) -- Peter Kalmbach -- 117. John Forbes Nash (1928-2015) -- Robert W. Diamand and Khalid Yahia -- 118. Robert Alexander Mundell (1932) -- Oliver Sauter and Peter Spahn -- 119. Takashi Negishi (1933) -- Toichiro Asada -- 120. Amartya Kumar Sen (1933) -- Wulf Gaertner -- 121. Robert E. Lucas (1937) -- Arash Molavi Vasséi snd Peter Spahn -- 122. George Akerlof (1940) -- Olivier Favereau -- 123. Joseph Eugene Stiglitz (1943) -- Max Gödl -- 124. Paul Robin Krugman (1953) -- Max Gödl.
    Abstract: This unique troika of Handbooks provides indispensable coverage of the history of economic analysis. Edited by two of the foremost academics in the field, the volumes gather together insightful and original contributions from scholars across the world. The encyclopaedic breadth and scope of the original entries will make these Handbooks an invaluable source of knowledge for all serious students and scholars of the history of economic thought. Volume I contains original biographical profiles of many of the most important and influential economists from the seventeenth century to the present day. These inform the reader about their lives, works and impact on the further development of the discipline. The emphasis is on their lasting contributions to our understanding of the complex system known as the economy. The entries also shed light on the means and ways in which the functioning of this system can be improved and its dysfunction reduced
    Note: Contributors include: T. Asada, T. Aspromourgos, M. Assous, V. Avtonomov, R. Baranzini, A. Baujard, A. Béraud, É. Bertrand, O. Bjerkholt, P. Boettke, D. Bögenhold, A. Brewer, G. Campagnolo, V. Caspari, V. Chick J. Creedy, F. Dal Degan, M. Dal Pont-Legrande, M. Dardi, J. de Boyer des Roches, D. Diatkine, V. Di Giovinazzo, R.W. Dimand, R. Dujmovits, I. Eliseeva, R.B. Emmett, N. Eyguesier, G. Faccarello, O. Favereau, A. Fossati, W. Gaertner, C. Gehrke, A. Giuliani, J. Glaeser, M. Gödl, R. Gómez Betancourt, H. Gram, M.E.L. Guidi, D. Haas, H. Hagemann, G.C. Harcourt, M.J. Holler, H. Janssen, J. Jespersen, J. Joachim Zweynert, P. Kalmbach, Y.-F. Kao, J.E. King, A. Kirman, H. Klausinger, M. Knell, S. Kolev, H.D. Kurz, B.J. Loasby, N. Makasheva, C. Martin, M. McLure, A. Molavi Vasséi, A.E. Murphy, L. Nellinger, S. Oliver, A. Opocher, A. Orain, T. Raffaelli, A. Rainer, G. Rubin, M. Rutherford, M. Salles, N. Salvadori,B. Schefold, M. Schneider, C.P. Schröder, M.H. Schütz, U. Schwalbe, R. Signorino, N. Skaggs, P. Spahn, P. Steiner, R. Sturn, H.-M. Trautwein, K. Tribe, R. Van den Berg, V. Vanberg, K. Velupillai, R. Venkatachalam, C.C. von Weizsäcker, L.R. Wray, K. Yahia , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783470464
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (424 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of employment relations in sport
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Profisport ; Arbeitsbeziehungen ; Sportökonomik ; Professional sports Law and legislation ; Labor laws and legislation ; Electronic books ; Berufssport ; Sportwirtschaft ; Management ; Arbeitsbeziehungen ; Arbeitsrecht
    Abstract: 1. Sidelined: employment relations in professional sports / Michael Barry, James Skinner and Terry Engelberg -- Part I the regulation of professional sports -- 2. The regulation of professional football at the European Union level. Towards supranational employment relations in the football industry? / Berndt Keller -- 3. Performance expectations, contracts and job security / Peter Von Allmen and John Solow -- 4. Making sense of labour regulation in Major League Baseball: some insights from regulatory theory / Matt Nichol -- 5. Regulating player agents / Lisa Masteralexis -- Part II the employment relations of professional sports -- 6. The evolution of collective bargaining in sports / James B. Dworkin -- 7. Arbitration, negotiation and contracts in sport / Jack Anderson -- 8. Industrial action in professional sport: strikes and lockouts / Craig Depken III -- 9. Power games: understanding the true nature of season ending labour disputes in Major League Baseball and the National Hockey League / Peter Bouris and Rafael Gomez -- Part III the management of professional sports and sporting careers -- 10. The game of (your) life: professional sports careers / Christine Coupland -- 11. If you want to play sport professionally, which sport should you choose? / Greg Maynes, Heather Mitchell, Peter Schuwalow and Mark Stewart -- 12. Discrimination issues and related law / Klaus Vieweg and James A.R. Nafziger -- 13. Hiding in plain sight: sexual harassment in sport / Terry Engelberg and Stephen Moston -- 14. The evolution of anti-doping policy: workplace implications for athletes / James Skinner, Terry Engelberg and Stephen Moston -- Part IV the economics of professional sports -- 15. Player trades, free agents and transfer polices in professional sport / Simon Gardiner and Roger Welch -- 16. Similarities and differences between competitive balance and uncertainty of outcome: a simple comparison of recent history in the NBA and NFL / Rodney Paul and Andrew Weinbach -- 17. Playing quotas / Simon Gardiner and Roger Welch.
    Abstract: Employment relations, much discussed in other industries, has often been neglected in professional sports despite its unique characteristics. The book aims to explore in detail the unique nature of the employment relationship in professional sports and the sport industry. In four parts the book examines, firstly the regulation of sporting competition both within and across sporting codes; secondly a range of employment law issues such as how contracting and negotiation are handled, how disputes are resolved, and the role of sporting representatives such as player associations. The third section discusses the economic issues related to employment such as transfers, drafts and efforts to achieve "competitive balance". The final section of the book explores contemporary issues in sports management and governance, including anti-discrimination and anti-doping policy. Through this analysis the book identifies the complex and unique issues surrounding employment relations within professional sports and the sport industry
    Note: Contributors include: J. Anderson, M. Barry, P. Bouris, C. Coupland, C. Depken III, J.B. Dworkin, T. Engelberg, S. Gardiner, R. Gomez, B. Keller, L. Masteralexis, G. Maynes, H. Mitchell, S. Moston, J.A.R. Nafziger, M. Nichol, R. Paul, P. Schuwalow, J. Skinner, J. Solow, M. Stewart, K. Vieweg, P. Von Allmen, A. Weinbach, R. Welch , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717025
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for management and organization studies
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Operations Research ; Management ; Organisationsforschung ; Wissenschaftstheorie ; Management Methodology ; Management ; Management Research ; Organization ; Organization Research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Management
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. History of management - what is the future for research on the past? / Marie Laure Djelic -- 2. In search of what accounting is not: speculations on the future of valuing, transparency and a new aesth-etics for governing capitalism and democracy / Paolo Quattrone -- 3. From marketing to "market-things" and "market-iting": accounting for technicized and digitalized consumption / Franck Cochoy, Jan Smolinski and Jean-Sébastien Vayre -- 4. Stepping on the toes of giants, or how to review the future of strategy research / Martin Kornberger -- 5. Humanistic management / Monika Kostera -- 6. Well trodden paths and roads less traveled: research directions for gender in management and organization / Yvonne Benschop -- 7. Making humans and nonhumans talk in diversity research / Andreas Diedrich -- 8. Organizational communication: a wish list for the next fifteen years / François Cooren -- 9. Digital work: a research agenda / Wanda J. Orlikowski and Susan V. Scott -- 10. Global and comparative studies of organization and management: moving from "sameness or difference" to "glocalization and orientation" / Gili S. Drori -- 11. Waste management: the other of production, distribution, and consumption / Hervé Corvellec -- 12. Art, aesthetics and organization / Timon Beyes -- 13. Popular culture and management / Carl Rhodes -- 14. Invisible organizations - a research agenda / Christopher Grey and Jana Costas -- 15. Towards an alternative business school: a school of organizing / Martin Parker.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Managing and organizing are now central phenomena in contemporary societies. It is essential that they are studied from a variety of perspectives, and with equal attention paid to their past, their present and their future. This book collects opinions of trailblazing scholars concerning the most important research topics, essential for study in the next 15-20 years. The opinions concern both traditional functions, such as accounting and marketing, personnel management and strategy, technology and communication, but also new challenges, such as diversity, equality, waste and cultural encounters. The collection is intended to be inspirational for young scholars and an invitation to a dialogue with practitioners. The book's contributions are written by well-established scholars. Each is a leader in their field and will remain important figures for the next 20 years and beyond. Each chapter starts with a short summary of the present situation but focuses on the future of the discipline. The contributors cover practically all subfields of what is called business administration, or management and organization studies, containing topics that are new, such as invisible organizations or encounters between art, popular culture and organizing. Outlining the future and the state of the art, this comprehensive and innovative book is an essential resource for students and academics seeking to be at the forefront of future research in management and organization studies
    Note: Contributors include: Y. Benschop, T. Beyes, F. Cochoy, F. Cooren, H. Corvellec, J. Costas, A. Diedrich, M.-L. Djelic, G.S. Drori, C. Grey, M. Kornberger, M. Kostera, W.J. Orlikowski, M. Parker, P. Quattrone, C. Rhodes, S.V. Scott, J. Smolinski, J.-S. Vayre , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364020
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (296 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New perspectives on the modern corporation
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Styhre, Alexander, 1971 - Corporate governance, the firm and investor capitalism
    DDC: 658.4
    Keywords: Corporate Governance ; Prinzipal-Agent-Theorie ; Corporate governance ; Electronic books ; Corporate Governance ; Agency-Theorie
    Abstract: Prologue: the Great Recession Durcharbeitung -- Introduction: the nature of the firm and its governance -- Part I: instituting the firm -- 1. Corporate law and the legal environment of the firm -- 2. Managerialism, the problem of principal-agent relations, and free market advocacy -- Part II: rethinking the firm -- 3. The agency theory model of the firm and its implications -- 4. Investor capitalism and the nexus of contract view of the firm: assessing the consequences -- Postscript: neoclassical economic theory and ideology.
    Abstract: The shift from managerial capitalism to investor capitalism, dominated by the finance industry and finance capital accumulation, is jointly caused by a variety of institutional, legal, political, and ideological changes, beginning with the 1970s' downturn of the global economy. This book traces how the incorporation of businesses within the realm of the state leads to both certain benefits, characteristic of competitive capitalism, and to the emergence of new corporate governance problems. Contrasting economic, legal, and managerial views of corporate governance practices in contemporary capitalism, the author examines how corporate governance has been understood and advocated differently during the New Deal era, the post-World War II economic boom, and after 1980 in the era of free market advocacy. Covering the theory of the firm from the New Deal era until the post-2008 financial crisis, the book connects contemporary theories with their original legal roots, demonstrating inconsistencies in contemporary understanding. It also points at the differences between legal theory and neoclassical economic theory regarding the theory of the firm. The book examines how the entrenchment of shareholder welfare governance turns a blind eye to legal theory and corporate law, leading to theoretical inconsistencies and practical concerns, and criticises the agency theory argument in favour of unrestricted shareholder welfare governance. A comprehensive review of the literature on corporate governance, both in legal theory and in economics and management studies, is included. This enlightening and informative book is essential reading for corporate governance scholars, management studies researchers, legal theorists, and business historians
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717322
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (768 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of standards
    Keywords: Standardisierung ; Standardization Economic aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): George V. Thompson (1954), 'Intercompany, Technical Standardization in the Early American Automobile Industry', Journal of Economic History, 14 (1), Winter, 1-20 -- Charles P. Kindleberger (1983), 'Standards as Public, Collective and Private Goods', Kyklos, 36 (3), 377-96 -- Joseph Farrell and Garth Saloner (1985), 'Standardization, Compatibility and Innovation,' Rand Journal of Economics, 16 (1), Spring, 70-83 -- Paul A. David and Shane Greenstein (1990), 'The Economics of Compatibility Standards: An Introduction to Recent Research', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 1 (1), 3-41 -- Stanley M. Besen and Joseph Farrell (1994), 'Choosing How to Compete: Strategies and Tactics in Standardization', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 8 (2), Spring, 117-31 -- Mark A. Lemley (2002), 'Intellectual Property Rights and Standard-Setting Organizations,' California Law Review, 90 (6), December, 1889-980 -- Victor Stango (2004), 'The Economics of Standards Wars', Review of Network Economics, 3 (1), March, 1-19 -- Albert N. Link (1983), 'Market Structure and Voluntary Product Standards', Applied Economics, 15 (3), 393-401 -- Donald J. Lecraw (1984), 'Some Economic Effects of Standards', Applied Economics, 16 (4), 507-22 -- Shane Greenstein (1990), 'Creating Economic Advantage By Setting Compatibility Standards: Can ''Physical Tie-Ins" Extend Monopoly Power?' Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 1 (1-2), 63-83 -- Harald Gruber (2000), 'The Evolution of Market Structure in Semiconductors: The Role of Product Standards', Research Policy, 29 (6), 725-40 -- Joseph Farrell and Timothy Simcoe (2012), 'Choosing the Rules for Consensus Standardization', Rand Journal of Economics, 43 (2), Summer, 235-52 -- Albert N. Link and Gregory Tassey (1988), 'Standards and the Diffusion of Advanced Technologies', Evaluation and Program Planning, 11 (1), 97-102 -- Paul A. David and W. Edward Steinmueller (1990), 'The ISDN Bandwagon Is Coming, but Who Will Be There to Climb Aboard?: Quandaries in The Economics of Data Communication Networks', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 1 (1-2), 43-62 -- Jeffrey L. Funk and David T. Methe (2001), 'Market- and Committee-Based Mechanisms in the Creation and Diffusion of Global Industry Standards: The Case of Mobile Communication', Research Policy, 30 (4), 589-610 -- Jeffrey L. Funk (2003), 'Standards, Dominant Designs and Preferential Acquisition of Complementary Assets through Slight Information Advantages', Research Policy, 32 (8), 1325-41 -- Anat Hovav, Martin Hemmert and Yoo Jung Kim (2011), 'Determinants of Internet Standards Adoption: The Case of South Korea', Research Policy, 40 (2), 253-62 -- Raymond S. Hartman and David J. Teece (1990), 'Product Emulation Strategies in the Presence of Reputation Effects and Network Externalities: Some Evidence from the Minicomputer Industry', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 1 (1-2), 157-82 -- Garth Saloner (1990), 'Economic Issues in Computer Interface Standardization', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 1 (1-2), 135-56 --
    Abstract: Tom Cottrell (1994) 'Fragmented Standards and the Development of Japan's Microcomputer Software Industry', Research Policy, 23 (2), 143-74 -- Timothy F. Bresnahan and Shane Greenstein (1999), 'Technological Competition and the Structure of the Computer Industry', Journal of Industrial Economics, 47 (1), March, 1-40 -- Wallace E. Oates, Paul R. Portney and Albert M. McGartland (1989), 'The Net Benefits of Incentive-Based Regulation: A Case Study of Environmental Standard Setting', American Economic Review, 79 (5), December, 1233-42 -- Timothy F. Bresnahan and Amit Chopra (1990), 'The Development of the Local Area Network Market as Determined by User Needs', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 1 (1-2), 97-110 -- Steven C. Salop (1990), 'Deregulating Self-Regulated Shared ATM Networks', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 1 (1-2), 85-96 -- Bruce S. Tether, Christiane Hipp and Ian Miles (2001), 'Standardisation and Particularisation in Services: Evidence from Germany', Research Policy, 30 (7), August, 1115-38 -- Thomas A. Hemphill (2009), 'Technology Standards-Setting in the US Wireless Telecommunications Industry: A Study of Three Generations of Digital Standards Development', Telematics and Informatics, 26 (1), February, 103-24 -- Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2012), 'On the Social Value of Quality: An Economic Evaluation of the Baldrige Performance Excellence Program', Science and Public Policy, 39 (5), 680-89 -- Timothy Simcoe (2012), 'Standard Setting Committees: Consensus Governance for Shared Technology Platforms', American Economic Review, 102 (1), February, 305-36 -- Gregory Tassey (1982), 'The Role of Government in Supporting Measurement Standards for High-Technology Industries', Research Policy, 11 (5), 311-20 -- Antonio J. Bailetti and John R. Callahan (1995), 'Managing Consistency between Product Development and Public Standards Evolution', Research Policy, 24 (6), 913-31 -- Bert Coursey and Albert N. Link (1998), 'Evaluating Technology-Based Public Institutions: The Case of Radiopharmaceutical Standards Research at the National Institute of Standards and Technology', Evaluation Review, 7 (3), December, 147-57 -- Danièle Bénézech, Gilles Lambert, Blandine Lanoux, Christophe Lerch and Jocelyne Loos-Baroin (2001), 'Completion of Knowledge Codification: An Illustration through the ISO 9000 Standards Implementation Process', Research Policy, 30 (9), 1395-407 -- Gregory Tassey (2005), 'Underinvestment in Public Good Technologies', Journal of Technology Transfer, 30 (1-2) 89-113 -- Michael P. Gallaher and Brent R. Rowe (2006), 'The Costs and Benefits of Transferring Technology Infrastructures Underlying Complex Standards: The Case of IPv6', Journal of Technology Transfer, 31 (5), 519-44.
    Abstract: The economics of standards explores papers by eminent scholars that study the role of standards in the competitive process, the diffusion of standards throughout the industry and the role of the public sector in support of standards development
    Note: Includes index , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784716295
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (976 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Competition and regulation in electricity markets
    DDC: 333.7/932
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wettbewerb ; Regulierung ; Energiemarkt ; Electric power Prices ; Law and legislation ; Energy policy ; Electronic books ; Regulierung ; Elektrizitätsmarkt ; Internationales Recht
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): F.P. Ramsey (1927), 'A Contribution to the Theory of Taxation', Economic Journal, 37 (145), March, 47-61 -- Harold Hotelling (1938), 'The General Welfare in Relation to Problems of Taxation and of Railway and Utility Rates', Econometrica, 6 (3), July, 242-69 -- R.H. Montgomery (1939), 'Government Ownership and Operation of the Electric Industry', Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 201, January, 43-9 -- James C. Bonbright (1941), 'Major Controversies as to the Criteria of Reasonable Public Utility Rates', American Economic Review, 30 (5), February, 379-89 -- Nancy Ruggles (1949-1950), 'Recent Developments in the Theory of Marginal Costs Pricing', Review of Economic Studies, 17 (2), 107-26 -- M. Boiteux (1960), 'Peak-Load Pricing', Journal of Business, 33 (2), April, 157-79 -- Harvey Averch and Leland L. Johnson (1962), 'Behavior of the Firm Under Regulatory Constraint', American Economic Review, 52 (5), December, 1052-69 -- George G. Stigler and Claire Friedland (1962), 'What Can Regulators Regulate? The Case of Electricity', Journal of Law and Economics, 5, October, 1-16 -- George J. Stigler (1971), 'The Theory of Economic Regulation', Bell Journal of Economics and Management Science, 2 (1), Spring, 3-21 -- Sam Peltzman (1976), 'Toward a More General Theory of Regulation', Journal of Law and Economics, 19 (2), August, 211-40 -- Harold Demsetz (1968), 'Why Regulate Utilities?', Journal of Law and Economics, 11 (1), April, 55-65 -- Leonard W. Weiss (1975), 'Antitrust in the Electric Power Industry', in Almarin Phillips (ed.), Promoting Competition in Regulated Markets, Chapter 5, Washington, DC: Brookings Institution Press, 135-73 -- Andrei Shleifer (1985), 'A Theory of Yardstick Competition', RAND Journal of Economics, 16 (3), Autumn, 319-27 -- Richard A. Posner (1971), 'Taxation by Regulation', Bell Journal of Economics and Management Science, 2 (1), Spring, 22-50 -- William Stanley Jevons (1885), 'The Coal Question in England', Science, 5 (108), February, 175-6 -- William J. Baumol (1982), 'Productivity Incentive Clauses and Rate Adjustment for Inflation', Public Utilities Fortnightly, 110, July, 11-18 -- Richard Schmalensee (1989), 'Good Regulatory Regimes', RAND Journal of Economics, 20 (3), Autumn, 417-36 -- David E.M. Sappington and Dennis L. Weisman (1994), 'Designing Superior Incentive Regulation: Modifying Plans to Preclude Recontracting and Promote Performance', Public Utilities Fortnightly, 132 (5), March, 27-32 -- Paul L. Joskow (2013), 'Incentive Regulation in Theory and Practice: Electricity Distribution and Transmission Networks', in Nancy L. Rose (ed.), Economic Regulation and Its Reform: What Have We Learned?, Chapter 5, Chicago, IL and London, UK: University of Chicago Press, 291-344.
    Abstract: Paul L. Joskow (1997), 'Restructuring, Competition and Regulatory Reform in the U.S. Electricity Sector', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 11 (3), Summer, 119-38 -- Peter Cramton and Steven Stoft (2005), 'A Capacity Market that Makes Sense', Electricity Journal, 18 (7), August/September, 43-54 -- Eric S. Schubert, David Hurlbut, Parviz Adib and Shmuel Oren (2006), 'The Texas Energy-Only Resource Adequacy Mechanism', Electricity Journal, 19 (10), December, 39-49 -- Richard Green and Nicholas Vasilakos (2010), 'Market Behaviour with Large Amounts of Intermittent Generation', Energy Policy, 38 (7), July, 3211-20 -- David M. Newbery (1995), 'Power Markets and Market Power', Energy Journal, 16 (3), 39-66 -- Severin Borenstein, James B. Bushnell and Frank A. Wolak (2002), 'Measuring Market Inefficiencies in California's Restructured Wholesale Electricity Market', American Economic Review, 92 (5), December, 1376-405 -- Richard Green (1999), 'The Electricity Contract Market in England and Wales', Journal of Industrial Economics, XLVII (1), March, 107-24 -- Paul L. Joskow and Edward Kahn (2002), 'A Quantitative Analysis of Pricing Behavior in California's Wholesale Electricity Market During Summer 2000', Energy Journal, 23 (4), 1-35 -- Severin Borenstein (2002), 'The Trouble with Electricity Markets: Understanding California's Restructuring Disaster', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 16 (1), Winter, 191-211 -- Andrew Sweeting (2007), 'Market Power in the England and Wales Wholesale Electricity Market 1995-2000', Economic Journal, 117 (520), April, 654-85 -- Richard Gilbert and David Newbery (2010), 'Electricity Merger Policy in the US and EU Electricity Generation', in François Lévêque and Howard Shelanski, Antitrust and Regulation in the EU and US: Legal and Economic Perspectives, Chapter 6, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd, 160-81 -- Roger E. Bohn, Michael C. Caramanis and Fred C. Schweppe (1984), 'Optimal Pricing in Electrical Networks over Space and Time', RAND Journal of Economics, 15 (3), Autumn, 360-76 -- William W. Hogan (1992), 'Contract Networks for Electric Power Transmission', Journal of Regulatory Economics, 4 (3), September, 211-42 -- Hung-Po Chao and Stephen Peck (1995), 'A Market Mechanism for Electric Power Transmission', Journal of Regulatory Economics, 10 (1), July, 25-59 -- Paul Joskow and Jean Tirole (2005), 'Merchant Transmission Investment', Journal of Industrial Economics, LIII (2), June, 233-64 -- Stephen C. Littlechild and Carlos J. Skerk (2008), 'Transmission Expansion in Argentina 4: A Review of Performance', Energy Economics, 30 (4), July, 1462-90 -- Chris M. Wilson and Catherine Waddams Price (2010), 'Do Consumers Switch to the Best Supplier?', Oxford Economic Papers, 62 (4), October, 647-68 -- Stephen Littlechild (2008), 'Municipal Aggregation and Retail Competition in the Ohio Energy Sector', Journal of Regulatory Economics, 34 (2), October, 164-94 -- Paul L. Joskow (2008), 'Lessons Learned from Electricity Market Liberalization', Energy Journal, 29 (2), 9-42.
    Abstract: Christopher Hood (2010), 'Can We? Administrative Limits Revisited', Public Administration Review, 70 (4), July/August, 527-34 -- Michael G. Pollitt (2012), 'Lessons from the History of Independent System Operators in the Energy Sector', Energy Policy, 47, August, 32-48 -- L. Lynne Kiesling (2009), 'Organization Form and the Wires', in Deregulation, Innovation and Market Liberalization: Electricity Regulation in a Continually Evolving Environment, Chapter 5, London, UK and New York, NY: Routledge, 88-103, notes, references -- Ahmad Faruqui and Sanem Sergici (2010), 'Household Response to Dynamic Pricing of Electricity: A Survey of 15 Experiments', Journal of Regulatory Economics, 38 (2), October, 193-225.
    Abstract: This timely research review explores the main issues surrounding competition and regulation in electricity markets. The industry is experiencing irresistible forces for change driven by energy policy objectives; a reassessment of market regulation in the face of high energy prices and the response to consumer pressure to agree on what constitutes a fair price for energy. This research review identifies the key articles that underpin the debate across the industries supply chain (generation, supply and networks) and from a regulatory perspective (including market power and incentive regulation) followed by a consideration of the overall impact of liberalisation and future developments
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781784718640
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (968 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 319
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Economic behaviour and taxation
    RVK:
    Keywords: Steuertheorie ; Steuerpolitik ; Optimale Besteuerung ; Steuerreform ; Strategisches Management ; Economics Psychological aspects ; Taxation ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftslenkung ; Steuerrecht
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Richard Blundell, Alan Duncan and Costas Meghir (1998), 'Estimating Labor Supply Responses using Tax Reforms', Econometrica, 66 (4), July, 827-61 -- Sören Blomquist and Whitney Newey (2002), 'Nonparametric Estimation with Nonlinear Budget Sets', Econometrica, 70 (6), November, 2455-80 -- Anil Kumar (2008), 'Labor Supply, Deadweight Loss and Tax Reform -- Austan Goolsbee (2000), 'What Happens When You Tax the Rich? Evidence from Executive Compensation', Journal of Political Economy, 108 (2), April, 352-78 -- Emmanuel Saez (2010), 'Do Taxpayers Bunch at Kink Points?', American Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 2 (3), August, 180-212 -- Wojciech Kopczuk (2005), 'Tax Bases, Tax Rates and the Elasticity of Reported Income', Journal of Public Economics, 89 (11-12), December, 2093-119 -- Raj Chetty, John N. Friedman and Emmanuel Saez (2013), 'Using Differences in Knowledge Across Neighborhoods to Uncover the Impacts of the EITC on Earnings', American Economic Review, 103 (7), December, 2683-721 -- Jeffrey Grogger (2003), 'The Effects of Time Limits, the EITC, and Other Policy Changes on Welfare Use, Work, and Income among Female-Headed Families', Review of Economics and Statistics, 85 (2), May, 394-408 -- Bruce D. Meyer and Dan T. Rosenbaum (2001), 'Welfare, the Earned Income Tax Credit, and the Labor Supply of Single Mothers', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 116 (3), August, 1063-114 -- Henrik Jacobsen Kleven, Camille Landais and Emmanuel Saez (2013), 'Taxation and International Migration of Superstars: Evidence from the European Football Market', American Economic Review, 103 (5), August, 1892-924 -- Charles L. Ballard and Jaimin Lee (2007), 'Internet Purchases, Cross-Border Shopping, and Sales Taxes', National Tax Journal, LX (4), December, 711-25 -- Austan Goolsbee (2000), 'In a World without Borders: The Impact of Taxes on Internet Commerce', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 115 (2), May, 561-76 -- Zoran Ivković, James Poterba and Scott Weisbenner (2005), 'Tax-Motivated Trading by Individual Investors', American Economic Review, 95 (5), December, 1605-630 -- Julie Berry Cullen and Roger H. Gordon (2007), 'Taxes and Entrepreneurial Risk-Taking: Theory and Evidence for the U.S.', Journal of Public Economics, 91 (7-8), August, 1479-505 -- Åsa Hansson (2012), 'Tax Policy and Entrepreneurship: Empirical Evidence from Sweden', Small Business Economics, 38 (4), May, 495-513 -- Esther Duflo, William Gale, Jeffrey Liebman, Peter Orszag and Emmanuel Saez (2006), 'Saving Incentives for Low- and Middle- Income Families: Evidence from a Field Experiment with H&R Block', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 121 (4), November, 1311-46 -- Alexander M. Gelber (2011), 'How Do 401(k)s Affect Saving? Evidence from Changes in 401(k) Eligibility', American Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 3 (4), November, 103-22 -- James Alm and Asmaa El-Ganainy (2013), 'Value-Added Taxation and Consumption', International Tax and Public Finance, 20 (1), February, 105-28 -- David Joulfaian (2000), 'Estate Taxes and Charitable Bequests by the Wealthy', National Tax Journal, LIII (3, Part 2), September, 743-63.
    Abstract: Wojciech Kopczuk and Joel Slemrod (2003), 'Dying to Save Taxes: Evidence from Estate-Tax Returns on the Death Elasticity', Review of Economics and Statistics, 85 (2), May, 256-65 -- B. Douglas Bernheim, Robert J. Lemke and John Karl Scholz (2004), 'Do Estate and Gift Taxes Affect the Timing of Private Transfers?', Journal of Public Economics, 88 (12), December, 2617-34 -- James Alm and Leslie A. Whittington (1997), 'Income Taxes and the Timing of Marital Decisions', Journal of Public Economics, 64 (2), May, 219-40 -- Jeff Grogger and Stephen G. Bronars (2001), 'The Effect of Welfare Payments on the Marriage and Fertility Behavior of Unwed Mothers: Results from a Twins Experiment', Journal of Political Economy, 109 (3), June, 529-45 -- Reagan Baughman and Stacy Dickert-Conlin (2009), 'The Earned Income Tax Credit and Fertility', Journal of Population Economics, 22 (3), July, 537-63 -- James Alm, Betty R. Jackson and Michael McKee (2009), 'Getting the Word Out: Enforcement Information Dissemination and Compliance Behavior', Journal of Public Economics, 93 (3-4), April, 392-402 -- Henrik Jacobsen Kleven, Martin B. Knudsen, Claus Thustrup Kreiner, Søren Pedersen and Emmanuel Saez (2011), 'Unwilling or Unable to Cheat? Evidence from a Tax Audit Experiment in Denmark', Econometrica, 79 (3), May, 651-92 -- Yuriy Gorodnichenko, Jorge Martinez-Vazquez and Klara Sabirianova Peter (2009), 'Myth and Reality of Flat Tax Reform: Micro Estimates of Tax Evasion Response and Welfare Effects in Russia', Journal of Political Economy, 117 (3), June, 504-54 -- Dean Karlan and John A. List (2007), 'Does Price Matter in Charitable Giving? Evidence from a Large-Scale Natural Field Experiment', American Economic Review, 97 (5), December, 1774-93 -- Arthur C. Brooks (2007), 'Income Tax Policy and Charitable Giving', Journal of Policy Analysis and Management, 26 (3), Summer, 599-612 -- Gerald E. Auten, Holger Sieg and Charles T. Clotfelter (2002), 'Charitable Giving, Income, and Taxes: An Analysis of Panel Data', American Economic Review, 92 (1), March, 371-82 -- Raj Chetty, Adam Looney and Kory Kroft (2009), 'Salience and Taxation: Theory and Evidence', American Economic Review, 99 (4), September, 1145-77 -- Amy Finkelstein (2009), 'E-ZTax: Tax Salience and Tax Rates', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 124 (3), August, 969-1010 -- Raj Chetty, John N. Friedman, Søren Leth-Petersen, Torben Heien Nielsen and Tore Olsen (2014), 'Active vs. Passive Decisions and Crowd-Out in Retirement Savings Accounts: Evidence from Denmark', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 129 (3), August, 1141-219.
    Abstract: The last several decades have seen major advances in the ways in which public economists investigate behavioural responses to taxation. Recent research has utilized new data sets and has applied new empirical methods, including laboratory experiments and natural and controlled field experiments. The application of behavioural economics has contributed insights from other disciplines, especially psychology. Here James Alm and Sebastian Leguizamon discuss the lessons from all this work. Covering such topics as labour supply, charitable giving, savings, capital gains realisations, mobility, bequests, family structure, reported income and tax evasion, they highlight the current state of knowledge in this area. They present new thinking about the relevant issues and an analysis of useful policy options
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    ISBN: 9781785364761
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New directions in post-keynesian economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The financialization response to economic disequilibria
    DDC: 339.5
    Keywords: Finanzkapitalismus ; Ungleichgewichtsökonomie ; Europa ; Lateinamerika ; Equilibrium (Economics) ; Business cycles ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Introduction what are the issues now? controversies about disequilibria, economic growth, and economic policies / Noemi Levy and Etelberto Ortiz -- Part I -- Structural desequilibria in Europe: what to do -- 1. A structural and monetary perspective of the Euro crisis / Riccardo Bellofiore, Francesco Garibaldo and Mariana Mortagua -- 2. The big financial crisis and the European economic adjustment: a road towards the strengthening of the neoliberal agenda / Ma. Guadalupe Huerta -- 3. Debt deflation theory and the great recession / Domenica Tropeano and Alessandro Vercelli -- Part II -- The forces of desequilibria at work: their impact on growth -- 4. The periphery in the productive globalization: a new dependency? / Alan Cibils and Germán Pinazo -- 5. Latin America in the new international order: new forms of economic organizations and old forms of surplus appropriation / Noemi Levy -- 6. Inequality, technological change and worldwide economic recovery / Carlos A. Rozo -- 7. Global disequilibria and the inequitable distribution of income / Alma Chapoy -- 8. Transformations of entrepreneurial capitalism, crises and the need for a radical change in economic policy / Hassan Bougrine and Louis-Philippe Rochon -- Part III -- Disequilibria in the Mexican economy: the export growth model, economic stagnation and labor precarization -- 9. The limits of the export led growth model: the Mexican experience / Etelberto Ortiz -- 10. The Mexican economy in 2014: between crisis, free trade, social devastation and labour precarization / Alejandro Álvarez and Sandra Martínez -- 11. The accumulation mode of production in Mexico and the economic structure of the manufacturing industry / Luis Kato -- Part IV -- Disequilibria in Mexico: the financial and fiscal trap -- 12. Economic growth and financial development in mexico: from a virtuous circle of a bi-directional causality to a financial subordination / Teresa López and Eufemia Basilio -- 13. Private ssector finance in the era of deregulation and economic openness: Mexico 2000-2014 / Christian Domínguez and Juan Marroquín -- 14. Pro-cyclical fiscal policy and the fiscal support of the Mexican monetary policy / Luis Á. Ortiz.
    Abstract: Europe and Latin America's social and economic stagnation is a direct result of the unresolved phenomena of the financialization crisis that broke out in 2008 in developed countries. Editors Noemi Levy and Etelberto Ortiz analyze the limitations of economic growth and development under capitalist economic organizations where financial capital is dominant, as well as explore alternative economic policies. This book argues that institutional settings based on the international monetary market, the global production organization and the international commerce arrangements need to be redesigned to improve countries' economic growth, job opportunities and salaries. In order for economic disequilibria to be reduced among regions, countries and social classes, economic surplus appropriation must be regulated. Divided into four distinct thematic sections, the chapters discuss how income distribution must be re-evaluated in order to halt the economic crisis of developing countries in Europe and Latin America, and to boost a new cycle of economic growth and development. This critical discussion will be of value to economic scholars and researchers, policymakers wishing to learn more about the limitations of economic growth, as well as journalists specializing in economic issues
    Note: Contributors include: A. Álvarez, E. Basilio, R. Bellofiore, H. Bougrine, A. Chapoy, A. Cibils, C. Domínguez, F. Garibaldo, M. Guadalupe Huerta, L. Kato, N. Levy, T. López, J. Marroquín, S. Martínez, M. Mortagua, E. Ortiz, L.Á. Ortiz, G. Pinazo, L.-P. Rochon, C.A. Rozo, D. Tropeano. A. Vercelli , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781783475469
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (552 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Encyclopedia of human resource management
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Personnel management Encyclopedias ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Absence -- ACAS -- Aesthetic labour -- Age discrimination -- Aging workforce -- Alienation --Alternative dispute resolution -- AMO model -- Annualised hours -- Apprenticeship -- Aptitude test -- Arbitration -- Assessment centres -- Attitude survey -- Bargaining level -- Bargaining scope -- Benefits -- Best fit -- Best practice -- Big five -- Biodata -- Blacklisting -- Blended learning -- Body work -- Bonuses/incentives -- Broadbanding -- Bullying -- Bureaucracy -- Burnout -- Call centres Capability procedure -- Career breaks -- Careers -- Change management -- CIPD -- Coaching -- Co-determination -- Collective agreements -- Collective bargaining -- Collectivism -- Commitment Communication -- Community unionism -- Comparative HRM -- Competence -- Competency Based pay -- Competitive advantage -- Compressed working time -- Conciliation -- Configurational model -- Conflict -- Constructive dismissal -- Consultation -- Context -- Contingency theory -- Continuing professional development -- Contract of employment -- Convergence theory -- Coordinated market Economy -- Core worker -- Corporate social responsibility -- Cross-cultural training -- Custom and practice -- Customer appraisal -- CV/resume -- Default retirement age -- Deskilling -- Direct Discrimination -- Dirty work -- Disability discrimination -- Disciplinary procedure -- Discipline and grievance -- Disconnected capitalism -- Dismissal -- Distance learning -- Diversity management -- Division of labour -- Downsizing -- Early retirement -- E-learning -- Electronic HRM -- Electronic recruitment -- Emotional intelligence --Emotional labour -- Employability -- Employee -- Employee assistance programmes -- Employee Engagement -- Employee involvement -- Employee share ownership plans -- Employee voice -- Employer branding -- Employers associations -- Employment agency -- Employment relationship -- Employment tribunal -- Empowerment -- Equal opportunity -- Equal pay -- Equity -- Ethics -- Ethnocentric management -- European works Councils -- Executive search firms -- Exit interview -- Expatriate -- Expectancy theory -- Experiential learning -- External labour markets -- Family friendly policies -- Financial participation -- Financialisation -- Fixed term contract -- Flexible firm -- Flexible working -- Flexicurity -- Flexitime -- Frame of reference -- Freelance work -- Gender gap -- Gender pay gap -- Generations -- Geocentric management -- Glass ceiling -- Global supply chains -- Globalization -- Golden handshake -- Graduate recruitment -- Greenfield sites -- Green human resource management -- Grievance procedure -- Gross misconduct -- Halo effect -- Hard and soft HRM -- Harmonisation -- Headhunting -- Health and safety -- Herzberg: motivators and heygiene factors -- Hierarchy -- High involvement management -- High performance work systems -- Homeworking -- Horns effect -- HRM process approach: attribution of HRM -- Human capital -- Human relations movement/mayo -- Human resource department -- Human resource development -- Human resource function and business partnering -- Human resource information systems -- Human resource management -- Human resource management in mergers and acquisitions -- Human resource manager -- Human resource planning -- Human resource strategy -- Immigration -- Impression management -- Indirect discrimination -- Induction -- industrial action -- Industrial relations -- Informal learning -- Institutional framework -- Institutional theories -- Intellectual capital -- Intelligence tests -- Internal labour markets -- International human resource management -- International labour organisation and international labour standards -- internships -- Interpersonal skills -- Interviews -- Investors in people -- Japanese management -- Job analysis -- Job description -- Job design -- Job enlargement -- Job enrichment -- Job evaluation -- Job quality -- Job rotation -- Job satisfaction -- Job security -- Joint consultation -- Knowledge management -- Knowledge, skills and abilities -- Knowledge worker -- Labour -- Labour law -- Labour market -- Labour mobility -- Labour process/theory -- Labour turnover -- Leadership and leader member exchange (lmx) -- Lean production -- Learning cycle -- Learning organisation -- Learning style -- Liberal market economy -- Lifetime employment -- Line managers -- Living wage -- Long hours culture -- Low pay --
    Abstract: Management -- Management consultancy -- Management development -- Management style -- Managerial control -- Maslow: hierarchy of needs -- Master of business administration -- Maternity, paternity and parental leave -- Mcgregor -- Mediation -- Mentoring -- migrant worker -- Minimum wage -- Misconduct -- motivation -- Multi-national companies -- Multi-skilling -- National culture -- Negotiation -- Neo-liberalism -- Non-union workplace -- Non-unionism -- Notice period -- Occupational health -- Off-the-job learning -- Older worker -- Online learning -- On-the-job learning -- Organisation development -- Organisational career systems -- Organisational citizenship behaviour -- Organisational culture -- Organisational learning -- Organisational misbehaviour -- Organisational politics -- Outsourcing -- Overtime -- Panel interviews -- Part-time working -- Partnership -- Paternalism -- Payment by results -- Payment system -- Peer appraisal -- Pensions -- Performance appraisal -- Performance appraisal interview -- Performance management -- Performance-related pay -- Peripheral worker -- Person-environment fit -- Person specification -- Personal development plan -- Personality test -- Personality traits -- Picketing -- pluralism -- Polycentric management -- Positive action -- Positive discrimination -- Power -- Precarious employment -- Prejudice -- Presenteeism -- Probation -- Professionalism -- Profit-related pay/gainsharing -- Profit-sharing -- Promotion -- Psychological capital -- Psychological contract -- Psychometric testing -- Public sector -- Purpose-driven leadership -- Qualifications -- Quality circles -- Race discrimination -- Radicalism -- Recognition -- recruitment -- Red-circling -- Redeployment -- References -- Regulation -- Religious discrimination -- Repatriation -- Representation gap -- Representative participation -- Resignation --Resistance -- Resource-based view -- Resourcing -- Retention -- Retirement -- Reward management -- Sabotage -- Salary -- Scientific management -- Secondment -- Security of employment -- Selection -- Selection method -- Selection test -- Self-appraisal -- Self-employment -- Self-managed teams -- Self-management -- Sex discrimination -- Sexual harassment -- Shared services -- Shift work -- Shop steward -- Shortlisting -- Single pay spine -- Single-table bargaining -- Single-union agreement -- Skill -- Skills-based pay -- Small and medium-sized enterprises -- Social capital -- Staff association -- Staff poaching -- State -- Strategic choice -- Strategic hrm -- Strategy -- Stress -- Strikes -- Subcontracting -- Succession planning -- Suggestion scheme -- Summary dismissal -- Systematic training cycle -- Talent management -- Team-based appraisal -- Team pay -- Team briefing -- Teamwork -- Telework and coworking -- Temporary work -- Temporary worker -- Term-time working -- Terms and conditions -- 360-degree appraisal -- Time-based pay -- Total reward -- Trade union recognition -- Trade unions -- Training -- Training and development -- Training evaluation -- Training needs analysis -- Transferable skills -- Transformational leadership -- Transnational collective agreements -- tupe -- Undocumented immigrant worker -- Unfair dismissal -- Union avoidance: substitution and suppression -- Union busting -- Union density -- Union organising -- Unitarism -- Universalistic theory -- Unofficial strikes -- Unsocial hours -- Upward appraisal -- Upward problem-solving -- Variable pay -- Varieties of capitalism -- Vocational and education training -- Wages -- Welfare -- Wellbeing -- Whisteblowing -- Work -- Work-life balance -- Work limitation -- Work organisation -- Workaholism -- Worker -- Workforce Intelligence planning -- Working time -- Workplace democracy -- Written warning -- Wrongful dismissal -- Young workers -- Zero-hours contracts.
    Abstract: The Encyclopedia of Human Resource Management is an authoritative and comprehensive reference resource with almost 400 entries on core HR areas and key concepts. From age discrimination, to zero hours contracts, each entry reflects the views of an expert and authoritative author. The terms included vary from singular concepts such as performance appraisal and industrial conflict, to organisational behaviour terms including organisational culture and commitment; and broader management terms such a resourcing and management development. Each entry provides a list of references and further reading to enable the reader to gain a deeper awareness and understanding of each topic. This book is an ideal companion to a standard HRM textbook, and both undergraduate and postgraduate students will find it to be of value. It will also be useful for academic researchers, HR practitioners and policy specialists looking for a succinct expert summary of key HR concepts
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    ISBN: 9781784711405
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 656 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of measures for international entrepreneurship research
    DDC: 658.4/21072
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Maßzahl ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Interdisziplinäre Forschung ; Entrepreneurship Handbooks, manuals, etc ; International business enterprises Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Einflussgröße
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- 2. Individual-level influences -- 3. Firm- and team-level influences -- 4. External environmental influences -- 5. Relationships, networks, and social capital -- 6. Organizational learning -- 7. Capabilities -- 8. Orientation and strategy -- 9. Performance and innovation outcomes.
    Abstract: The Handbook of Measures for International Entrepreneurship Research is a user-friendly collection of multi-item measures developed and used in the research of international entrepreneurship and important areas related to it: international business, entrepreneurship, marketing, strategy, and innovation. Editors Nicole Coviello and Helena Yli-Renko carefully compiled 212 scales from over 820 possible measures using rigorous selection criteria. The scales fall into eight distinct categories: - Individual-level influences - firm and team-level influences - external environmental influences - Relationships, networks, and social capital - organizational learning - capabilities - orientation and strategy - performance and innovation outcomes for each scale, the book includes the following information to enable ease of use: summary, construct definition, description, source, development or adaptation procedures, sample, validity, scores, references, and scale items. This standout Handbook not only builds a compelling case for a more rigorous approach to research methods in international entrepreneurship research, but also explores the best practices in development, adaptation, use, and reporting of multi-item measures. Academic researchers in international entrepreneurship, international business, entrepreneurship, marketing, strategy, and/or innovation will find this reference tool a welcome addition to their survey research practices. Policy-makers conducting research in these areas will also appreciate this book
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    ISBN: 9781783479849
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (336 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The McGill international entrepreneurship series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; International business enterprises ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / Hamid Etemad -- Part I: Examination of entrepreneurial orientation-performance relations -- 2. International entrepreneurship and performance: what are the important factors in markets with high cultural distance? / Elena Cedrola, Loretta Battaglia and Anna Grazia Quaranta -- 3. Risk-seeking behaviors in SMEs' internationalization / Noémie Dominguez -- 4. Psychological traits, experiences, foreign language knowledge of entrepreneurs, and re-internationalization strategies of SMEs: a theoretical analysis / Huu Le Nguyen and Sören Kock -- Part II: Collaborative inter-dependence -- 5. The dynamic development of international entrepreneurial networks / Vaiva Stanisauskaite and Sören Kock -- 6. The influence of the entrepreneur and the accelerator in the internationalization process of web-based firms / Diala Kabbara -- 7. Formal inter-firm cooperation and international expansion: how Italian SMEs are using the network contract / S. Aureli and M. Del Baldo -- 8. How are knowledge acquisition and SMEs' internationalization related? empirical evidence from Gruppo Germani / Mirella Migliaccio and Francesca Rivetti -- 9. Value chain activities in born global companies / Ingemar Wictor -- Part III: Institutional context -- 10. The creation and internationalization of border firms / Eva J.B. Jørgensen and Einar Rasmussen -- 11. Institutional entrepreneurship and the embedded roles of the leaders and state: an historical case study of Abu Dhabi / Jasem Almarri, Katariina Juusola and John Meewella -- 12. Concluding remarks, implications and lessons / Hamid Etemad.
    Abstract: The Changing Global Economy and its Impact on International Entrepreneurship addresses different changes and challenges that small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) face in an economy where they need to compete at home and cannot refrain from participating in international markets. Contributors examine diverse SMEs that have succeeded in the face of adversity. They offer a combination of practical strategies and efficient tactics, grounded in solid theory and research, for firms in different competitive industries. This volume presents a collection of 12 carefully selected chapters that highlight challenging real-world cases to illustrate a variety of difficult problems. The editors present an analytical framework with three levels of analysis - entrepreneurial level, firm level, and institutional level - to document comprehensive, realistic and experientially-based entrepreneurial initiatives, potent firm and public policy strategies and informative and applicable results. The interactive structural design of this book offers progressively higher levels of analysis and incisive lessons, which make it perfect for academics interested in the rich range of theories, methodologies and topics surrounding SMEs' internationalization processes. Its analysis will also inform management and effective policy formulation for entrepreneurs, managers, and policymakers
    Note: Contributors include: J. Almarri, S. Aureli, H. Etemad, M. Del Baldo, N. Dominguez, E.J.B. Jørgensen, K. Juusola, D. Kabbara, S. Kock, J. Meewella, H. Le Nguyen, M. Migliaccio, E. Rasmussen, F. Rivetti, V. Stanisauskaite, I. Wictor , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784716042
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Shepherd, Dean A., 1967 - Decision making in entrepreneurship
    DDC: 658.4/03
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Entscheidung ; Conjoint-Analyse ; Entrepreneurship Decision making ; Electronic books
    Abstract: In this volume, Dean Shepherd focuses on the varying topics of entrepreneurship unified through conjoint analysis. Although the topic of entrepreneurial decision making is broad, in doing so, he reveals the mechanisms that come into play during the entrepreneurial decision-making process. Scholars of entrepreneurship and organizational behavior will find this collection an essential resource for understanding how decision making is achieved in entrepreneurial settings
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785365485
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New thinking in political economy series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Politics as a peculiar business
    DDC: 330
    RVK:
    Keywords: Neue politische Ökonomie ; Economics Political aspects ; Electronic books ; Politische Ökonomie ; Systemtheorie
    Abstract: 1. Public choice and the Virginia tradition of political economy -- 2. Alternative paths for a theory of political economy -- 3. Systems theory and parts-to-whole relationships -- 4. The logic of economizing action : universal form and particular practice -- 5. Reason, sentiment, and electoral competition -- 6. Parasitical political calculation -- 7. Societal tectonics and the art of the deal -- 8. Moral imagination and constitutional arrangement.
    Abstract: Economists typically treat government as something outside the business realm, a sort of "Lord of the Manor". Richard Wagner argues that this is the wrong approach and can ultimately be destructive to capitalism and to society. Modern governments are a peculiar form of business enterprise. They face the same problems as regular businesses, such as ascertaining demand and organizing production, and act within the system in a way that can lead to a parasitical relationship with the market. Largely rooted in political economy, this book develops new theoretical ideas and formulations to explain why democracy is a difficult form of government to maintain. The author explores how and why limited governments can morph into a system of destructive politics, and looks at ways to escape this process. This dynamic book will be useful for public choice scholars, economists, political scientists, and lawyers who are interested in political economy in its various guises
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, Mass : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781782547358
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vi, 247 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Disasters ; Financial crises ; Natural disasters ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. The disaster cycle -- 2. Hurricane Katrina : a classic natural disaster -- 3. The first World War -- 4. The Great Depression -- 5. Mining disasters -- 6. Tobacco -- 7. The twin financial disasters of the early twenty-first century -- 8. Conclusion.
    Abstract: A crisis is a period of uncertainty that may or may not lead to disaster, depending in part on the capacity of actors to make sense of what is happening and respond effectively. Disasters in different spheres occur and recur at different speeds and in idiosyncratic ways, but in essence they follow the same pattern. In the wake of the Global Financial Crisis and Eurozone upheavals this timely book argues that the disaster cycle - a framework normally used in the context of natural disasters - is equally applicable to the analysis of other types of catastrophe. Employing a modified version of the disaster cycle framework to compare and analyse a range of catastrophes in different spheres, the author draws on ideas from a variety of disciplines including economics and economic history, disaster studies, management, and political science. This unique comparative approach presents case studies of several important disasters: Hurricane Katrina, the First World War, the depression of the early 1930s, Welsh coal mining accidents, the deadly effects of smoking tobacco, and the Global Financial Crisis and Eurozone catastrophe of the early twenty first century. The author argues that economists and economic policy makers routinely misuse the term crisis to describe episodes that ought to be called disasters. This accessible and fascinating exploration will appeal to students and scholars in economic history, disaster studies, management, public policy, and related disciplines. The comparison of crisis and disaster management is also essential reading for policy makers
    Note: Includes bibliographical references (p. 194-236) and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, Mass : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784718329
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (720 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics series 313
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als National accounting and economic growth
    DDC: 339.3
    Keywords: Volkswirtschaftliche Gesamtrechnung ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Heterodoxe Ökonomik ; National income Accounting ; Economic development ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Robert M. Solow (1957), 'Technical Change and the Aggregate Production Function', Review of Economics and Statistics, 39 (3), August, 312-20 -- D.W. Jorgenson and Z. Griliches (1967), 'The Explanation of Productivity Change', Review of Economic Studies, 34 (3), July, 249-83 -- Dale W. Jorgenson and Zvi Griliches (1972), 'Issues in Growth Accounting: A Reply to Edward F. Denison', Survey of Current Business, 52 (5), May, 65-9773 -- System of National Accounts (2008), 'Capital Services and the National Accounts', System of National Accounts 2008, Chapter 20, Published in collaboration with European Commission, International Monetary Fund, Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, United Nations and the World Bank, 415-25 -- Richard Stone (1961), 'The Accounting Framework and the Basic Model', and 'The Definition of "Industries" and the Arrangement of Product Flows' in Input-Output and National Accounts, Chapters 1 and 2, Paris, France: Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, 21-32, 33-45 -- Erwin Diewert, Dennis Fixler and Kimberly Zieschang (2012), 'Problems with the Measurement of Banking Services in a National Accounting Framework', Australian School of Business Research Paper, No 2012-Econ 25, 1-60 -- Michael J. Boskin, Ellen Dulberger, Robert J. Gordon, Zvi Griliches and Dale Jorgenson (1998), 'Consumer Prices, the Consumer Price Index, and the Cost of Living', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 12 (1), Winter, 3-26 -- Jerry A. Hausman (1996), 'Valuation of New Goods Under Perfect and Imperfect Competition', in Timothy F. Bresnahan and Robert J. Gordon (eds) The Economics of New Goods, Chapter 5, Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press, 209-37 -- Robert E. Hall and Charles I. Jones (2007), 'The Value of Life and the Rise in Health Spending', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 122 (1), February, 39-72 -- Joseph E. Stiglitz, Amartya Sen and Jean-Paul Fitoussi (2009), 'GDP Related Issues', Report by the Commission on the Economic Measurement of Economic Performance and Social Progress, Part 2, Chapter 1, Paris, France: 85-142 -- W. Erwin Diewert (2014), 'US TFP Growth and the Contribution of Changes in Export and Import Prices to Real Income Growth', Journal of Productivity Analysis, 41 (1), February, 19-39 -- Bert M. Balk (2010), 'An Assumption-Free Framework for Measuring Productivity Change', Review of Income and Wealth, 56 (1), June, 224-56 -- William D. Nordhaus (1996), 'Do Real-Output and Real-Wage Measures Capture Reality? The History of Lighting Suggests Not', in Timothy F. Bresnahan and Robert J. Gordon (eds), The Economics of New Goods, Chapter 1, Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press, 29-70 -- Martin L. Weitzman (1976), 'On the Welfare Significance of National Product in a Dynamic Economy', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 90 (1), February, 156-62 -- Geir B. Asheim and Martin L. Weitzman (2001), 'Does NNP Growth Indicate Welfare Improvement', Economic Letters, 73 (2), November, 233-9 -- Avinash Dixit, Peter Hammond and Michael Hoel (1980), 'On Hartwick's Rule for Regular Maximin Paths of Capital Accumulation and Resource Depletion', Review of Economic Studies, 47 (3), April, 551-6 -- J.A. Sefton and M.R. Weale (2006), 'The Concept of Income in a General Equilibrium', Review of Economic Studies, 73 (1), January, 219-48 -- Kenneth J. Arrow, Partha Dasgupta, Lawrence H. Goulder, Kevin J. Mumford and Kirsten Oleson (2012), 'Sustainability and the Measurement of Wealth', Environment and Development Economics, 17 (3), 317-53 -- A.A. Konus (1939), 'The Problem of the True Index of the Cost of Living', Econometrica, 7 (1), January, 10-29
    Abstract: L.R. Christensen, D.W. Jorgenson and L.J. Lau (1971), 'Conjugate Duality and the Transcendental Logarithmic Function' in Economic Theory and Organization II', Econometrica, 39 (4), July, 255-6 -- W.E. Diewert (1976) 'Exact and Superlative Index Numbers', Journal of Econometrics, 4 (2), May, 115-45 -- Robert A. Pollak (1981), 'The Social Cost of Living Index', Journal of Public Economics, 15 (3), June, 311-36 -- W. Erwin Diewert (1998), 'Index Number Issues in the Consumer Price Index', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 12 (1), Winter, 47-58 -- Bert M. Balk (2003), 'The Residual: On Monitoring and Benchmarking Firms, Industries, and Economies with Respect to Productivity', Journal of Productivity Analysis, 20 (1), July, 5-47.
    Abstract: This research review departs from Solow's 1957 seminal paper on the measurement of technical change. It studies the idea into the comprehensive development of total factor productivity and the index number innovations. It also analyses the measurement of productivity growth and the usefulness of GDP measurement as well as perennial problems in measurement of output of certain sectors and of certain processes in an economy
    Note: Includes index , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781783472499
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Advances in ecological economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Beyond uneconomic growth
    DDC: 333.7
    Keywords: Daly, Herman E ; Umweltökonomik ; Nachhaltige Entwicklung ; Steady-State-Ökonomie ; Environmental economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Umweltökonomie ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: In memoriam for Robert Goodland -- Part I Introduction -- 1. The foundations for an ecological economy: an overview / Joshua Farley -- 2. The world in over-shoot: a celebration of Herman Daly's contributions to ecological economics - the science of sustainability / Robert Goodland -- 3. Toward a sustainable and desirable future: a 35 year collaboration with Herman Daly / Robert Costanza -- Part II Changing the paradigm: what is biophysically possible, and how do humans behave? -- 4. Population, resources, and energy in the global economy: a vindication of Herman Daly's vision / Jonathan M. Harris -- 5. On limits / Arild Vatn -- 6. Toward a science-based theory of behavior: building on Georgescu-Roegen / John Gowdy -- 7. Denying Herman Daly: why conventional economics will not embrace the Daly vision / William E. Rees -- Part III Changing the goals: what is socially, psychologically and ethically desirable? -- 8. The importance of just distribution in a 'full' world / Philip Lawn -- 9. Hicksian income, welfare, and the steady state / Salah El Serafy -- Part IV Changing the rules: institutions for a sustainable and desirable future -- 10. Ecological and Georgist economic principles: a comparison / Clifford Cobb -- 11. Making money / John B. Cobb, Jr. -- Part V The steady-state economy -- 12. The steady-state economy / Peter A. Victor -- 13. Socially sustainable economic degrowth / Joan Martinez Alier -- 14. Politics for a steady state economy / Brian Czech -- Part VI Conclusions -- 15. The unfinished journey of ecological economics: toward an ethic of ecological citizenship / Peter G. Brown.
    Abstract: This engaging book brings together leading ecological economists to collectively present a definitive case for looking beyond economic growth as the sole panacea for the world's ecological predicament. Grounded in physics, ecology, and the science of human behavior, contributors show how economic growth itself has become "uneconomic" and adds to a ravaging of both social and ecological cohesion. Guided by a clear moral vision that prioritizes sustainability and justice over profit, the authors provide a blueprint for an economy that replaces quantitative growth with qualitative improvement to enhance human welfare while restoring degraded ecosystems. They present solutions for many of today's challenges, ranging from global climate change and biodiversity loss to natural resource depletion. This interdisciplinary work not only relates ecological economics theory to the most urgent predicaments of the contemporary world, but also pays tribute to the work of Herman Daly, a leading pioneer of modern ecological economics. Researchers and faculty studying and teaching ecological economics and environmental studies will find value in this unprecedented book. It will also be of interest to practitioners working to solve a variety of global environmental issues
    Note: Contributors include: P.G. Brown, C. Cobb, J.B. Cobb, Jr., R. Costanza, B. Czech, S. El Serafy, J. Farley, R. Goodland, J. Gowdy, J.M. Harris, P. Lawn, D. Malghan, J. Martinez Alier, W.E. Rees, A. Vatn, P.A. Victor , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781785362385
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New directions in modern economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Financialisation and the financial and economic crises
    DDC: 338.5/42
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Finanzkapitalismus ; Finanzkrise ; Wirtschaftskrise ; Welt ; Financial crises ; Financial instruments ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftskrise ; Finanzkrise
    Abstract: Preface -- 1. Financialisation and the financial and economic crises: theoretical framework and empirical analysis for 15 countries / Nina Dodig, Eckhard Hein and Daniel Detzer -- 2. The crisis of finance-led capitalism in the United States / Trevor Evans -- 3. Monetary adjustment and inflation of financial claims in the UK after 1980 / John Lepper, Mimoza Shabani, Jan Toporowski and Judith Tyson -- 4. Financialisation and the economic crisis in Spain / Jesús Ferreiro, Cataliana Gálvez and Anna Gonzáles -- 5. Financialisation and the crisis: the case of Greece / Yanis Varoufakis and Lefteris Tserkezis -- 6. The real sector developments in Estonia: financialisation effects behind the transition process / Egert Juuse -- 7. Financialisation and the crisis in the export-led mercantilist German economy / Daniel Detzer and Eckhard Hein -- 8. Swedish financialisation: 'Nordic noir' or 'safe haven'? / Alexis Stenfors -- 9. France, a domestic demand-led economy under the influence of external shocks / Gérard Cornilleau and Jérôme Creel -- 10. The transmission channels between the financial and the real sectors in Italy and the crisis / Giampaolo Gabbi, Elisa Ticci and Pietro Vozzella -- 11. The long boom and the early bust: the Portuguese economy in the era of financialisation / Ricardo Paes Mamede, Sérgio Lagoa, Emanuel Leão and Ricardo Barradas -- 12. Financialisation and the financial and economic crises: the case of Turkey / Serdal Bahçe, Hasan Cömert, Nilgün Erdem, Elif Karaçimen, Ahmet Haşim Köse, Özgür Orhangazi, Gökçer Özgür and Galip Yalman -- 13. The impact of the financial and economic crisis on European Union member states / Carlos A. Carrasco, Jesus Ferreiro, Catalina Galvez, Carmen Gomez and Ana González.
    Abstract: Financialisation and the Financial and Economic Crises provides comparative, empirical case studies of a diverse set of eleven countries. In particular, the book helps in understanding the current (mal)performance of Euro area economies by explaining the causes of the shifts in growth regimes during and after the crises. It goes well beyond the dominant interpretation of the recent financial and economic crises as being rooted in malfunctioning and poorly regulated financial markets. The contributions to this book provide detailed accounts of the long-term effects of financialisation and cover the main developments leading up to and during the crisis in 11 selected countries: the US, the UK, Spain, Greece, Portugal, Germany, Sweden, Italy, France, Estonia, and Turkey. The introductory chapter presents the theoretical framework and synthesizes the main findings of the country studies. Furthermore, the macroeconomic effects of financialisation on the EU as a whole are analysed in the final chapter. Offering an illuminating overview and invaluable alternative perspective on the long-run developments leading to the recent crises, this book is essential reading for researchers, students and policymakers and an ideal starting point for further research
    Note: Contributors include: S. Bahçe, R. Barradas, C.A. Carrasco, G. Cornilleau, H. Cömert, J. Creel, D. Detzer, N. Dodig, N. Erdem, T. Evans, J. Ferreiro, G. Gabbi, C. Gálvez, C. Gomez, A. González, E. Hein, E.Juuse, E. Karaçimen, A.H. Köse, S. Lagoa, E. Leão, J. Lepper, Ö. Orhangazi, R. Paes Mamede, M. Shabani, A. Stenfors, E. Ticci, J. Toporowski, L. Tserkezis, J. Tyson, Y. Varoufakis, P. Vozzella, G.L. Yalman , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    ISBN: 9781785367366
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the history of economic analysis ; volume 2: Schools of thought in economics
    Keywords: Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Schools of economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Ideengeschichte
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. Antiquity / Bertram Schefold -- 2. Economic Thought in Scholasticism / Irina Chaplygina and André Lapidus -- 3. Cameralism / Keith Tribe -- 4. Mercantilism and the Science of Trade / Thierry Demals -- 5. French Enlightenment / Thierry Demals and Gilbert Faccarello -- 6. Italian Enlightenment / Pier Luigi Porta -- 7. Scottish Enlightenment / Anthony Brewer -- 8. British Classical Political Economy / Christian Gehrke -- 9. French Classical Political Economy / Alain Béraud -- 10. Bullionist and Anti-bullionist Schools / Jérôme de Boyer des Roches and Ricardo Solis Rosales -- 11. Banking and Currency Schools / Neil Skaggs -- 12. Non Marxian Socialist Ideas in France / Michel Bellet -- 13. Non Marxian Socialist Ideas in Britain and the United States / Noel Thompson -- 14. Non Marxian Socialist Ideas in Germany and Austria / Günther Chaloupek -- 15. Marxism(s) / John E. King -- 16. German and Austrian school / Heinz D.Kurz -- 17. British Marginalism / John Creedy -- 18. Lausanne School / Roberto Baranzini and François Allisson -- 19. Historical Economics / Simon Cook and Keith Tribe -- 20. Institutionalism / Malcolm Rutherford -- 21. Russian School of Mathematical Economics / Andrey A. Belykh -- 22. Cambridge School of Economics / Maria Cristina Marcuzzo and Annalisa Rosselli -- 23. Stockholm (Swedish) School / Hans-Michael Trautwein -- 24. Chicago School / Ross B. Emmett -- 25. Monetarism / Arash Molavi Vasséi -- 26. New Classical Macroeconomics / Peter Spahn -- 27. Public Choice / Charles B. Blankart -- 28. Neo Ricardian Economics / Heinz D. Kurz and Neri Salvadori -- 29. Keynesianism / Geoffrey C. Harcourt -- 30. Post-Keynesianism / Marc Lavoie -- 31. New Keynesianism / Corrado Benassi.
    Abstract: This unique troika of Handbooks provides indispensable coverage of the history of economic analysis. Edited by two of the foremost academics in the field, the volumes gather together insightful and original contributions from scholars across the world. The encyclopaedic breadth and scope of the original entries will make these Handbooks an invaluable source of knowledge for all serious students and scholars of the history of economic thought. Volume II contains entries on the major schools of economic thought and analysis. These schools differ with regard to their 'vision' of the working of the economic system, the major forces and interactions that shape its path and the policy recommendations proposed. At any moment of time, several such schools typically compete with one another, striving for dominance within the economic and political discourse
    Note: Contributors include: F. Allisson, R. Baranzini, M. Bellet, A.A. Belykh, C. Benassi, A. Béraud, C.B. Blankart, A. Brewer, G. Chaloupek, I. Chaplygina, S. Cook, J. Creedy, J. de Boyer des Roches, T. Demals, R.B. Emmett, G. Faccarello, C. Gehrke, G.C. Harcourt, J.E. King, H.D. Kurz, A. Lapidus, M. Lavoie, M.C. Marcuzzo, A. Molavi Vasséi, P.L. Porta, A. Rosselli, M. Rutherford, N. Salvadori, B. Schefold, N.T. Skaggs, R. Solis Rosales, H.-P. Spahn, N. Thompson, H.-M. Trautwein, K. Tribe , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785360794
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,248 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics
    Keywords: Competition ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Lysias (c. 386 B.C.), "Against the Corn Dealers." -- Case of Monopolies (1607), 11 Coke 84b-88b. The English Reports, LXXVII, 1260-1266. -- Adam Smith (1776) An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations, in Edwin Cannan (ed.), London: Methuen. -- James Madison (1787), "The Federalist No. 10," in Jacob E. Cooke (ed.) (1961), The Federalist, Middletown, CT: Wesleyan University Press, 56-65. -- Henry C. Simons (1936), "The Requisites of Free Competition," American Economic Review, Supplement, 68-76. -- Ernst-Joachim Mestmäcker (1980), "Competition Policy and Antitrust: Some Comparative Observations," Zeitschrift fuer die Gasamte Staatswissenschaft, September, 387-398. -- John Bates Clark (1900), "Trusts," Political Science Quarterly, XV (2), June, 181-195. -- Arthur T. Hadley (1887), "Private Monopolies and Public Rights," Quarterly Journal of Economics, reprinted 1961, 1, 28-44. -- Robert Liefmann (1915), "Monopoly or Competition as the Basis of a Government Trust Policy, Quarterly Journal of Economics, XXIX, 308-325. -- Richard T. Ely (1887), "The Future of Corporations," Harper's New Monthly Magazine, 75, July, 259-266. -- Alfred Marshall (1980), Some Aspects of Competition: Presidential Address Delivered to the Economic Science and Statistics Section of the British Association, at Leeds, 1890, London: Harrison and Sons, 5-35. -- Jeriamiah W. Jenks (1900), The Trust Problem, New York: McClure, Phillips & Co. -- Eliot Jones (1920), "Is Competition in Industry Ruinous," Quarterly Journal of Economics, XXXIV, 473-519. -- Kojiro Niino (1962), "The Logic of Excessive Competition - With Reference to the Japanese Inter-firm Competition," Kobe University Economic Review, 8, 51-62. -- Ruytaro Komiya (1990), The Japanese Economy: Trade, Industry, and Government, Tokyo: Tokyo University Press. -- Robert H. Bork (1966), "Legislative Intent and the Policy of the Sherman Act", Journal of Law and Economics, IX, October, 7-48. -- Robert H. Lande (1989), "Chicago's False Foundation: Wealth Transfers (Not Just Efficiency) Should Guide Antitrust," Antitrust Law Journal, 58, 631-644. -- Richard A. Posner (1975), "The Social Costs of Monopoly and Regulation," Journal of Political Economy, 83 (4), August, 807-827. -- William S. Comanor and Robert H. Smiley (1975), "Monopoly and the Distribution of Wealth," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXXXIX (2), May, 177-194.
    Abstract: James C. Miller III, Thomas F. Walton, William E. Kovacic and Jeremy A. Rabkin (1984), "Industrial Policy: Reindustrialization Through Competition or Coordinated Action?" Yale Journal on Regulation, 2 (1), 1-37. -- Kurt Bloch (1932) "On German Cartels," Journal of Business, V (3), July, 213-222. -- David B. Audretsch (1989), "Legalized Cartels in West Germany," Antitrust Bulletin, 34, Fall, 579-600. -- Klaus Stegemann (1977), "The Exemption of Specialization Agreements: As Proposed for Stage II Amendments to the Combines Investigation Act," Canadian Public Policy, 3 (4), Autumn, 533-545. -- John M. Connor and Robert H. Lande (2012), "Cartels as Rational Business Strategy: Crime Pays," Cardozo Law Review, 34 (2), 101-157. -- John M. Connor (2000), Global Price Fixing, Boston: Kluwer. -- Peter Asch and Joseph J. Seneca (1975), "Characteristics of Collusive Firms," Journal of Industrial Economics, XXIII, March, 223-237. -- James P. Cairns (1964), "Benefits from Restrictive Agreements: The British Experience," Canadian Journal of Economics and Political Science, XXX (2), May, 228-240. -- R. W. Shaw and S. A. Shaw (1983), "Excess Capacity and Rationalisation in the West European Synthetic Fibres Industry," Journal of Industrial Economics, XXXII (2), December, 149-66. -- Merton J. Peck, Richard C. Levin and Akira Goto (1988), "Picking Losers: Public Policy Toward Declining Industries in Japan," in John B. Shoven (ed.), Government Policy Towards Industry in the United States and Japan, Cambridge: CUP, 195-221, 235-239. -- William H. Nicholls (1949), "The Tabacco Case of 1946," American Economic Review, XXXIX (3), May, 284-296. -- Jesse Markham (1951), "The Nature and Significance of Price Leadership," American Economic Review, XLI, December, 891-905. -- F. M. Scherer (2015), "The Federal Trade Commission, Oligopoly, and Shared Monopoly," Review of Industrial Organization, 46, 5-23. -- Charles J. Bullock (1901), "Trust Literature: A Survey and a Criticism," Quarterly Journal of Economics, XV, February, 167-217. -- F. M. Scherer (1987), "Antitrust, Efficiency, and Progress," New York University Law Review, 62 (5), November, 998-1019. -- F. M. Scherer (2011), "Standard Oil as a Technological Innovator," Review of Industrial Organization, 38, 225-233. -- George W. Stocking and Willard F. Mueller (1955), "The Cellophane Case and the New Competition," American Economic Review, XLV, March, 29-63. -- Oliver E. Williamson (1972), "Dominant Firms and the Monopoly Problem: Market Failure Considerations," Harvard Law Review, 85, June, 1512-1531. -- Erich Kaufer (1980), "The Control of the Abuse of Market Power by Market-Dominant Firms Under the German Law Against Restraints of Competition," Zeitschrift für die Gesamte Staatswissenschaft, 136 (3), September, 510-532.
    Abstract: Eleanor M. Fox (1986), "Monopolization and Dominance in the United States and the European Community: Efficiency, Opportunity, and Fairness," Notre Dame Law Review, 61 (5), 981-1020. -- F. M. Scherer (2011), "Abuse of Dominance by High Technology Enterprises: A Comparison of U.S. and E.C. Approaches," Economia e Politica Industriale (Journal of Industrial and Business Economics), March, 39-62. -- Richard E. Caves (1974), "International Trade, International Investment, and Imperfect Markets," Special Papers in International Economics No. 10, International Finance Section, Princeton University, November 1-34. -- Lester G. Telser (1966), "Cutthroat Competition and the Long Purse," Journal of Law and Economics, IX, October, 259-270. -- Basil S. Yamey (1972), "Predtatory Price Cutting: Notes and Comments," Journal of Law and Economics, XV (1), April, 129-42. -- Malcolm R. Burns (1986), "Predatory Pricing and the Acquisition Cost of Competitors," Journal of Political Economy, 94 (2), April 266-296. -- Phillip Areeda and Donald F. Turner (1975), "Predatory Pricing and Related Practices under Section 2 of the Sherman Act," Harvard Law Review, 88 (4), February, 697-733. -- Oliver E. Williamson (1977), "Predatory Pricing: A Strategic and Welfare Analysis," Yale Law Journal, 87 (284), December, Sections I-II, VII, 284-315, 337-340. -- William J. Baumol (1979), "Quasi-Permanence of Price Reductions: A Policy for Prevention of Predatory Pricing," Yale Law Journal, 89 (1), November 1-26. -- George J. Stigler (1950), "Monopoly and Oligopoly by Merger," American Economic Review, XL (2), May, 23-34. -- George Bittlingmayer (1985), "Did Antitrust Policy Cause the Great Merger Wave?" Journal of Law and Economics, XXVIII (1), April, 77-98, 116-118. -- Shaw Livermore (1935), "The Success of Industrial Mergers," Quarterly Journal of Economics, L, November, 68-96. -- Jürgen Müller (1976), "The Impact of Mergers on Concentration: A Study of Eleven West German Industries," Journal of Industrial Economics, XXV (2), 113-132. -- David M. Barton and Roger Sherman (1984), "The Price and Profit Effects of Horizontal Merger: A Case Study," Journal of Industrial Economics, XXXIII (2), December, 165-177. -- Henry G. Manne (1965), "Mergers and the Market for Corporate Control," Journal of Political Economy, LXXIII, April, 110-120. -- Richard E. Caves (1989), "Mergers, Takeovers, and Economic Efficiency: Foresight vs. Hindsight," International Journal of Industrial Organization, 7, March, 151-174. -- Ajit Singh (1971), Take-overs: Their Relevance to the Stock Market and the Theory of the Firm, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- Oliver E. Williamson (1968), " Economies as an Antitrust Defense: The Welfare Tradeoffs," American Economic Review, LVIII, March, 18-36. -- U.S. Department of Justice Merger Guidelines (June 14 1984), 1-11, 13-15.
    Abstract: F. M. Scherer (2012), "Merger Efficiencies and Competition Policy," Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development conference paper, DAF/COMP/WD(2012). -- Alexis Jacquemin (1990), "Horizontal Concentration and European Merger Policy," European Economic Review, 34, May, 539-550. -- William M. Landes and Richard A. Posner (1981), "Market Power in Antitrust Cases," Harvard Law Review, 94 (5), March, 937-983. -- George J. Stigler and Robert A. Sherwin (1985), "The Extent of the Market," Journal of Law and Economics, XXVIII (1), October, 555-585. -- F. M. Scherer (2009), "On the Paternity of a Market Delineation Approach," American Antitrust Institute working paper 09-01, http://www.antitrustinstitute.org/content/aai-working-paper-no-09-01-paternity-market-delineation-approach. -- The Economist (2016), March, 23-28. -- William Breit and Kenneth G. Elzinga (1974), "Antitrust Enforcement and Economic Efficiency: The Uneasy Case for Treble Damages, " Journal of Law and Economics, XVII (2), October, 329-356. -- F. M. Scherer (1990), 'Sunlight and Sunset at the Federal Trade Commission', Administrative Law Review, 42 (4), Fall, 461-487. -- The Case of Monopolies', (1907), 11 Coke 84b-88b, The English Reports, LXXVII, 1260-66 -- Adam Smith, An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations, in Edwin Cannan (ed.), London, Methuen, Volume I, 63-4, 124-7, 130, Volume II, 245-6 -- James Madison (1961), 'The Federalist No. 10', in Jacob E. Cooke (ed.), The Federalist, Middletown, CT; Wesleyan University Press, 56-65 -- Arthur T. Hadley (1887), 'Private Monopolies and Public Rights', Quarterly Journal of Economics, reprinted 1961, 1, 28-44 -- Richard T. Ely (1887), 'The Future of Corporations', Harper's New Monthly Magazine, 75, July, 259-66 -- Alfred Marshall (1890), Some Aspects of Competition: Presidential Address Delivered to the Economic Science and Statistics Section of the British Association, at Leeds, 1890, London: Harrison and Sons, 5-35 -- John Bates Clark (1900), 'Trusts', Political Science Quarterly, XV (2), June, 181-95 -- Henry C. Simons (1936), 'The Requisites of Free Competition', American Economic Review, XXVI (1), March (Supplement), 68-76 -- Robert Liefmann (1915), 'Monopoly or Competition as the Basis of a Government Trust Policy', Quarterly Journal of Economics, XXIX, 308-25 -- Eliot Jones (1920), 'Is Competition in Industry Ruinous', Quarterly Journal of Economics, XXXIV, 473-519 -- Kojiro Niino (1962), 'The Logic of Excessive Competition - With Reference to the Japanese Inter-firm Competition', Kobe University Economic Review, 8, 51-62.
    Abstract: Ryutaro Komiya (1990), The Japanese Economy: Trade, Industry, and Government, Tokyo: Tokyo University Press, 297-301, notes and references -- Robert H. Bork (1966), 'Legislative Intent and the Policy of the Sherman Act', Journal of Law and Economics, IX, October, 7-48 -- Robert H. Lande (1989), 'Chicago's False Foundation: Wealth Transfers (Not Just Efficiency) Should Guide Antitrust', Antitrust Law Journal, 58, 631-44 -- Richard A. Posner (1975), 'The Social Costs of Monopoly and Regulation', Journal of Political Economy, 83 (4), August, 807-27 -- William S. Comanor and Robert H. Smiley (1975), 'Monopoly and the Distribution of Wealth', Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXXXIX (2), May, 177-94 -- James C. Miller III, Thomas F. Walton, William E. Kovacic and Jeremy A. Rabkin (1984), 'Industrial Policy: Reindustrialization Through Competition or Coordinated Action?', Yale Journal on Regulation, 2 (1), 1-37 -- (1926), 'Against the Corn Dealers', Lysias, Classical Library, Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 490-503 -- Kurt Bloch Dr. (1932), 'On German Cartels', Journal of Business, V (3), July, 213-22 -- Emst-Joachim Mestmacker (1980), 'Competition Policy and Antitrust: Some Comparative Observations', Zeitschrtfi filr die Gesamte Staatswissenschaft, 136 (3), September, 387-98, 404-7 -- David B. Audretsch (1989), 'Legalized Cartels in West Germany', Antitrust Bulletin, 34, Fall, 579-600 -- Klaus Stegemann (1977), 'The Exemption of Specialization Agreements: As Proposed for Stage II Amendments to the Combines Investigation Act', Canadian Public Policy, 3 (4), Autumn, 533-45 -- James P. Cairns (1964), 'Benefits from Restrictive Agreements: The British Experience', Canadian Journal of Economics and Political Science, XXX (2), May, 228-40 -- R.W. Shaw and S.A. Shaw (1983), 'Excess Capacity and Rationalisation in the West European Synthetic Fibres Industry', Journal of Industrial Economics, XXXII (2), December, 149-66 -- Merton J. Peck, Richard C. Levin and Akira Goto (1988), 'Picking Losers: Public Policy Toward Declining Industries in Japan', in John B. Shoven (ed.), Government Policy Towards Industry in the United States and Japan, Cambridge: CUP, 195-221, 235-9 -- William H. Nicholls (1949), 'The Tobacco Case of 1946', American Economic Review, XXXIX (3), May, 284-96 -- Jesse W. Markham (1951), 'The Nature and Significance of Price Leadership', American Economic Review, XLI, December, 891-905 -- Peter Asch and Joseph J. Seneca (1975), 'Characteristics of Collusive Firms', Journal of Industrial Economics, XXIII, March, 223-37 -- Charles J. Bullock (1901), 'Trust Literature: A Survey and a Criticism', Quarterly Journal of Economics, XV, February, 167-217 -- F.M. Scherer (1987), 'Antitrust, Efficiency, and Progress', New York University Law Review, 62 (5), November, 998-1019.
    Abstract: George W. Stocking and Willard F. Mueller (1955), 'The Cellophane Case and the New Competition', American Economic Review, XLV, March, 29-63 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1972), 'Dominant Firms and the Monopoly Problem: Market Failure Considerations', Harvard Law Review, 85, June, 1512-31 -- Erich Kaufer (1980), 'The Control of the Abuse of Market Power by Market-Dominant Firms Under the German Law Against Restraints of Competition', Zeitschrifi fir die Gesamte Staaiswissenschaft, 136 (3), September, 510-32 -- Eleanor M. Fox (1986), 'Monopolization and Dominance in the United States and the European Community: Efficiency, Opportunity, and Fairness', Notre Dame Law Review, 61 (5), 981-1020 -- Richard E. Caves (1974), 'International Trade, International Investment, and Imperfect Markets', Special Papers in International Economics No. 10, International Finance Section, Princeton University, November, 1-34 -- L.G. Telser (1966), 'Cutthroat Competition and the Long Purse', Journal of Law and Economics, IX, October, 259-70 -- B.S, Yamey (1972), 'Predatory Price Cutting: Notes and Comments', Journal of Law and Economics, XV (1), April, 129-42 -- Malcolm R. Burns (1986), 'Predatory Pricing and the Acquisition Cost of Competitors', Journal of Political Economy, 94 (2), April, 266-96 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1977), 'Predatory Pricing: A Strategic and Welfare Analysis', Yale Law Journal, 87 (284), December, Sections I-H, VII, 284-315, 337-40 -- William J. Baumol (1979), 'Quasi-Permanence of Price Reductions: A Policy for Prevention of Predatory Pricing', Yale Law Journal, 89 (1), November, 1-26 -- George J. Stigler (1950), 'Monopoly and Oligopoly by Merger', American Economic Review, XL (2), May, 23-34 -- George Bittlingmayer (1985), 'Did Antitrust Policy Cause the Great Merger Wave?', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVIII (1), April, 77-98, 116-18 -- Shaw Livermore (1935), 'The Success of Industrial Mergers', Quarterly Journal of Economics, L, November, 68-96 -- Jürgen Müller (1976), 'The Impact of Mergers on Concentration: A Study of Eleven West German Industries', Journal of Industrial Economics, XXV (2), December, 113-32 -- David M. Barton and Roger Sherman (1984), 'The Price and Profit Effects of Horizontal Merger: A Case Study', Journal of Industrial Economics, XXXHI (2), December, 165-77 -- Henry G. Marine (1965), 'Mergers and the Market for Corporate Control', Journal of Political Economy, LXXHI, April, 110-20 -- Richard E. Caves (1989), 'Mergers, Takeovers, and Economic Efficiency: Foresight vs. Hindsight', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 7, March, 151-74 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1968), 'Economies as an Antitrust Defense: The Welfare Tradeoffs', American Economic Review, LVIII, March, 18-36 -- Alexis Jacquemin (1990), 'Horizontal Concentration and European Merger Policy', European Economic Review, 34, May, 539-50.
    Abstract: William M. Landes and vRichard A. Posner (1981), 'Market Power in Antitrust Cases', Harvard Law Review, 94 (5), March, 937-83 -- George J. Stigler and Robert A. Sherwin (1985), 'The Extent of the Market', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVIII (1), October, 555-85 -- U.S. Department of Justice Merger Guidelines (June 14 1984), 1-11, 13-15 -- William Breit and Kenneth G. Elzinga (1974), 'Antitrust Enforcement and Economic Efficiency: The Uneasy Case for Treble Damages', Journal of Law and Economics, XVH (2), October, 329-56 -- F.M. Scherer (1990), 'Sunlight and Sunset at the Federal Trade Commission', Administrative Law Review, 42, Fall, 461-87.
    Abstract: This review draws on a collection of seminal writings dealing with the development of competition policy in Europe, the United States and Japan. It begins by discussing the writings of leading philosophers and scholars on the rationale and desirability of competition in market economies. These interpretations range in time of origin from ancient Greece through to Adam Smith and James Madison to very recent contributions in the competition policy debate. Having established relevant philosophical foundations, the review offers analyses by leading British, American, German and Japanese scholars on the interpretation and administration of laws concerning price-fixing and other restrictive agreements, market dominance and monopolization, predatory practices and mergers
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    ISBN: 9781785367939
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (392 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Lee, Keun, 1960 - Economic catch-up and technological leapfrogging
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wirtschaftliche Konvergenz ; Technologietransfer ; Wirtschaftslage ; Südkorea ; Small business ; Korea (South) Economic conditions ; Electronic books ; Korea ; Makroökonomie ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- Part I catch-up and leapfrogging at the economy level -- 2. Historical origins and initial conditions for economic catch-up (with H.Y. Lee) -- 3. Korean model of catch-up development: a 'capability-based view' -- 4. Intellectual property rights and technological catch up -- 5. From miracle to crisis and the mirage of the post-crisis reform (with Chung Lee) -- 6. Maintaining macro stability for a crisis-resilient growth in Korea (with H. Kim, H.S. Song and J. Kim) -- 7. Is leapfrogging-style reform possible in North Korea (with B.Y. Kim and I.S. Yee)-- Part II catch-up and leapfrogging at the sector level -- 8. Catch-up and leapfrogging in the 6 sectors in the 1980s and 1990s (with C. Lim) -- 9. Digital technology as a window of opportunity for leapfrogging: display industry (with C. Lim and W. Song) -- 10. Technological catch-up in capital goods sector (with Y. Kim) -- Part III catch-up and internationalization by big businesses and the SMEs -- 11. Samsung, created in Korea and replicated overseas (with X. He) -- 12. Moving factories overseas and impacts on domestic jobs: case of Samsung (with M. Jung) -- 13. Catch-up and path-creating by SMEs: from OEM to OBM (with J. Kwak and J.Y. Song) -- 14. Sequential internationalization of the Korean SMEs in China (with H. Lee and J. Kwak).
    Abstract: This book elaborates upon the dynamic changes to Korean firms and the economy from the perspective of catch-up theory. The central premise of the book is that a latecomer's sustained catch-up is not possible by simply following the path of the forerunners but by creating a new path or 'leapfrogging'. In this sense, the idea of catch-up distinguishes itself from traditional views that focus on the role of the market or the state in development. The author provides a comprehensive account of the micro and macro level changes, deals with both firm- and country-level capabilities, and explores the issue of macroeconomic stability to overcome financial crisis. The book demonstrates that at the firm level the focus is on innovation capabilities, diversification, internationalization and job creation. It goes on to examine the rise and upgrading of big businesses, such as Samsung, as well as the global success of SMEs. Comprehensive and illuminating, this is an ideal book for students, academics and researchers interested in the economics of development and technological innovation. It will also be a valuable source book for policy makers in international development agencies, governments and the public sector
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784719036
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (680 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Keywords: Inflation (Finance) ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): "Phelps-Brown, E.H. and Shiela V. Hopkins (1956), "Seven Centuries of the Prices of Consumables, compared with Builders' Wage-Rates", Economica, New Series, XXIII (89-92), November, 296-314" -- "O'Donoghue, Jim, Louise Goulding, and Grahame Allen (2004), "Consumer Price Inflation Since 1750," Economic Trends, 604, 38-46" -- "Anna J. Schwartz (1973), "Secular Price Change in Historical Perspective", Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 5 (1, Pt II), February, 243-269" -- "Duck, Nigel W. (1993), "Some International Evidence on the Quantity Theory of Money", Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking 25 (1), February, 1-12" -- "Ng, Serena and Jonathan H. Wright (2013), "Facts and Challenges from the Great Recession for Forecasting and Macroeconomic Modeling," Journal of Economic Literature 51 (4), 1120-1154" -- "Parkin, Michael (1998), "Unemployment, Inflation, and Monetary Policy," Canadian Journal of Economics / Revue canadienne d'Economique 31 (5) (November), 1003-1032" -- "Ascari, Guido and Argia M. Sbordone (2014), "The Macroeconomics of Trend Inflation," Journal of Economic Literature 52 ( 3) (September), 679-739" -- "Laidler, David and Michael Parkin (1975), "Inflation: A Survey", Economic Journal 85, December, 741-809" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1990), "Could a Monetary Base Rule Have Prevented the Great Depression?" Journal of Monetary Economics 26 (August), 3-26" -- "Cagan, Philip (1956), "The Monetary Dynamics of Hyperinflation", in Milton Friedman (ed.), Studies in the Quantity Theory of Money, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 25-117" -- "Obstfeld, Maurice and Kenneth Rogoff (1983), "Speculative Hyperinflations in Maximizing Models: Can We Rule Them Out?", Journal of Political Economy 91 (4), August, 675-678" -- "Sargent, Thomas and Neil Wallace (1981), "Some Unpleasant Monetarist Arithmetic", Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis Quarterly Review 5, Fall, 1-17" -- Woodford, Michael (2003), Interest and Prices: Foundations of a Theory of Monetary Policy, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press -- "Friedman, Milton (1968), "The Role of Monetary Policy," American Economic Review 58, 1-17" -- "Phelps, Edmund S. (1968), "Money Wage Dynamics and Labor Market Equilibrium," Journal of Political Economy 76, 678-711, amended and reprinted in Phelps (1970)" -- "Lucas, Robert E., Jr (1972), "Expectations and the Neutrality of Money," Journal of Economic Theory 4, 103-124" -- "Calvo, Guillermo A. (1983), "Staggered Prices in a Utility-Maximizing Framework," Journal of Monetary Economics 12, 383-398" -- "Rotemberg, Julio J. (1987), "The New Keynesian Microfoundations," NBER Macroeconomics Annual 1987, edited by Stanley Fischer, Cambridge, MA and London: MIT Press, 69-116" -- "Mankiw, N. Gregory and Ricardo Reis (2002), "Sticky Information Versus Sticky Prices: A Proposal To Replace The New Keynesian Phillips Curve," Quarterly Journal of Economics 117 (4) (November), 1295-1328".
    Abstract: "Mankiw, N. Gregory, Ricardo Reis, and Justin Wolfers (2004), "Disagreement about Inflation Expectations", NBER Macroeconomics Annual 2003, edited by Mark Gertler and Kenneth Rogoff, Cambridge, MA and London: MIT Press, Volume 18" -- "Dotsey, Michael, Robert G. King, and Alexander L. Wolman (1999), "State-Dependent Pricing and the General Equilibrium Dynamics of Money and Output," Quarterly Journal of Economics 114 (2), 655-690" -- "King, Robert G. and Charles I. Plosser (1984), "Money, Credit, and Prices in a Real Business Cycle," American Economic Review, 74 (3) (June) 363-380" -- "Svensson, Lars E.O. (1999), "Price-Level Targeting versus Inflation Targeting: A Free Lunch?" Journal of Money, Credit and Banking 31 (August), 277-295" -- "Taylor, John B. (1993), "Discretion versus Policy Rules in Practice," Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy 39, 195-214" -- "Lucas, Robert E., Jr (1972), "Expectations and the Neutrality of Money", Journal of Economic Theory 4, 103-124" -- "Lucas, Robert E., Jr (1976), "Econometric Policy Evaluation: A Critique," Carnegie-Rochester Conferences on Public Policy 1, 19-46" -- Fischer, Stanley (ed.) (1980), Rational Expectations and Economic Policy, Chicago: University of Chicago Pres -- "Bailey, M.J. (1956), "The Welfare Cost of Inflationary Finance", Journal of Political Economy, 64 (2), 93-110" -- "Fischer, Stanley (1981), "Towards an Understanding of the Costs of Inflation: II" in Karl Brunner and Allan H. Meltzer (eds), The Costs and Consequences of Inflation, Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy, Volume 15, Amsterdam: North-Holland, 5-41" -- "Gillman, Max (1993), "The Welfare Cost of Inflation in a Cash-in-Advance Economy with Costly Credit", Journal of Monetary Economics 31, 97-115" -- "Den Haan, Wouter J. (1990), "The Optimal Inflation Path in a Sidrauski-Type Model with Uncertainty", Journal of Monetary Economics 25, 389-409" -- "Schmitt-Grohé, Stephanie and Martin Uribe (2007), "Optimal Simple and Implementable Monetary and Fiscal Rules," Journal of Monetary Economics 54 (6) (September), 1702-1725" -- "Howitt, Peter (1990), "Zero Inflation as a Long-Term Target for Monetary Policy", in Richard G. Lipsey (ed.), Zero Inflation: The Goal of Price Stability, Toronto: C.D. Howe Institute, 67-108" -- "Sargent, Thomas (1982), "The Ends of Four Big Inflations", in Robert E. Hall (ed.), Inflation: Causes and Effects, Chapter 2, Chicago: National Bureau of Economic Research and University of Chicago Press, 41-97" -- "Suzuki, Yoshio (1985), "Japan's Monetary Policy Over the Past 10 Years", Monetary and Economic Studies 3 (2), September, 1-9" -- "Meltzer, Allan H. (1993), "Some Lessons from the Great Inflations", in Kumiharu Shigehara (ed.), Price Stabilization in the 1990s, London: Bank of Japan and Macmillan Press, 7-29" -- "Simons, Henry C. (1936), "Rules Versus Authorities in Monetary Policy," Journal of Political Economy 44 (1), February, 1-30" -- "Kydland, Finn E. and Edward C. Prescott, (1977), "Rules Rather than Discretion: The Inconsistency of Optimal Plans," Journal of Political Economy 85 (3) (June), 473-492".
    Abstract: "Ascari, Guido and Tiziano Ropele (2009), "Trend Inflation, Taylor Principle, and Indeterminacy," Journal of Money, Credit and Banking 41 (8) (December), 1557-1584" -- "Ascari, Guido and Argia M. Sbordone (2014), "The Macroeconomics of Trend Inflation," Journal of Economic Literature 52 ( 3) (September), 679-739" -- "Taylor, John B. (1993), "Discretion versus policy rules in practice", Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy 39, 195-214" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1987),"The Case for Rules in the Conduct of Monetary Policy: A Concrete Example," Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond Economic Review (September/October), 10-18" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1988), "Robustness Properties of a Rule for Monetary Policy," Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy 29 (Autumn), 173-204" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1990), "Inflation: theory and Evidence", in B.M. Friedman and F.H. Hahn (eds), Handbook of Monetary Economics, Volume II, Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publishers, 963-1012" -- Bernanke, Ben S., Thomas Laubach, Frederic S. Mishkin, and Adam S. Posen (1999), Inflation Targeting: Lessons from the International Experience, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press -- "Parkin, Michael (2014), "The Effects of Central Bank Independence and Inflation Targeting on Macroeconomic Performance: Evidence from Quasi-Natural Experiments," Review of Economic Analysis 6 (1), 1-35" -- "Barro, Robert and David Gordon (1983), "A Positive Theory of Monetary Policy in a Natural Rate Model", Journal of Political Economy 91 (4), August, 589-610" -- "Blackburn, Keith and Michael Christensen (1989), "Monetary Policy and Policy Credibility: Theories and Evidence", Journal of Economic Literature XXVII (1), March, 1-45" -- "Romer, David (1993), "Openness and Inflation: Theory and Evidence", Quarterly Journal of Economics CVIII (4), November, 869-903" -- "de Haan, Jakob and Jan Egbert Sturm (1992), "The Case for Central Bank Independence", Banca Nazionale del Lavoro Quarterly Review 182, September, 305-327" -- Anna J. Schwartz (1973), 'Sccular Price Change in Historical Perspective', Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 5 (1, Pt II), February, 243-69 -- E.H. Phelps Brown and Sheila V. Hopkins (1956), 'Seven Centuries of tbe Prices of Consumables, compared with Builders' Wage-Rates', Economica, New Series, XXIII (89-92), November, 296-314 -- Nigel W. Duck (1993), 'Some International Evidence on the Quantity Theory of Money', Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 25 (1), February, 1-12 -- David Laidler and Michael Parkin (1975), 'Inflation: A Survey', Economie Journal, 85, December, 741-809 -- Bennett T. McCallum (1990), 'Inflation: Theory and Evidence', in B.M. Friedman and F.H. Hahn (eds), Handbook of Monetary Economies, Volume II, Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publishers B.V., 963-1012 -- Phillip Cagan (1956), 'The Monetary Dynamics of Hyperinflation', in Milton Friedman (ed.), Studies in the Quantity Theory of Money, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 25-117 -- Maurice Obstfeld and Kenneth Rogoff (1983), 'Speculative Hyperinflations in Maximizing Models: Can We Rule Them Out?', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (4), August, 675-87.
    Abstract: Thomas J. Sargent and Neil Wallace (1981), 'Some Unpleasant Monetarist Arithmetic', Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapotis Quarterly Review, 5, Fall, 1-17 -- Stanley Fischer (1981), 'Towards an Understanding of the Costs of Inflation: II', in Karl Brunner and Allan H. Meltzer (eds), The Costs and Consequences of Inflation, Carnegie-Roches ter Conference Series on Public Policy, Volume 15, Amsterdam: North-Holland, 5-41 -- Max Gillman (1993), 'The Welfare Cost of Inflation in a Cash-in-Advance Economy with Costly Credit', Journal of Monetary Economies, 31, 97-115 -- Wouter J. Den Haan (1990), 'The Optimal Inflation Path in a Sidrauski-Type Model with Uncertainty', Journal of Monetary Economies, 25, 389-409 -- Peter Howitt (1990), 'Zero Inflation as a Long-Term Target for Monetary Policy', in Richard G. Lipsey (ed.), Zero Inflation: The Goal of Price Stability, Toronto: C.D. Howe Institute, 67-108 -- Thomas J. Sargent (1982), 'The Ends of Four Big Inflations', in Robert E. Hall (ed.), Inflation: Causes and Effects, Chapter 2, Chicago: National Bureau of Economie Research and University of Chicago Press, 41-97 -- Yoshio Suzuki (1985), 'Japan's Monetary Policy Over the Past 10 Years', in Monetary and Economie Studies, 3 (2), September, 1-9 -- Allan H. Meltzer (1993), 'Some Lessons from the Great Inflations', in Kumiharu Shigehara (ed.), Price Stabilization in the 1990s, London: Bank of Japan and Macmillan Press Ltd., 7-29 -- Robert J. Barro and David B. Gordon (1983), 'A Positive Theory of Monetary Policy in a Natural Rate Model', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (4), August, 589-610 -- Keith Blackbum and Michael Christensen (1989), 'Monetary Policy and Policy Credibility: Theories and Evidence', Journal of Economie Uterature, XXVII (I), March, 1-45 -- David Romer (1993), 'Openness and Inflation: Theory and Evidence', Quarterly Journal of Economies, CVIII (4), November, 869-903 -- Jakob De Haan and Jan Egbert Sturm (1992), 'The Case for Central Bank Independence', Banca Nationale del Lavoro Quarterly Review, 182, September, 305-27.
    Abstract: The Theory of Inflation presents in one volume a comprehensive description of the historical inflation record, surveys the current state of knowledge on the fundamental forces that cause inflation and the mechanisms that propagate it, and examines the costs of inflation and the problems of achieving price stability. Professor Parkin's selection draws both upon the contribution of mainstream economists - whose work has been based on market demand and supply - and a new generation whose work has emphasized the importance of technology and preferences. This volume, as the introduction states, indicates that there is much of value to be learnt from both approaches
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    ISBN: 9781785369575
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Kdi/ewc series on economic policy
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Macroprudential regulation of international finance
    DDC: 332/.042
    RVK:
    Keywords: Finanzmarktaufsicht ; Finanzmarktregulierung ; International finance ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Internationaler Kreditmarkt ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Regulierung ; Internationaler Kreditmarkt ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Regulierung
    Abstract: 1. Introduction and overview / Dongsoo Kang and Andrew Mason -- 2. Macroprudential policies: indicators and tools / Hyun Song Shin -- 3. Business and financial cycles in emerging markets: lessons for macroprudential policies / Stijn Claessens and Swati R. Ghosh -- 4. Capital controls: a pragmatic proposal / Maria Socorro Gochoco-Bautista and Changyong Rhee -- 5. Irrational expectations, financial amplification and prudential capital controls / Sangwon Suh and Jinsoo Lee -- 6. The optimal international reserves with sudden stop risks / Kyu-Chul Jung -- 7. International reserves for emerging economies at various angles / Jong-Eun Lee -- 8. Foreign currency liquidity risk and prudential regulation of banks / Joon-Ho Hahm and Sungbin Cho -- 9. Investment patterns of foreign bank branches in Korea and their role in the foreign exchange market / Dongsoo Kang and Daehee Jeong -- 10. The role of reserves in a small open economy: the case of New Zealand / Anella Munro and Michael Reddell -- 11. Facing volatile capital flows: the role of exchange rate flexibility and foreign assets / Rodrigo Cifuentes and Alejandro Jara -- 12. Risk hedging in Korea's financial markets: the impacts of foreign investment / Changwoo Nam.
    Abstract: Recent events, such as capital flow reversals and banking sector crises, have shaken faith in the widely held belief in the benefits of greater financial integration and financial deepening, which are typical in advanced economies. This book shows that emerging economies have occasionally weathered the storm best, despite the supposed burden of 'weak institutions'. Written by leading scholars and practitioners, the authors demonstrate that a better policy framework requires reliable indicators of vulnerability to financial instability. Using empirical evidence and case studies, the twelve chapters stress the necessity of improved policy tools and automatic stabilizers that anticipate and limit the vulnerabilities to financial crises. Cross-border capital flows, international reserves and foreign exchange markets are covered in depth. This timely book offers an insightful overview and policy solutions to the issues surrounding macroprudential regulation of economies in a globalized world. It is required reading for students and scholars of international finance and regulation
    Note: Contributors include: S. Cho, R. Cifuentes, S. Claessens, S.R. Ghosh, M.S. Gochoco-Bautista, J.-H. Hahm, A. Jara, D. Jeong, K.-C. Jung, D. Kang, J. Lee, J.-E. Lee, A. Mason, A. Munro, C. Nam, M. Reddell, C. Rhee, H.S. Shin, S. Suh , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784719760
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (640 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Keywords: Evolutionary economics ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Veblen, T. (1898), "Why is Economics Not an Evolutionary Science?" Quarterly Journal of Economics, -- Marshall, A. (1961[1890]), Principles of Economics, London: Macmillan -- Hodgson, G.M. (1993), Economics and Evolution: Bringing Life Back into Economics, Cambridge: Polity Press -- Bowler, P.J. (1989), Evolution - The History of an Idea, Berkeley: University of California Press -- Mirowski, P. (1988), Against Mechanism - Protecting Economics from Science, Totowa, NJ: Rowman & Littlefield -- Mas-Colell, A., Whinston, M.D., and Green, J.R. (1995), Microeconomic Theory, Oxford: Oxford University Press -- Witt, U. (2008), "What is Specific About Evolutionary Economics?" Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 18, 547-575 -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1934[1912]), Theory of Economic Development, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press (first published as Theorie der Wirtschaftlichen Entwicklung, 1912) -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1908), Das Wesen und der Hauptinhalt der theoretischen Nationalökonomie, Leipzig: -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1910), "Über das Wesen der Wirtschaftskrisen", Zeitschrift für Volkswirtschaft, Sozialpolitik und Verwaltung, 19, 271-325 -- Witt, U. (2014), "The Future of Evolutionary Economics: Why the Modalities of Explanations Matter", Journal of Institutional Economics, 10, 645-664 -- McClelland, D.C. and Winter, D.G. (1969), Motivating Economic Achievement, New York: Free Press -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1939), Business Cycles: A Theoretical, Historical, and Statistical Analysis of the Capitalist Process, New York: McGraw-Hill -- Andersen, E.S. (2009), Schumpeter's Evolutionary Economics, London: Anthem -- Freeman, C. (1984), Long Waves in the World Economy, London: Pinter -- Iwai, K. (1984), "Schumpeterian Dynamics: An Evolutionary Model of Innovation and Imitation", Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 5, 159-190 -- Klepper, S. (1997), "Industry Life Cycles", Industrial and Corporate Change, 6, 145-181 -- Fagerberg, J. (2003), "Schumpeter and the Revival of Evolutionary Economics: An Appraisal of the Literature", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 13, 125-159 -- Metcalfe, J.S., Foster, J., and Ramlogan, R. (2006), "Adaptive Economic Growth", Cambridge Journal of Economics, 30, 7-32.
    Abstract: Foster, J. (2011), "Evolutionary Macroeconomics: A Research Agenda", Journal of Evolutionary -- Kurz, H. (2012), "Schumpeter's New Combinations", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 22, 871-899 -- Shane, S.A. and Venkataraman, S. (2000), "The Promise of Entrepreneurship as a Field of Research", Academy of Management Review, 25, 217-226 -- Sahal, D. (1981), Patterns of Technological Innovations, New York: Addison-Wesley -- Nelson, R.R. and Winter, S.G. (1982), An Evolutionary Theory of Economic Change, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1942), Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy, New York: Harper -- Reinganum, J.F. (1985), "Innovation and Industry Evolution", Quarterly Journal of Economics, 100, 81-99 -- Aghion, P., Bloom, N., Blundell, R., Griffith, R., and Howitt, P. (2005), "Competition and Innovation: An Inverted-U Relationship", Quarterly Journal of -- Kamien, M.I. and Schwarz, N.L. (1982), Market Structure and Innovation, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- Baldwin, W.L. and Scott, J.T. (1987), Market Structure and Technological Change, Chur: Harwood Academic Publishers -- Cohen, W.M. (2010), "Fifty Years of Empirical Studies of Innovative Activity and Performance", in B.W. Hall and N. Rosenberg (eds), Handbook of the Economics of Innovation, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 129-213 -- Alchian, A.A. (1950), "Uncertainty, Evolution, and Economic Theory", Journal of Political Economy, 58, 211-221 -- Penrose, E.T. (1952), "Biological Analogies in the Theory of the Firm", American Economic Review, 42, 804-819 -- Friedman, M. (1953), "The Methodology of Positive Economics", in M. Friedman (ed.), Essays in Positive Economics, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 3-43 -- Winter, S.G. (1964), "Economic 'Natural Selection' and the Theory of the Firm", Yale Economic Essays, 4, 225-272 -- Winter, S.G. (1971), "Satisficing, Selection, and the Innovating Remnant", Quarterly Journal of Economics, 85, 237-261 -- Nelson, R.R. and Winter, S.G. (2002), "Evolutionary Theorizing in Economics", Journal of Economic Perspectives, 16, 23-46 -- Hanusch, H. and Pyka, A. (eds) (2007), Elgar Companion to Neo-Schumpeterian Economics, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar -- Simon, H.A. (1955), "A Behavioral Model of Rational Choice", Quarterly Journal of Economics, 69, 99-118.
    Abstract: March, J.G. and Simon, H.A. (1958), Organizations, New York: Wiley -- Cyert, R.M. and March, J.G. (1963), A Behavioral Theory of the Firm, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall -- Dopfer, K. (2011), "Economics in a Cultural Key: Complexity and Evolution Revisited", in J.B. Davis and D.W. Hands (eds), Elgar Companion to Recent Economic Methodology, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar -- Andersen, E.S. (1994), Evolutionary Economics - Post-Schumpeterian Contributions, London: Pinter -- Kwasnicki, W. (1996), Knowledge, Innovation and Economy - An Evolutionary Exploration, Cheltenham, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar -- Cantner, U. and Pyka, A. (2001), "Classifying Technology Policy from an Evolutionary Perspective", Research Policy, 30, 759-775 -- Becker, M.C. (2004), "Organizational Routines: A Review of the Literature", Industrial and Corporate Change, 13, 643-677 -- Lazaric, N. and Raybaut, A. (2005), "Knowledge, Hierarchy and the Selection of Routines:An Interpretative Model with Group Interactions", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 15, 393-421 -- Metcalfe, J.S. (1994), "Competition, Fisher's Principle and Increasing Returns in the Selection Process", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 4, 327-346 -- Metcalfe, J.S. (2002), "On the Optimality of the Competitive Process: Kimura's Theorem and Market Dynamics", Journal of Bioeconomics, 4, 109-133 -- Metcalfe, J.S. (2008), "Accounting for Economic Evolution: Fitness and the Population Method", Journal of -- Metcalfe, J.S. (1998), Evolutionary Economics and Creative Destruction, London: Routledge -- Dosi, G., Nelson, R.R., and Winter S.G. (2000), "Introduction: The Nature and Dynamics of Organizational Capabilities", in G. Dosi, R.R. Nelson, and S.G. Winter (eds), The Nature and Dynamics of Organizational Capabilities, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1-22 -- Murmann, J.P., Aldrich, H., Levinthal, D., and Winter S. (2003), "Evolutionary Thought in Management and Organization Theory at the Beginning of the New Millennium", Journal of Management Inquiry, 12, 1-19 -- Witt, U. (2011), "Emergence and Functionality of Organizational Routines: An Individualistic Approach", Journal of Institutional Economics, 7, 157-174 -- Joosten, R. (2006), "Walras and Darwin: An Odd Couple?" Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 16, 561-573 -- Hayek, F.A. (1945), "The Use of Knowledge in Society", American Economic Review, 35, 519-530 -- Hayek, F.A. (1978), "Competition as a Discovery Procedure", in F.A. Hayek (ed.), New Studies in Philosophy, Politics, Economics and the History of Ideas, London: Routledge, 179-190 -- Shackle, G.L.S. (1979), Imagination and the Nature of Choice, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
    Abstract: Witt, U. (2009), "Propositions About Novelty", Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 70, 311-320 -- Fisher, F.M. (1983), Disequilibrium Foundations of Equilibrium Economics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- David, P.A. (1985), "Clio and the Economics of QWERTY", American Economic Review, 75 (Papers & Proceedings), 332-337 -- Arthur, W.B., Ermoliev, Y.M., and Kaniovsky, Y.M. (1987), "Path-Dependent Processes and the Emergence of Macro-structure", European Journal of Operations Research, 30, 294-303 -- Wilson, D.S. (2015), "Two Meanings of Complex Adaptive Systems", in D.S. Wilson and A. Kirman (eds), Complexity and Evolution - A New Synthesis for Economics, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press -- Arthur, W.B. (1994), Increasing Returns and Path Dependence in the Economy, Ann Arbor: University of -- Hayek, F.A. (1988), The Fatal Conceit, London: Routledge -- Richerson, P.J., Baldini, R., Bell, A., Demps, K., Frost, K., Hillis, V., Methew, S., Narr, N., Newson, L., Newton, E., Ross, C., Smaldino, P., Waring, T., and Zefferman, M.R. (2015), "Cultural Group Selection Plays an Essential Role in Explaining Human Cooperation: A Sketch of Evidence", Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 760, 1-71 -- Menger, C. (1985 [1883]), Investigations into the Method of the Social Sciences with Special Reference to Economics (first published as Untersuchungen ueber die Methode der Socialwissenschaften und der Politischen Ökonomie, 1883) New York: New York University Press -- Young, P. (1998), Individual Strategy and Social Structure: An Evolutionary Theory of Social -- North, D.C. (1997), Institutions, Institutional Change and Economic Performance, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- North, D.C., Wallis, J.J., and Weingast, B.R. (2009), Violence and Social Order, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- Ostrom, E. (2014), "Do Institutions Collective Action Evolve?" Journal of Bioeconomics, 16, 3-30 -- Kuran, T. (1995), Private Truths, Public Lies - The Social Consequences of Preference Falsification, -- Brown, G.R. and Richerson, P.J. (2014), "Applying Evolutionary Theory to Human Behavior: Past Differences and Current Debates", Journal of Bioeconomics, 16, 105-128 -- Boulding, K.E. (1981), Evolutionary Economics, Beverly Hills: Sage Publications -- Marchetti, C. (1980), "Society as a Learning System: Discovery, Invention, and Innovation Cycles Revisited", Technological Forecasting and Social Change, 18, 267-282 -- Buenstorf, G. (2004), The Economics of Energy and the Production Process - An Evolutionary Approach, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar -- Ayres, R.U. and Warr, B. (2009), The Economic Growth Engine - How Energy and Work Drive Material Prosperity, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar.
    Abstract: Georgescu-Roegen, N. (1971), The Entropy Law and the Economic Process, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press -- Day, R.H. and Walter J.-L. (1989), "Economic Growth in the Very Long Run: On the Multiple-Phase Interactions of Population, Technology, and Social Infrastructure", in W.A. Barnett, J. Geweke and K. Shell (eds), Economic Complexity, Chaos, Sunspots, Bubbles, and Nonlinearity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 253-289 -- van den Bergh, J.C.J.M. (2007), "Evolutionary Thinking in Environmental Economics", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 17, 521-549 -- Joseph A. Schumpeter (1947), 'The Creative Response in Economic History', Journal of Economic History, VH (2), November, 149-59 -- Joseph Schumpeter (1928), 'The Instability of Capitalism', Economic Journal, XXXVHI (151), September, 361-86 -- Christopher Freeman (1990), 'Schumpeter's Business Cycles Revisited', in Arnold Heertje and Mark Perlman (eds), Evolving Technology and Market Structure - Studies in Schumpeterian Economics, Aim Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 17-38 -- Armen A. Alchian (1950), 'Uncertainty, Evolution, and Economic Theory', Journal of Political Economy, LVIH, 211-21 -- Sidney G. Winter (1971), 'Satisficing, Selection, and the Innovaring Remnant', Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXXXV (2), May, 237-61 -- Richard R. Nelson and Sidney G. Winter (1980), 'Firm and Industry Response to Changed Market Conditions: An Evolutionary Approach', Economic Inquiry, XVIII (2), April, 179-202 -- Katsuhito Iwai (1984), 'Schumpeterian Dynamics: An Evolutionary Model of Innovation and Imitation', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 5 (2), June, 159-90 -- R.C.O. Matthews (1984), 'Darwinism and Economic Change', in D.A. Collard , N.H. Dimsdale , C.L. Gilbert , D.R. Helm , M.F.G. Scott and A.K. Sen (eds), Economic Theory and Hicksian Themes, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 91-117 -- John M. Gowdy (1985), 'Evolutionary Theory and Economic Theory: Some Methodological Issues, Review of Social Economy, XLIII (3), December, 316-24 -- Jack Hirshleifer (1982), 'Evolutionary Models in Economics and Law: Cooperation Versus Conflict Strategies', Research in Law and Economics, 4, 1-60 -- W. Brian Arthur, Yu M. Ermoliev and Yu M. Kaniovski (1987), 'Path-Dependent Processes and the Emergence of Macro-Structure', European Journal of Operational Research, 30 (3), June, 294-303 -- Paul A. David (1985), 'Clio and the Economics of QWERTY', American Economic Review, 75 (2), May, 332-7 -- Timur Kuran (1989), 'Sparks and Prairie Fires: A Theory of Unanticipated Political Revolution', Public Choice, 61, 41-74 -- G. Haag, W. Weidlich and G. Mensch (1987), 'The Schumpeter Clock', in D. Batten , J. Casti and B. Johansson (eds), Economic Evolution and Structural Adjustment, Berlin: Springer, 187-226 -- Brian Loasby (1983), 'Knowledge, Learning and Enterprise', in J. Wiseman (ed.), Beyond Positive Economics?, New York: St. Martin's Press, 104-21 -- Stan Metcalfe (1989), 'Evolution and Economic Change', in Audrey Silberston (ed.), Technology and Economic Progress, London: Macmillan Press, 54-85.
    Abstract: F.A. Hayek (1978), 'Competition as a Discovery Procedure', in F.A. Hayek , New Studies in Philosophy, Politics, Economics and the History of Ideas, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 179-90 -- Ulrich Witt (1985), 'Coordination of Individual Economic Activities as an Evolving Process of Self-Organization', tconomie Appliquie, XXXVII, 569-95 -- Robert Boyd and Peter J. Richerson (1980), 'Sociobiology, Culture and Economic Theory', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 1 (2), June, 97-121 -- F.A. Hayek (1967), 'Notes on the Evolution of Systems of Rules of Conduct', Studies in Philosophy, Politics and Economics, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 66-81 -- Viktor Vanberg (1986), 'Spontaneous Market Order and Social Rules: A Critical Examination of F.A. Hayek's Theory of Cultural Evolution', Economics and Philosophy, 2 (1), April, 75-100.
    Abstract: Evolutionary economics has become a major heterodox approach over the last decades. Its roots can be traced back to Schumpeter and Veblen. More recently, an important role is also played by analogies to evolutionary biology, notably to natural selection models. As this research review explains, the approach of evolutionary economics offers an improved understanding of market processes, industry dynamics, structural change, and economic growth as being driven by human innovativeness
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781782544685
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (848 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of alternative theories of economic development
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wirtschaftstheorie ; Entwicklungstheorie ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Welt ; Economic development ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Ideengeschichte
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / Erik S. Reinert, Rainer Kattel and Jayati Ghosh -- Part I development thinking across history and geography -- 2. Giovanni Botero (1588) and Antonio Serra (1613): Italy and the birth of development economics / Erik S. Reinert -- 3. Economic emulation and the politics of international trade in early modern Europe / Sophus A. Reinert -- 4. Cameralism and the German tradition of development economics / Erik S. Reinert and Philipp R. Rössner -- 5. Friedrich List: from "spiritual" and competitive power to collaboration / Arno Mong Daastøl -- 6. Kathedersozialismus and the German historical school / Wolfgang Drechsler -- 7. Chinese development thinking / Ting Xu -- 8. The economic cycle of imperial China and its development / Xuan Zhao -- 9. The Islamic world and capitalism / Ali Kadri -- 10. Unity and diversity in the Ottoman school of national economy: a reappraisal of Ziya Gökalp and Ethem Nejat / Eyüp Özveren, Mehmet Salih Erkek and Hüseyin Safa Ünal -- 11. Development thinking in India / Goddanti Omkarnath -- 12. Latin american structuralism: the co-evolution of technology, structural change and economic growth / Mario Cimoli and Gabriel Porcile -- 13. Revisiting the debate on national autonomous development in Africa / Issa G. Shivji -- 14. Development as the struggle for liberation from hegemonic structure of domination and control / Yash Tandon -- 15. The League of Nations and alternative economic perspectives / Carolyn N. Biltoft -- 16. The Havana charter: when state and market shake hands / Jean-Christophe Graz -- 17. The UNCTAD system of political economy / Ricardo Bielschowsky and Antonio Carlos Macedo E Silva -- Part II approaches to understanding development -- 18. Marxist theory and the "underdeveloped economies" / Prabhat Patnaik -- 19. Economic development as an evolutionary process / Richard B. Nelson -- 20. Classical development economists of the mid-20th century / Rainer Kattel, Jan A. Kregel and Erik S. Reinert -- 21. Development and régulation theory / Robert Boyer -- 22. The "dependency school" and its aftermath: why Latin America's critical thinking switched from one type of "absolute certainties" to another / José Palma -- 23. Feminist approaches to development / Maria Sangrario Floro -- 24. Reading Freeman when ladders for development are gone / Rodrigo Arocena and Judith Sutz -- 25. Albert O. Hirschman / Michele Alacevich -- 26. Michal Kalecki / Jayati Ghosh -- Part III issues in development -- 27. The agrarian question and trajectories of economic transformation: a perspective from agrarian south / Sam Moyo, Praveen Jha and Paris Yeros -- 28. The effective demand approach to economic development / Jan A. Kregel -- 29. Development planning / C.p. Chandrasekhar -- 30. The Nordic route to development / Lars Mjøset -- 31. Competitiveness and development: a Schumpeterian approach / Mehdi Shafaeddin -- 32. Innovation systems and development: history, theory and challenges / Bengt-Åke Lundvall -- 33. Latecomer industrialisation / John A. Mathews -- 34. The developmental state in the late 20th century / Elizabeth Thurbon and Linda Weiss -- 35. Development, ecology and the environment / Edward B. Barbier and Jacob P. Hochard -- 36. Competition, competition policy, competitiveness, globalisation and development / Ajit Singh -- 37. Knowledge governance: intellectual property management for development and the public interest / Leonardo Burlamaqui -- 38. Legal structures and economic development / Jürgen G. Backhaus -- 39. Deindustrialisation and premature deindustrialisation / Fiona Tregenna -- 40. The post-Soviet industrial extinctions and the rise of jihadi terrorism in the north Caucasus / Georgi Derluguian -- 41. Epilogue: the future of economic development between utopias and dystopias / Sylvi Endresen, Ioan Ianos, Erik S. Reinert and Andrea Saltelli.
    Abstract: The Handbook of Alternative Theories of Economic Development explores the theories and approaches which, over a prolonged period of time, have existed as viable alternatives to today's mainstream and neo-classical tenets. With a total of 40 specially commissioned chapters, written by the foremost authorities in their respective fields, this volume represents a landmark in the field of economic development. It elucidates the richness of the alternative and sometimes misunderstood ideas which, in different historical contexts, have proved to be vital to the improvement of the human condition. 2The subject matter is approached from several complementary perspectives. From a historical angle, the Handbook charts the mercantilist and cameralist theories that emerged from the Renaissance and developed further during the Enlightenment. From a geographical angle, it includes chapters on African, Chinese, Indian, and Muslim approaches to economic development. Different schools are also explored and discussed including nineteenth century US development theory, Marxist, Schumpeterian, Latin American structuralism, regulation theory and world systems theories of development. In addition, the Handbook has chapters on important events and institutions including The League of Nations, The Havana Charter, and UNCTAD, as well as on particularly influential development economists. Contemporary topics such as the role of finance, feminism, the agrarian issue, and ecology and the environment are also covered in depth. This comprehensive Handbook offers an unrivalled review and analysis of alternative and heterodox theories of economic development. It should be read by all serious scholars, teachers and students of development studies, and indeed anyone interested in alternatives to development orthodoxy
    Note: Contributors include: M. Alacevich, R. Arocena, J.G. Backhaus, E.B. Barbier, R. Bielschowsky, C.N. Biltoft, R. Boyer, L. Burlamaqui, C.P. Chandrasekhar, M. Cimoli, A.M. Daastøl, G. Derluguian, W. Drechsler, S. Endresen, M.S. Erkek, M.S. Floro, J. Ghosh, J.-C. Graz, J.P. Hochard, I. Ianos, P. Jha, A. Kadri, R. Kattel, J.A. Kregel, B.-Å. Lundvall, A.C. Macedo e Silva, J.A. Mathews, L. Mjøset, S. Moyo, R.R. Nelson, G. Omkarnath, E. Özveren, J.G. Palma, P. Patnaik, G. Porcile, E.S. Reinert, S.A. Reinert, P.R. Rössner, A. Saltelli, M. Shafaeddin, A. Singh, I.G. Shivji, J. Sutz, Y. Tandon, E. Thurbon, F. Tregenna, H.S. Ünal, L. Weiss, T. Xu, P. Yeros, X. Zhao , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786430304
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (272 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New thinking in political economy
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: International finance ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Part I basic statements and analyses -- 1. The concept of nation -- 2. The theory of exchange -- 3. Equilibrium and disequilibrium -- 4. The demand for money -- 5. Money creation -- 6. The exchange rate -- 7. An overview of monetary systems and exchange rate regimes -- Part II the balance of payments -- 8. The accounting approach to the balance of payments -- 9. The economic approach to the balance of payments -- 10. Lessons from the analysis of the balance of payments -- Part III international monetary equilibrium in modern monetary systems -- 11. Money creation in hierarchical systems -- 12. Inflation, a monetary phenomenon -- 13. The formation of international prices -- 14. General principles about the working of fixed exchange rate systems and flexible exchange rate systems -- 15. The monetary approach to the balance of payments (under fixed exchange rates) -- 16. The processes of transmission between monetary systems under fixed exchange rates -- 17. International monetary equilibrium under fixed exchange rates -- 18. The monetary approach to exchange rate variations -- 19. The devaluation -- Part IV monetary problems -- 20. The very long term evolution of monetary systems -- 21. The working of fixed rate systems without an international currency -- 22. Monetary policy and monetary crises -- 23. Monetary integration in Europe -- Conclusion: the future of monetary systems.
    Abstract: Monetary problems are important and widely debated, but the complexity of the international monetary system and the disparate systems that make it up gives rise to many fallacies about the inner workings of these systems. When shared by those who decide economic and monetary policies, these fallacies can have damaging consequences. This book provides a rigorous and approachable analysis of these systems and consequences, providing the keys to untangling and understanding their mechanisms and influence. A clear understanding of the working of monetary systems becomes an indispensable decision-making tool when it comes to pressing questions about reform and issues of global debate such as whether a country should join (or leave) the Eurozone or attempts to cure the so-called 'balance of payments problems'. Starting from basic concepts, Pascal Salin progressively builds upon his analysis of monetary systems in a coherent and easily readable way, drawing on the most reliable theoretical contributions from research and giving examples of lessons that can be drawn from this rigorous examination of topics including devaluations, fixed and flexible exchange rates, monetary integration, monetary crises, monetary policy, and more. His clear, orderly style pares down accumulated details and theories to leave a concise and usable toolkit for analysis and action. This book makes it possible for anyone, starting from scratch, to come to a comprehensive understanding of the working of monetary systems. Students and scholars in economics as well as policy makers and practitioners will find this lucid volume an important resource and reference, as it provides intellectual instruments to evaluate the working of any monetary system
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785361111
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p) , cm
    Edition: 4th ed
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Allen, Roy E., 1957 - Financial crises and recession in the global economy
    DDC: 338.5/42
    RVK:
    Keywords: Finanzkrise ; Währungskrise ; Konjunktur ; Internationaler Finanzmarkt ; Welt ; Mexiko ; Asien ; Financial crises ; Recessions ; Electronic books ; Weltwirtschaft ; Finanzkrise ; Weltwirtschaft ; Rezession ; Finanzkrise ; Rezession ; Weltwirtschaft
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. Financial globalization since the 1970s -- 2. Financial instabilities and trends in the 1980s -- 3. Financial instabilities and trends in the 1990s -- 4. The 2007- crisis: common patterns and new thinking -- 5. A human ecology economics (HEE) framework for the analysis of financial instability.
    Abstract: This new edition of Financial Crises and Recession in the Global Economy explores the major financial instabilities and evolutionary trends in the global economy since the 1970s. Financial globalization has produced an expanded money-credit pyramid, increased the risk of crisis, and created and transferred wealth from periphery to core regions. This book presents some new thinking, which explains the continuing occurrence of large-scale financial crises. Roy E. Allen examines how key financial variables are driven more by psychological and social constructs than is commonly understood and that money and wealth can be created, transferred and destroyed across the global economy independently of the rest of the 'real' economy. This new structural relationship between money and the real economy is associated with financial globalization - including, especially, new technologies and governmental deregulation in the 'explosive 1980s'. A new political economy of financial crisis and a human ecology economics framework are advanced to guide research and policymaking in the future. This learned but accessible book is meant for a broad audience of academics and practitioners, and has been used as a supplementary textbook for courses in international economics, international finance, money and banking, and macroeconomics
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786434760
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (2 v) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics
    Keywords: Transaction costs ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Williamson, Oliver E. and Scott E. Masten (1995), Transaction Cost Economics, Volume I: Theory and Concepts and Volume II: Policy and Applications, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1985), 'The Limits of Firms: Incentive and Bureaucratic Features', Chapter 6 in Oliver E. Williamson (ed.), The Economic Institutions of Capitalism: Firms, Markets, Relational Contracting, New York: The Free Press, 131-62 and references -- Llewellyn, Karl (1931), 'What Price Contract? An Essay in Perspective', Yale Law Journal, 40 (May), 704-51 -- Commons, John R. (1934), Institutional Economics, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press -- Barnard, Chester (1938), The Functions of the Executive, Cambridge, MA, USA: Harvard University Press (fifteenth printing, 1962) -- Coase, Ronald H. (1937), 'The Nature of the Firm', Economica N.S., 4, 386-405. Reprinted in Oliver E. Williamson and Sidney Winter (eds) (1991), The Nature of the Firm: Origins, Evolution, Development, New York: Oxford University Press, 18-33 -- Commons, John R. (1925), 'Law and Economics', Yale Law Journal, 34, 371-82. -- Hayek, Friedrich (1945), 'The Use of Knowledge in Society', American Economic Review, 35 (4), September, 519-30 -- Coase, Ronald H. (1988), 'The Nature of the Firm: Influence', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 33-48 -- Coase, Ronald H. (1960), 'The Problem of Social Cost', Journal of Law and Economics, 3 (October), 1-44 -- Arrow, Kenneth J. (1969), 'The Organization of Economic Activity: Issues Pertinent to the Choice of Market Versus Nonmarket Allocation', in The Analysis and Evaluation of Public Expenditure: The PPB System, Vol. 1, U.S. Joint Economic Committee, 91st Congress, 1st Session. Washington, DC: US Government Printing Office, 59-73 -- Matthews, R.C.O. (1986), 'The Economics of Institutions and the Sources of Economic Growth', Economic Journal, 96 (384), December, 903-18 -- Hodgson, Geoffrey (1988), Economics and Institutions, Cambridge, UK: Polity Press -- Posner, Richard A. (1993), 'The New Institutional Economics Meets Law and Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 73-87 -- Coase, Ronald H. (1972), 'Industrial Organization: A Proposal for Research', in Victor R. Fuchs (ed.), Policy Issues and Research Opportunities in Industrial Organization, New York: National Bureau of Economic Research. (Reprinted in The Economics of Transaction Costs, Volume I, Edward Elgar) -- Arrow, Kenneth J. (1974), The Limits of Organization (first edition), New York, NY, USA: W. W. Norton and Company Ltd. -- Simon, Herbert A. (1962), 'The Architecture of Complexity', Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 106 (6), December, 467-82 -- Alchian, Armen A. and Harold Demsetz (1972), 'Production, Information Costs, and Economic Organization', American Economic Review, LXII, December, 777-95 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1971), 'The Vertical Integration of Production: Market Failure Considerations', American Economic Review, 61 (2), May, 112-23.
    Abstract: Klein, Benjamin, Robert G. Crawford and Armen A. Alchian (1978), 'Vertical Integration, Appropriable Rents, and the Competitive Contracting Process', Journal of Law and Economics, XXI (2), October, 297-326 -- Demsetz, Harold (1988), 'The Theory of the Firm Revisited', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 141-62 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1979), 'Transaction-Cost Economics: The Governance of Contractual Relations', Journal of Law and Economics, XXII (2), October, 233-61 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1991a), 'Comparative Economic Organization: The Analysis of Discrete Structural Alternatives', Administrative Science Quarterly, 36 (2), June, 269-96 -- Teece, David J. (1982), 'Towards an Economic Theory of the Multiproduct Firm', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 3, March, 39-63 -- Penrose, Edith Tilton (1959), The Theory of Growth of the Firm, New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. -- Klein, Benjamin and Keith B. Leffler (1981), 'The Role of Market Forces in Assuring Contractual Performance', Journal of Political Economy, 89 (4), August, 615-41 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1995), 'The Politics and Economics of Redistribution and Inefficiency', Greek Economic Review, 17 (2), December, 115-36 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1983), 'Credible Commitments: Using Hostages to Support Exchange', American Economic Review, 73 (4), September, 519-40 -- Machiavelli, Niccolo (1952), The Prince, New York: New American Library -- Greif, Avner (1993), 'Contract Enforceability and Economic Institutions in Early Trade: The Maghribi Traders' Coalition', American Economic Review, 83 (3), June, 525-48 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1991b), 'Economic Institutions: Spontaneous and Intentional Governance', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7, Special Issue, 159-87 -- Dixit, Avinash (2003), 'Trade Expansion and Contract Enforcement', Journal of Political Economy, 111, December, 1293-317 -- Dixit, Avinash (2009), 'Governance Institutions and Economic Activity', American Economic Review, 99 (1), March, 5-24 -- Masten, Scott E. and Jens Prufer (2014), 'On the Evolution of Collective Enforcement Institutions: Communities and Courts', Journal of Legal Studies, 43 (2), June, 359-40 -- Kreps, David M. (1990), 'Corporate Culture and Economic Theory', Chapter 4 in James E. Alt and Kenneth J. Shepsle (eds), Perspectives on Positive Political Economy, New York: Cambridge University Press, 90-143, 240-41 (notes) -- Grossman, Sanford J. and Oliver D. Hart (1986), 'The Costs and Benefits of Ownership: A Theory of Vertical and Lateral Integration', Journal of Political Economy, 94 (4), August, 691-719 -- Hart, Oliver and John Moore (1990), 'Property Rights and the Nature of the Firm', Journal of Political Economy, 98 (6), December, 1119-58 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1975) Markets and Hierarchies: Analysis and Antitrust Implications, A Study in the Economics of Internal Organization, New York: The Free Press.
    Abstract: Riordan, Michael H. (1990), 'What is Vertical Integration?', Chapter 5 in Masahiko Aoki, Bo Gustafsson and Oliver E. Williamson (eds), The Firm as a Nexus of Treaties, London: Sage Publications, 94-111 -- Arrow, Kenneth J. (1975), 'Vertical Integration and Communication', Bell Journal of Economics, 6 (1), Spring, 173-83 -- Tirole, Jean (1988), 'The Theory of the Firm', in The Theory of Industrial Organization, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 15-60 -- Hart, Oliver E. (2009), 'Hold-up, Asset Ownership, and Reference Points', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 124 (1), February, 267-300 -- Goldberg, Victor P. and John R. Erickson (1987), 'Quantity and Price Adjustment in Long-Term Contracts: A Case Study of Petroleum Coke', Journal of Law and Economics, XXX (2), October, 369-98 -- Masten, Scott E. (1988), 'Equity, Opportunism, and the Design of Contractual Relations', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 144 (1), February, 180-95 -- Klein, Benjamin (1992), 'Contracts and Incentives', in Lars Werin and Hans Wijkander (eds), Contract Economics, Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell, 149-72 -- Machlup, Fritz (1967), 'Theories of the Firm: Marginalist, Behavioral, Managerial', American Economic Review, 57 (1), March, 1-33 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1968), 'A Dynamic-Stochastic Theory of Managerial Behavior', in Almarin Phillips and Oliver Williamson (eds), Prices: Issues in Theory, Practice, and Public Policy, Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press, page numbers unavailable -- Milgrom, Paul and John Roberts (1990), 'Bargaining Costs, Influence Costs, and the Organization of Economic Activity', Chapter 3 in James E. Alt and Kenneth J. Shepsle (eds), Perspectives on Positive Political Economy, New York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 57-89, 234-40 (notes) -- Tullock, Gordon (1967), 'The Welfare Costs of Tariffs, Monopoly, and Theft', Western Economic Journal, 5 (3), June, 224-32 -- Krueger, Anne (1974), 'The Political Economy of the Rent-Seeking Society', American Economic Review, 64 (3), June, 291-303 -- Schelling, Thomas C. (1960), The Strategy of Conflict, Cambridge, MA, USA: Harvard University Press -- Barzel, Yoram (1982), 'Measurement Cost and the Organization of Markets', Journal of Law and Economics, 25 (1), April, 27-48 -- Holmstrom, Bengt and Paul Milgrom (1991), 'Multitask Principal-Agent Analyses: Incentive Contracts, Asset Ownership, and Job Design', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7, Special Issue, 24-52 -- Aoki, Masahiko (1990), 'Toward an Economic Model of the Japanese Firm', Journal of Economic Literature, XXVIII (1), March, 1-27 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1991), 'Strategizing, Economizing, and Economic Organization', Strategic Management Journal, 12 (S2), Winter, 75-94 -- Hansmann, Henry (1988), 'Ownership of the Firm', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (2), Fall, 267-304 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (2008), 'Corporate Boards of Directors: In Principle and in Practice', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 24 (2), October, 247-72.
    Abstract: Williamson, Oliver E. (1988), 'Corporate Finance and Corporate Governance', Journal of Finance, 43, July, 567-91 -- Macher, Jeffrey T. and Barak D. Richman (2008), 'Transaction-Cost Economics: An Assessment of Empirical Research in the Social Sciences', Business and Politics, 10, 1-63 -- Klein, Peter G. and Howard A. Shelanski (1995), 'Empirical Research in Transaction Cost Economics: A Review and Assessment', Journal of Law, Economics, & Organization, 11 (2), October, 335-61 -- Crocker, Keith J. and Scott E. Masten (1996), 'Regulation and Administered Contracts Revisited: Lessons from Transaction Cost Economics for Public Utility Regulation', Journal of Regulatory Economics, 9 (1), January, 5-39 -- Masten, Scott E. (1996), Case Studies in Contracting and Organization, New York: Oxford University Press -- Lafontaine, Francine and Margaret Slade (2007), 'Vertical Integration and Firm Boundaries: The Evidence', Journal of Economic Literature, 45 (3), September, 629-85 -- Simon, Herbert (1991), 'Organizations and Markets', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 5 (2), Spring, 25-44 -- Klein, Benjamin (1988), 'Vertical Integration as Organizational Ownership: The Fisher Body-General Motors Relationship Revisited', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 199-213 -- Coase, Ronald H. (2000), 'The Acquisition of Fisher Body by General Motors',Journal of Law and Economics, 43 (1), April, 15-31 -- Coase, R.H. (2006), 'The Conduct of Economics: The Example of Fisher Body and General Motors', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 15 (2), Summer, 255-78 -- Chandler, Alfred D. and Stephen Salsbury (1971), Pierre S. Du Pont and the Making of the Modern Corporation, New York: Harper and Row -- Casadesus-Masanell, Ramon and Daniel Spulber, 2000, 'The Fable of Fisher Body', Journal of Law and Economics, 43 (1), April, 67-104 -- Klein, B. (2007), 'The Economic Lessons of Fisher Body-General Motors', International Journal of the Economics of Business, 14 (1), February, 1-36 -- Joskow, Paul L. (1985), 'Vertical Integration and Long-term Contracts: The Case of Coal-burning Electric Generating Plants', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 1 (1), Fall, 33-80 -- Monteverde, Kirk and David J. Teece (1982), 'Supplier Switching Costs and Vertical Integration in the Automobile Industry', Bell Journal of Economics, 13 (1), Spring, 206-13 -- Masten, Scott E. (1984), 'The Organization of Production: Evidence from the Aerospace Industry', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVII (2), October, 403-17 -- Anderson, Erin and David C. Schmittlein (1984), 'Integration of the Sales Force: An Empirical Examination', RAND Journal of Economics, 15 (3), Autumn, 385-95 -- John, George and Barton A. Weitz (1988), 'Forward Integration into Distribution: An Empirical Test of Transaction Cost Analysis', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (2), Fall, 337-50 -- Masten, Scott E., James W. Meehan, Jr. and Edward A. Synder (1991), 'The Costs of Organization', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7 (1), Spring, 1-25.
    Abstract: Forbes, Silke and Mara Lederman (2009), 'Adaptation and Vertical Integration in the Airline Industry', American Economic Review, 99 (5), December, 1831-49 -- Palay, Thomas M. (1984), 'Comparative Institutional Economics: The Governance of Rail Freight Contracting', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (2), June, 265-87 -- Joskow, Paul L. (1987), 'Contract Duration and Relationship-Specific Investments: Empirical Evidence from Coal Markets', American Economic Review, 77 (1), March, 168-85 -- Lyons, Bruce R. (1994), 'Contracts and Specific Investment: An Empirical Test of Transaction Cost Theory', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 3 (2), June, 257-78 -- Mulherin, J. Harold (1986), 'Complexity in Long-term Contracts: An Analysis of Natural Gas Contractual Provisions', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 2 (1), Spring, 105-17 -- Masten, Scott. E. and Keith J. Crocker (1985), 'Efficient Adaptation in Long-Term Contracts: Take-or-Pay Provisions for Natural Gas', American Economic Review, 75 (5), December, 1083-93 -- Leffler, Keith B. and Randal R. Rucker (1991), 'Transactions Costs and the Efficient Organization of Production: A Study of Timber-Harvesting Contracts', Journal of Political Economy, 99 (5), October, 1060-87 -- Crocker, Keith J. and Scott E. Masten (1991), 'Pretia ex Machina? Prices and Process in Long-Term Contracts', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXIV (1), April, 69-99 -- Pirrong, Stephen Craig (1993), 'Contracting Practices in Bulk Shipping Markets: A Transactions Cost Explanation', Journal of Law and Economics, 36 (2), October, 937-76 -- Masten, Scott E. (2009), 'Long-Term Contracts and Short-Term Commitment: Price Determination for Heterogeneous Freight Transactions', American Law and Economics Review, 11, Spring, 79-111 -- Oyer, Paul (2004), 'Why Do Firms Use Incentives that Have no Incentive Effects?' Journal of Finance, 59 (4), August, 1619-50 -- Ahmadjian, Christina L. and Joanne E. Oxley (2013), 'Vertical Relationships, Hostages, Supplier Performance: Evidence from the Japanese Automotive Industry', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 29, June, 495-513 -- Ahmadjian, Christina L, and Joanne E. Oxley (2006), Using Hostages to Support Exchange: Dependence Balancing and Equity Ties in Japanese Automotive Supply Relationships', Journal of Law, Economics and Organization, 22 (1), April, 213-33 -- Demsetz, Harold (1968), 'Why Regulate Utilities?' Journal of Law and Economics, 11 (1), 55-65 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1976), 'Franchise Bidding for Natural Monopolies - In General and with Respect to CATV', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (1), Spring, 73-104 -- Goldberg, Victor P. (1976), 'Regulation and Administered Contracts', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (2), Autumn, 426-48 -- Priest, George L. (1993), 'The Origins of Utility Regulation and the 'Theories of Regulation" Debate', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI (1), Part 2, April, 289-323 -- Levy, Brian and Pablo T. Spiller (1994), 'The Institutional Foundations of Regulatory Commitment: A Comparative Analysis of Telecommunications Regulation', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 10 (2), Fall, 201-46 -- Spiller, Pablo T. (2012), 'Transaction Cost Regulation', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 89, May, 232-42.
    Abstract: Bajari, Patrick, Robert McMillan and Steven Tadelis (2009), 'Auctions versus Negotiations in Procurement: An Empirical Analysis', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 25 (2), October, 372-99 -- Bajari, Patrick, Stephanie Houghton and Steven Tadelis (2014), 'Bidding for Incomplete Contracts: An Empirical Analysis of Adaptation Costs', American Economic Review, 104 (4), April, 1831-49 -- North, Douglass C. and Barry R. Weingast (1989), 'Constitutions and Commitment: The Evolution of Institutions Governing Public Choice in Seventeenth-Century England', Journal of Economic History, XLIX (4), December, 803-32 -- Weingast, Barry R. and William J. Marshall (1988), 'The Industrial Organization of Congress; or, Why Legislatures, Like Firms, Are Not Organized as Markets', Journal of Political Economy, 96 (1), 132-63 -- Gely, Rafael and Pablo T. Spiller (1990), 'A Rational Choice Theory of Supreme Court Statutory Decisions with Applications to the State Farm and Grove City Cases', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 6 (2), Fall, 263-300 -- Crocker, Keith J. and Scott E. Masten (1988), 'Mitigating Contractual Hazards: Unilateral Options and Contract Length', RAND Journal of Economics, 19 (3), Autumn, 327-43 -- Joskow, Paul (1991), 'The Role of Transaction Costs Economics in Antitrust and Public Utility Regulatory Policies', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7 (1), Spring, 55-87 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1979), 'Assessing Vertical Market Restrictions: Antitrust Ramifications of the Transaction Cost Approach', University of Pennsylvania Law Review, 127, April, 953-93 -- Kenney, Roy W. and Benjamin Klein (1983), 'The Economics of Block Booking', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVI (3), October, 497-540 -- Masten, Scott E. and Edward A. Snyder (1993), 'United States versus United Shoe Machinery Corporation: On the Merits', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI (1), Part 1, April, 33-70 -- Liebowitz, Stan J. and Stephen E. Margolis (1995), 'Path-dependence, Lock-in, and History', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 11 (1), April, 205-26 -- Furubotn, Eirik G. and Rudolf Richter (1991), 'The New Institutional Economics: An Assessment', in The New Institutional Economics, College Station, TX: Texas A&M Press, 1-32 -- Coase, Ronald H. (1993), 'Coase on Posner on Coase', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 96-98 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1993), 'Transaction Cost Economics Meets Posnerian Law and Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 99-118 -- Ronald H. Coase (1991), 'The Institutional Structure of Production', Les Prix Nobel, Nobel Lecture, December 9, 193-202 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (2010), 'Transaction Cost Economics: The Natural Progression', American Economic Review, 100 (3), June, 673-90 -- Ramseyer, J. Mark (1991), 'Indentured Prostitution in Imperial Japan: Credible Commitments in the Commercial Sex Industry', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization 7 (1), Spring, 89-116 -- Cohen, Dara K., Mariano-Florentino Cuellar, and Barry R. Weingast (2006), 'Crisis Bureaucracy: Homeland Security and the Political Design of Legal Mandates', Stanford Law Review, 59 (3), 673-760 -- Crocker, Keith J. and Kenneth J. Reynolds (1993), 'The Efficiency of Incomplete Contracts: An Empirical Analysis of Air Force Engine Procurement', RAND Journal of Economics, 24(1) (Spring), 126-146.
    Abstract: Nickerson, Jackson A. and Brian S. Silverman (2003), 'Why Aren't All Truck Drivers Owner-Operators? Asset Ownership and the Employment Relation in Interstate for-hire Trucking', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 12 (1), Spring, 91-118 -- Arruñada, Benito, Manuel Gonzalez-Dıaz and Alberto Fernandez (2004), 'Determinants of Organizational Form: Transaction Costs and Institutions in the European Trucking Industry', Industrial and Corporate Change, 13 (6), December, 867-82 -- Baumol, William J. and J. Gregory Sidak (1994), Toward Competition in Local Telephony, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press -- Masten, Scott E. (2011), 'Public Utility Ownership in 19th-Century America: The 'Aberrant" Case of Water', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 27(3), October, 604-654 -- Masten, Scott E. (2006), 'Authority and Commitment: Why Universities, Like Legislatures, Are Not Organized As Firms', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 15 (3), Fall, 649-84 -- Wright, Joshua D. (2010), 'The Chicago School, Transaction Cost Economics and Antitrust', in Peter G. Klein and Michael E. Sykuta (eds), The Elgar Companion to Transaction Cost Economics, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd, 230-43 -- R.H. Coase (1972), 'Industrial Organization: A Proposal for Research', in Victor R. Fuchs (ed.), Policy Issues and Research Opportunities in Industrial Organization, New York: National Bureau of Economic Research, 59-73 -- Kenneth J. Arrow (1974), 'Organization and Information', in The Limits of Organization, New York: W.W. Norton, 33-43 -- Herbert A. Simon (1962), 'The Architecture of Complexity', Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 106 (6), December, 467-82 -- Armen A. Alchian and Harold Demsetz (1972), 'Production, Information Costs, and Economic Organization', American Economic Review, LXII, December, 777-95 -- Benjamin Klein, Robert G. Crawford and Armen A. Alchian (1978), 'Vertical Integration, Appropriable Rents, and the Competitive Contracting Process', Journal of Law and Economics, XXI (2), October, 297-326 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1979), 'Transaction-Cost Economics: The Governance of Contractual Relations', Journal of Law and Economics, XXII (2), October, 233-61 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1991), 'Comparative Economic Organization: The Analysis of Discrete Structural Alternatives', Administrative Science Quarterly, 36 (2), June, 269-96 -- David J. Teece (1982), 'Towards an Economic Theory of the Multiproduct Firm', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 3, March, 39-63 -- Benjamin Klein and Keith B. Leffler (1981), 'The Role of Market Forces in Assuring Contractual Performance', Journal of Political Economy, 89 (4), August, 615-41 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1983), 'Credible Commitments: Using Hostages to Support Exchange', American Economic Review, 73 (4), September, 519-40 -- Avner Greif (1993), 'Contract Enforceability and Economic Institutions in Early Trade: The Maghribi Traders' Coalition', American Economic Review, 83 (3), June, 525-48 -- Douglass C. North and Barry R. Weingast (1989), 'Constitutions and Commitment: The Evolution of Institutions Governing Public Choice in Seventeenth-Century England', Journal of Economic History, XLIX (4), December, 803-32 -- Sanford J. Grossman and Oliver D. Hart (1986), 'The Costs and Benefits of Ownership: A Theory of Vertical and Lateral Integration', Journal of Political Economy, 94 (4), August, 691-719.
    Abstract: Oliver Hart and John Moore (1990), 'Property Rights and the Nature of the Firm', Journal of Political Economy, 98 (6), December, 1119-58 -- Michael H. Riordan (1990), 'What Is Vertical Integration?', in Masahiko Aoki , Bo Gustafsson and Oliver E. Williamson (eds), The Firm as a Nexus of Treaties, Chapter 5, London: Sage Publications, 94-111 -- Jean Tirole (1988), 'The Theory of the Firm', in Jean Tirole (ed.), The Theory of Industrial Organization, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 15-60 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1985), 'The Limits of Firms: Incentive and Bureaucratic Features', Chapter 6 in Oliver E. Williamson (ed.), The Economic Institutions of Capitalism, New York: The Free Press, 131-62 and references -- Paul Milgrom and John Roberts (1990), 'Bargaining Costs, Influence Costs, and the Organization of Economic Activity', Chapter 3 in James E. Alt and Kenneth A. Shepsle (eds), Perspectives on Positive Political Economy, New York: Cambridge University Press, 57-89, notes 234-40 -- David M. Kreps (1990), 'Corporate Culture and Economic Theory', Chapter 4 in James E. Alt and Kenneth A. Shepsle (eds), Perspectives on Positive Political Economy, New York: Cambridge University Press, 90-143, notes 240-41 -- Bengt Holmstrom and Paul Milgrom (1991), 'Multitask Principal-Agent Analyses: Incentive Contracts, Asset Ownership, and Job Design', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7, Special Issue, 24-52 -- Masahiko Aoki (1990), 'Toward an Economic Model of the Japanese Firm', Journal of Economic Literature, XXVIII (1), March, 1-27 -- Eirik G. Furubotn and Rudolf Richter (1991), 'The New Institutional Economics: An Assessment', in Eirik G. Furubotn and Rudolf Richter (eds), The New Institutional Economics, College Station, TX: Texas A&M Press, 1-32 -- Ronald H. Coase (1991), 'The Institutional Structure of Production', Les Prix Nobel, Nobel Lecture, December 9, 193-202 -- Richard A. Posner (1993), 'The New Institutional Economics Meets Law and Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 73-87 -- Ronald H. Coase (1993), 'Coase on Posner on Coase', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 96-8 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1993), 'Transaction Cost Economics Meets Posnerian Law and Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 99-118 -- Benjamin Klein (1988), 'Vertical Integration as Organizational Ownership: The Fisher Body-General Motors Relationship Revisited', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 199-213 -- Paul L. Joskow (1985), 'Vertical Integration and Long-term Contracts: The Case of Coal-burning Electric Generating Plants', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 1 (1), Fall, 33-80 -- Kirk Monteverde and David J. Teece (1982), 'Supplier Switching Costs and Vertical Integration in the Automobile Industry', Bell Journal of Economics, 13 (1), Spring, 206-13 -- Scott E. Masten (1984), 'The Organization of Production: Evidence from the Aerospace Industry', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVII (2), October, 403-17 -- Erin Anderson and David C. Schmittlein (1984), 'Integration of the Sales Force: An Empirical Examination', Rand Journal of Economics, 15 (3), Autumn, 385-95 -- George John and Barton A. Weitz (1988), 'Forward Integration into Distribution: An Empirical Test of Transaction Cost Analysis', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (2), Fall, 337-55.
    Abstract: Scott E. Masten, James W. Meehan, Jr. and Edward A. Snyder (1991), 'The Costs of Organization', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7 (1), Spring, 1-25 -- Thomas M. Palay (1984), 'Comparative Institutional Economics: The Governance of Rail Freight Contracting', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (2), June, 265-87 -- Victor P. Goldberg and John R. Erickson (1987), 'Quantity and Price Adjustment in Long-Term Contracts: A Case Study of Petroleum Coke', Journal of Law and Economics, XXX (2), October, 369-98 -- Paul L. Joskow (1987), 'Contract Duration and Relationship-Specific Investments: Empirical Evidence from Coal Markets', American Economic Review, 77 (1), March, 168-85 -- J. Harold Mulherin (1986), 'Complexity in Long-term Contracts: An Analysis of Natural Gas Contractual Provisions', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 2 (1), Spring, 105-17 -- Scott E. Masten and Keith J. Crocker (1985), 'Efficient Adaptation in Long-Term Contracts: Take-or-Pay Provisions for Natural Gas', American Economic Review, 75 (5), December, 1083-93 -- Keith B. Leffler and Randal R. Rucker (1991), 'Transactions Costs and the Efficient Organization of Production: A Study of Timber-Harvesting Contracts', Journal of Political Economy, 99 (5), October, 1060-87 -- Keith J. Crocker and Scott E. Masten (1991), 'Pretia ex Machina? Prices and Process in Long-Term Contracts', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXIV (1), April, 69-99 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1976), 'Franchise Bidding for Natural Monopolies - In General and with Respect to CATV', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (1), Spring, 73-104 -- Victor P. Goldberg (1976), 'Regulation and Administered Contracts', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (2), Autumn, 426-48 -- George L. Priest (1993), 'The Origins of Utility Regulation and the 'Theories of Regulation" Debate', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI (1), Part 2, April, 289-323 -- Brian Levy and Pablo T. Spiller, 'The Institutional Foundations of Regulatory Commitment: A Comparative Analysis of Telecommunications Regulation', now published in Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 10 (2), Fall, 1994, 201-46 -- Barry R. Weingast and William J. Marshall (1988), 'The Industrial Organization of Congress; or, Why Legislatures, Like Firms, Are Not Organized as Markets', Journal of Political Economy, 96 (1), 132-63 -- Rafael Gely and Pablo T. Spiller (1990), 'A Rational Choice Theory of Supreme Court Statutory Decisions with Applications to the State Farm and Grove City Cases', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 6 (2), Fall, 263-300 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1979), 'Assessing Vertical Market Restrictions: Antitrust Ramifications of the Transaction Cost Approach', University of Pennsylvania Law Review, 127, April, 953-93 -- Roy W. Kenney and Benjamin Klein (1983), 'The Economics of Block Booking', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVI (3), October, 497-540 -- Scott E. Masten and Edward A. Snyder (1993), 'United States versus United Shoe Machinery Corporation: On the Merits', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI (1), Part 1, April, 33-70.
    Abstract: Transaction cost economics began to take shape about 25 years ago. Although 25 years is comparatively young in the analytical scheme of things, numerous applications have been made and more are in prospect. Volume I deals with theory and concepts and volume II deals with applications and policy. This is an important selection of key articles on transaction cost economics by distinguished scholars including Ronald Coase, Herbert Simon, Kenneth Arrow and Richard A. Posner. This research review addresses key areas such as private ordering and credibility, contracts and organization, internal organization, vertical integration and contracting
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786430601
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (672 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Europe's disappearing middle class?
    DDC: 305.6
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mittelschicht ; Soziale Lage ; EU-Staaten ; Middle class ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Europa ; Mittelstand ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Europa ; Mittelstand ; Verkleinerung
    Abstract: 1. Is the world of work behind middle class reshuffling? / Daniel Vaughan-Whitehead, Rosalie Vazquez-Alvarez and Nicolas Maitre -- 2. Is the world of work stimulating middle class growth in the Baltic states? / Jaan Masso, Inta Mierina and Kerly Espenberg -- 3. Social concertation and middle class stability in Belgium / Sarah Kuypers and Ive Marx -- 4. Transformation in the world of work and the middle class: the French experience / Pierre Courtioux and Christine Erhel -- 5. The erosion of the German middle class: the end of the 'levelled-out, middle class society'? / Gerhard Bosch and Thorsten Kalina -- 6. The Greek middle classes facing an uncertain future / Maria Karamessini and Stefanos Giakoumatos -- 7. Is Hungary still in search of its middle class? / István György Tóth -- 8. Middle incomes in boom and bust: the Irish experience / Bertrand Maître and Brian Nolan -- 9. The middle class in Italy: reshuffling, erosion, polarization / Annamaria Simonazzi and Teresa Barbieri -- 10. Stagnating incomes and the middle class in the Netherlands: running to stand still? / Wiemer Salverda -- 11. Still holding on? inequality, labour market and middle income groups in Portugal / Pilar González, António Figueiredo, Hugo Figueiredo and Luis Delfim Santos -- 12. Knocking on heaven's door: changes in the world of work and the middle class in Spain / Rafael Muñoz-De-Bustillo and José-Ignacio Antón -- 13. The rise and fall of the Swedish middle class? / Dominique Anxo -- 14. How have middle-income households fared in unequal Britain? a focus on work and employment trends / Damian Grimshaw and Anthony Rafferty.
    Abstract: While recent studies have highlighted the phenomenon and risks of increased inequalities between the top and the bottom of society, little research has so far been carried out on trends relating to the median income range that generally represents the middle class. This volume examines the following questions: what are the main transformations in the world of work over the last 20 years in terms of the labour market, social dialogue and conditions of work, wages and incomes that may have affected the middle class? How has the middle class been altered by the financial and economic crisis? What are the long-term trends for the middle class in Europe? This volume also investigates the potential risks and effects of the reshuffling, or even weakening, of the middle class. On the social side, it explores the ramifications of further retrenchment of the European Social Model, which to a great extent has traditionally been funded by the middle class. On the economic side, the book investigates whether this process - especially from the perspective of consumption and human capital - is endangering the long-term sustainability of the current economic model. While presenting evidence of a definite erosion of the middle class, this book assesses the specific situation in each individual EU member state on the basis of detailed statistics and case studies of professional categories that traditionally represent the middle class. This book issues a timely warning about the latest trends and prospects for the middle class in Europe. On this basis, it presents policy considerations and options that will be useful to policy-makers for ensuring the future of the middle class in Europe. Scholars and researchers of European studies and social policy, especially from a sustainability perspective, will find this volume to be an invaluable reference
    Note: Contributors include: J.I. Antón, D. Anxo, T. Barbieri, G. Bosch, P. Courtioux, C. Erhel, K. Espenberg, A. Figueiredo, H. Figueiredo, S. Giakoumatos, P. González, D. Grimshaw, T. Kalina, M. Karamessini, S. Kuypers, B. Maître, N. Maitre, I. Marx, J. Masso, I. Mierina, R. Muñoz-de-Bustillo Llorente, B. Nolan, A. Rafferty, W. Salverda, L.D. Santos, A. Simonazzi, I.G. Tóth, D. Vaughan-Whitehead, R. Vazquez-Alvarez , Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783476947
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (400 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Gartner, William B. Entrepreneurship as organizing
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship ; Organisationstheorie ; Entrepreneurship ; Entrepreneurship ; Organisationstheorie ; Unternehmensgründung ; Electronic books ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship ; Organisationstheorie
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. A conceptual framework for describing the phenomenon of new venture creation -- 2. Did River City really need a boy's band -- 3. The Oz in organization -- 4. "Who is an entrepreneur?" is the wrong question -- 5. Properties of emerging organizations -- 6. A taxonomy of new business ventures -- 7. A profile of new venture success and failure in an emerging industry -- 8. What are we talking about when we talk about entrepreneurship? -- 9. Acting as if: differentiating entrepreneurial from organizational behavior -- 10. Words lead to deeds: towards an organizational emergence vocabulary -- 11. A longitudinal study of cognitive factors influencing start-up behaviors and success at venture creation -- 12. Exploring start-up event sequences -- 13. Predicting new venture survival : an analysis of "anatomy of start-up." Cases from INC. Magazine -- 14. The career reasons of nascent entrepreneurs -- 15. The language of opportunity -- 16. The effects of pre-venture plan timing and perceived environmental uncertainty on the persistence of emerging firms -- 17. A "critical mess" approach to entrepreneurship scholarship -- 18. Entrepreneurial narrative and a science of the imagination -- 19. Entrepreneurship as organizing -- 20. Opportunities as attributions : categorizing strategic issues from an atributional perspective -- 21. A new path to the waterfall : a narrative on a use of entrepreneurial narrative -- Conclusion: an 'entrefesto'.
    Abstract: This book draws together William B. Gartner's key contributions to entrepreneurship research over the past 25 years. An original introduction by the author offers a comprehensive overview and analysis of his work as it pertains to the development of entrepreneurship as a scholarly field, and the articles demonstrate the many ways in which his research has explored entrepreneurship in relation to individuals, firms, environments, and processes
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, U.K : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784713492
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 414 p) , ill , cm
    Edition: 2nd edition
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Office politics Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Organizational behavior Handbooks, manuals, etc Political aspects ; Business and politics Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I. Political skill, political will, leadership and performance -- pt. Organizational politics and the social sphere -- pt. III. Between dark and bright : organizational politics in colors -- pt. IV. New frontiers : maturity, emotions and new methods.
    Abstract: The Handbook of Organizational Politics offers a broad perspective on the intriguing phenomena of power, influence and politics in the modern workplace; their meaning for individuals, groups and other organizational stakeholders; and their effect on organizational outcomes and performances. Comprising entirely of new chapters and insights, this second edition revisits the theory on organizational politics (OP) and examines its progress and changes in emphasis in recent years. This timely and informative book provides a comprehensive set of state-of-the-art studies on workplace politics based on experiences from around the world. The contributors highlight topics such as political skills, political will, politics and leadership, compensations, politics and performance, and politics and the learning climate. Students and scholars will benefit from the up-to-date collection of studies in the field of OP. This Handbook will also be of interest to practitioners and managers from public and private sectors looking for better explanations of internal processes in business
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9780857939296
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (360 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Psychology, Industrial ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Preface -- Part I introduction -- 1. Towards a discursive research agenda for organizational psychology / Patrizia Hoyer, Chris Steyaert and Julia C. Nentwich -- 2. Mapping the field: key themes in discursive organizational psychology / Julia C. Nentwich, Patrizia Hoyer and Chris Steyaert -- Part II participation and change -- 3. Divergence and convergence in multi-party collaboration: 'moving the paradox on' / Anna-Katrin Heydenreich -- 4. Performing participation: re-assembling a new museum / Christoph Michels -- 5. Maneuvering acts: inclusion and exclusion in a women's sports club / Julia C. Nentwich and Anja Ostendorp -- Part III resistance and change -- 6. Probing the power of entrepreneurship discourse: an imminent critique / Pascal Dey -- 7. Part-time work as resistance: the rhetorical interplay between argument and counter-argument / Patrizia Hoyer and Julia C. Nentwich -- 8. Multilingual organizations as 'linguascapes' and the discursive position of English / Chris Steyaert, Anja Ostendorp and Claudine Gaibrois -- Part IV creativity and change -- 9. The expectations gap and heteroglossic practices of (non-)compliance in banking regulation / Roland Pfyl -- 10. Anticipating intended users: prospective sensemaking in technology development / Claus Jacobs, Chris Steyaert and Florian Ueberbacher -- 11. Career change: the role of transition narratives in alternative identity constructions / Patrizia Hoyer -- Part V intervention and change -- 12. De-normalizing subject positions: how different can differences be(come)? / Anja Ostendorp and Chris Steyaert -- 13. The coaching conversation as a discursive HRM intervention / Florian Schulz -- 14. Discourse analysis as intervention: a case of organizational changing / Pascal Dey and Dörte Resch.
    Abstract: This lively guide showcasing original and carefully curated research illustrates the dynamic relationship between discourse and organizational psychology. It maps the origins and development of discursive approaches in the field of organizational psychology and provides a timely review of the challenges that may confront researchers in the years to come, thereby charting the current and future boundaries of the field. A Guide to Discursive Organizational Psychology delineates a potential research agenda for discursive organizational psychology. Contributions include empirically rich discussions of both traditional and widely studied topics such as resistance to change, inclusion and exclusion, participation, multi-stakeholder collaboration and diversity management, as well as newer research topics such as language negotiations, work time arrangements, technology development and discourse analysis as intervention. Discursive devices for addressing these phenomena include interpretative repertoires, modes of ordering, rhetorical strategies and sense-making narratives. This topical book will serve as a guide for students or researchers who are new to discourse analysis in the fields of psychology, organization and management studies, and provide new perspective to anyone seeking to enhance their conceptual and methodological understanding of these fields. It marks a central reference point for anyone interested in the intersection of discursive approaches and organizational psychological phenomena
    Note: Contributors include: P. Dey, C. Gaibrois, A.-K. Heydenreich, P. Hoyer, C.D. Jacobs, C. Michels, J.C. Nentwich, R. Pfyl, D. Resch, F. Schulz, C. Steyaert, F. Ueberbacher , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781784715014
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New directions in post-Keynesian economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Bortz, Pablo G. Inequality, growth and "hot" money
    DDC: 338.9
    RVK:
    Keywords: Einkommensverteilung ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Postkeynesianische Wachstumstheorie ; Verteilungstheorie ; Theorie ; Argentinien ; Income distribution ; Keynesian economics
    Abstract: Preface -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Growth and distribution: the last 300 years -- 3. Growth and distribution: the Kaleckian perspective -- 4. An integration of the real and the monetary economy -- 5. Financial flows, distribution and capital controls -- 6. Epilogue: challenges and possibilities.
    Abstract: The growing levels of income inequality, an explosion of global financial flows, and a worldwide decline of economic growth have combined to challenge accepted economic wisdom. Utilizing a heterodox approach, Pablo G. Bortz provides a fresh look for understanding the interaction between these three factors while identifying challenges and possible alternatives for an expansionary and progressive economic policy. Reviewing several schools of thought, Inequality, Growth and 'Hot' Money explores the risks generated by capital flows and the limitations they impose on progressive economic policies. Professor Bortz then provides instruments and alternatives to pursue an expansionary and equalitarian program, including theoretical contributions to enrich heterodox and progressive economics. Standout features of this book include a review of the challenges that financial flows pose for developing countries; a redefinition of the role of capital controls; a policy approach that separates interest rate policies from a broader credit policy; and a rejection of the negative relationship between a more egalitarian income distribution and sustained economic expansion. Expanding the Kaleckian approach to include financial flows, this accessible introduction to heterodox growth models will be appreciated by graduate students and committed heterodox economists. Research departments at official institutions such as central banks may also be interested, specifically in the book's models and policy prescription
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784716141
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (832 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of terrorism
    DDC: 363.3/25
    Keywords: Terrorismus ; Terrorismusbekämpfung ; Terrorism Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Terrorismus ; Politische Ökonomie
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): David C. Rapport (2004), 'The Four Waves of Modern Terrorism', in Audrey Kurth Cronin and James M. Ludes (eds), Attacking Terrorism: Elements of a Grand Strategy, Chapter 2, Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press, 46-72 -- Martha Crenshaw (1981), 'The Causes of Terrorism', Comparative Politics, 13 (4), July, 379-99 -- Max Abrahms (2008), 'What Terrorists Really Want: Terrorist Motives and Counterterrorism Strategy', International Security, 32 (4), Spring, 78-105 -- Robert A. Pape (2003), 'The Strategic Logic of Suicide Terrorism', American Political Science Review, 97 (3), August, 343-61 -- Walter Enders and Xuejuan Su (2007), 'Rational Terrorists and Optimal Network Structure', Journal of Conflict Resolution, 51 (1), February, 33-57 -- Ethan Bueno de Mesquita (2005), 'The Quality of Terror', American Journal of Political Science, 49 (3), July, 515-30 -- Burcu Savun and Brian J. Phillips (2009), 'Democracy, Foreign Policy, and Terrorism', Journal of Conflict Resolution, 53 (6), December, 878-904 -- W. Kip Viscusi and Richard J. Zeckhauser (2003) 'Sacrificing Civil Liberties to Reduce Terrorism Risks', Journal of Risk and Uncertainty, 26 (2-3), March, 99-120 -- James A. Piazza (2008), 'Incubators of Terror: Do Failed and Failing States Promote Transnational Terrorism?', International Studies Quarterly, 52 (3), September, 469-88 -- William Eubank and Leonard Weinberg (2001), 'Terrorism and Democracy: Perpetrators and Victims', Terrorism and Political Violence, 13 (1), Spring, 155-64 -- Quan Li (2005), 'Does Democracy Promote or Reduce Transnational Terrorist Incidents?', Journal of Conflict Resolution, 49 (2), April, 278-97 -- Paul S. Nelson and John L. Scott (1992), 'Terrorism and the Media: An Empirical Analysis', Defence Economics, 3 (4), 329-39 -- Darren W. Davis and Brian D. Silver (2004), 'Civil Liberties vs. Security: Public Opinion in the Context of the Terrorist Attacks on America', American Journal of Political Science, 48 (1), January, 28-46 -- Alan B. Krueger and Jitka Malečková (2003), 'Education, Poverty and Terrorism: Is There a Causal Connection?', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 17 (4), Fall, 119-44 -- Alberto Abadie (2006), 'Poverty, Political Freedom, and the Roots of Terrorism', American Economic Review, 96 (2), May, 50-56 -- Walter Enders, Gary A. Hoover and Todd Sandler (2012), 'The Changing Nonlinear Relationship between Income and Terrorism', Journal of Conflict Resolution, online first, 1-31 -- James A. Piazza (2011), 'Poverty, Minority Economic Discrimination, and Domestic Terrorism', Journal of Peace Research, 48 (3), May, 339-53 -- Efraim Benmelech, Claude Berrebi and Esteban F. Klor (2012), 'Economic Conditions and the Quality of Suicide Terrorism', Journal of Politics, 74 (1), January, 113-28 -- Claude Berrebi (2007), 'Evidence about the Link Between Education, Poverty and Terrorism Among Palestinians', Peace Economics, Peace Science and Public Policy, 13 (1), i, 1-38 --
    Abstract: S. Brock Blomberg, Gregory D. Hess and Athanasios Orphanides (2004), 'The Macroeconomic Consequences of Terrorism', Journal of Monetary Economics, 51 (5), July, 1007-32 -- Todd Sandler and Walter Enders (2008), 'Economic Consequences of Terrorism in Developed and Developing Countries: An Overview', in Philip Keefer and Norman Loayza (eds), Terrorism, Economic Development, and Political Openness, Chapter 1, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 17-47 -- Zvi Eckstein and Daniel Tsiddon (2004), 'Macroeconomic Consequences of Terror: Theory and the Case of Israel', Journal of Monetary Economics, 51 (5), July, 971-1002 -- Alberto Abadie and Javier Gardeazabal (2003), 'The Economic Cost of Conflict: A Case Study of the Basque Country', American Economic Review, 93 (1), March, 113-32 -- Bruno S. Frey, Simon Luechinger and Alois Stutzer (2009), 'The Life Satisfaction Approach to Valuing Public Goods: The Case of Terrorism', Public Choice, 138 (3-4), March, 317-45 -- William M. Landes (1978), 'An Economic Study of U.S. Aircraft Hijacking, 1961-1976', Journal of Law and Economics, 21 (1), April, 1-31, errata -- Walter Enders and Todd Sandler (1993), 'The Effectiveness of Antiterrorism Policies: A Vector-Autoregression-Intervention Analysis', American Political Science Review, 87 (4), December, 829-44 -- Victor Asal and R. Karl Rethemeyer (2008), 'The Nature of the Beast: Organizational Structures and the Lethality of Terrorist Attacks', Journal of Politics, 70 (2), April, 437-49 -- Howard Kunreuther and Geoffrey Heal (2003), 'Interdependent Security', Journal of Risk and Uncertainty, 26 (2-3), March, 231-49 -- Bruno S. Frey and Simon Luechinger (2003), 'How to Fight Terrorism: Alternatives to Deterrence', Defence and Peace Economics, 14 (4), August, 237-49 -- Jean-Paul Azam and Véronique Thelen (2010), 'Foreign Aid Versus Military Intervention in the War on Terror', Journal of Conflict Resolution, 54 (2), April, 237-61 -- Navin A. Bapat (2011), 'Transnational Terrorism, US Military Aid, and the Incentive to Misrepresent', Journal of Peace Research, 48 (3), May, 303-18 -- Subhayu Bandyopadhyay, Todd Sandler and Javed Younas (2014), 'Foreign Direct Investment, Aid, and Terrorism', Oxford Economic Papers, 66 (1), January, 25-50 -- Audrey Kurth Cronin (2006), 'How al-Qaida Ends: The Decline and Demise of Terrorist Groups', International Security, 31 (1), Summer, 7-48 -- Audrey Kurth Cronin (2014), 'The "War on Terrorism": What Does it Mean to Win?', Journal of Strategic Studies, 37 (2), 174-97 -- Khusrav Gaibulloev and Todd Sandler (2014), 'An Empirical Analysis of Alternative Ways that Terrorist Groups End', Public Choice, 160 (1-2), July, 25-44.
    Abstract: The evolving field of the economics of terrorism has been and continues to be the subject of much research. Professor Enders, in this authoritative research review, charts the development of this topic over the past century. The areas discussed include incentive regulation, competition in generation, market power, transmission and system operation as well as retail competition and future developments
    Note: Includes index , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781785367779
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Transport economics, management and policy
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: National security Economic aspects ; Transportation Security measures ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Preface -- 1. Introduction -- 2. The scale and nature of the terrorist problem -- 3. Some basic economics of transportation security -- 4. Links between market structure and security -- 5. The economic instruments of security policy -- 6. Security and air transportation -- 7. The economics of shopping mall security -- 8. Maritime security -- 9. Some conclusions.
    Abstract: In this clear and observant book, Kenneth Button provides an overview of the economics and political economy of transport security, considering its policy from an economic perspective. His analysis applies micro-economic theory to transport issues, supporting and enhancing the larger framework of our knowledge about personal, industrial, and national security. Button's focus on the economic aspects of transportation security strives to move beyond established technical and legal approaches, working within both the narrower microeconomics of individual and corporate efficiency and the larger trends in economic policy-making. By fitting current security trends into economic analysis, he discusses not only contemporary developments, but also their economic implications and approaches for assessing alternative strategies. This examination of applied economics is a must-read for those looking to gain a broader view of transport security issues. It is a critical resource for those in the security industries as well as those involved in education about transport, security matters, and applied microeconomics
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    ISBN: 9781785365065
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (672 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the history of economic analysis ; Volume 3: Developments in major fields of economics
    Keywords: Wirtschaftswissenschaft ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Economics ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. Balance of payment and exchange rates / Jérôme De Boyer Des Roches and Rebeca Gómez Betancourt -- 2. Behavioural and cognitive economics / Salvatore Di Rizzello and Anna Spada -- 3. Business cycles and growth / Michaël Assous, Muriel Dal Pont-Legrand and Harald Hagemann -- 4. Capital theory / Fabio Petri -- 5. Competition / Neri Salvadori and Rodolfo Signorino -- 6. Corporatism / Sergio Noto -- 7. Development economics / Amitava Krishna Dutt -- 8. Econometrics / Marcel Boumans -- 9. Economic dynamics / J. Barkley Rosser, Jr. -- 10. Economic geography / Jacques-François Thisse -- 11. Economic sociology / Philippe Steiner -- 12. Economics and philosophy / Hartmut Kliemt -- 13. Evolutionary economics / Kurt Dopfer -- 14. Experimental economics / Salvatore Rizzello and Anna Spada -- 15. Financial economics / Perry Mehrling -- 16. Formalisation and mathematical modelling / Paola Tubaro -- 17. Game theory / Robert Leonard -- 18. General equilibrium theory / Alan Kirman -- 19. Growth / Heinz D. Kurz and Neri Salvadori -- 20. Income distribution / Arrigo Opocher -- 21. Industrial organization / Manuela Mosca -- 22. Input-output analysis / Guido Erreygers -- 23. Institutional economics / Élodie Bertrand -- 24. International trade / Andrea Maneschi -- 25. Labour and employment / Antonella Stirati -- 26. Macroeconomics / Michel De Vroey and Pierre Malgrange -- 27. Methods in the history of economic thought / José Luís Cardoso -- 28. Money and banking / Jérôme De Boyer Des Roches and Sylvie Diatkine -- 29. Open economy macroeconomics / Joern Kleinert -- 30. Political philosophy and economics: freedom and labour / Ragip Ege and Herrade Igersheim -- 31. Population / Claudia Sunna -- 32. Poverty / Katsuyoshi Watarai -- 33. Public economics / Richard Sturn -- 34. Resource and environmental economics / Eui Hosoda -- 35. Social choice / Maurice Salles -- 36. Technical change and innovation / David Haas, Heinz D. Kurz, Nicole Palan, Andreas Rainer, Marlies Schütz and Rita Strohmaier -- 37. Theory of the firm / Élodie Bertrand -- 38. Uncertainty and information / Alberto Baccini -- 39. Utilitarianism and anti-utilitarianism / Antoinette Baujard -- 40. Value and price / Duncan Foley and Simon Mohun -- 41. Welfare economics / Antoinette Baujard.
    Abstract: This unique troika of Handbooks provides indispensable coverage of the history of economic analysis. Edited by two of the foremost academics in the field, the volumes gather together insightful and original contributions from scholars across the world. The encyclopaedic breadth and scope of the original entries will make these Handbooks an invaluable source of knowledge for all serious students and scholars of the history of economic thought. Volume III contains entries on the development of major fields in economics from the inception of systematic analysis until modern times. The reader is provided with succinct summary accounts of the main problems, the methods used to address them and the results obtained across time. The emphasis is on both the continuity and the major changes that have occurred in the economic analysis of problematic issues such as economic growth, income distribution, employment, inflation, business cycles and financial instability
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785369056
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Magnusson, Lars, 1952 - A brief history of political economy
    DDC: 330
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Marxismus ; Keynesianismus ; Österreichische Schule ; Economists Biography ; Economics Political aspects ; Electronic books ; Marx, Karl 1818-1883 ; Keynes, John Maynard 1883-1946 ; Hayek, Friedrich A. von 1899-1992 ; Politische Ökonomie ; Ideengeschichte
    Abstract: Prologue -- 1. The tale of Marx -- 2. The tale of Keynes -- 3. The tale of Hayek -- Epilogue: towards a new tale?
    Abstract: This book examines the three historical master tales and questions their validity and relevance in today's moment of global disorientation which lacks a convincing and dominant economic narrative. Investigating the ideological dimension and exploring the continued impact of Marx, Keynes and Hayek, the authors demonstrate how these three economic narratives became entangled over time and under increasing complexity, overlapping and competing with each other. The book reflects on the meaning of the historical legacy of the three narratives and investigates their significance today. All three outlined the prospects for a better and more economically efficient world with increased social justice. Magnusson and Stråth argue that they constitute a legacy on which a new economic tale must be based, a legacy to draw on or confront. A concise and engaging work, this is an ideal resource for students and academics interested in economics, political science, history and global studies. A Brief History of Political Economy presents a powerful economic history of the last 170 years as a basis for economic reconsideration
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786433473
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (176 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Mines and mineral resources Statistics ; Public utilities Statistics ; Electronic books
    Abstract: World Statistics on Mining and Utilities 2016 provides a unique biennial overview of the role of mining and utility activities in the world economy. This extensive resource from UNIDO provides detailed time series data on the level, structure and growth of international mining and utility activities by country and sector. Country level data is clearly presented on the number of establishments, employment and output of activities such as: coal, iron ore and crude petroleum mining as well as production and supply of electricity, natural gas and water. This unique and comprehensive source of information meets the growing demand of data users who require detailed and reliable statistical information on the primary industry and energy producing sectors. The publication provides internationally comparable data to economic researchers, development strategists and business communities who influence the policy of industrial development and its environmental sustainability
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...